September 17 – 23, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on the fate of the Clocktower Redwoods… Steinbruner… Board of Supervisors meeting location changes… Hayes… Fire Era… Patton… A Country Where Politics Feels Like Rage… Matlock… a price… but… yet… however… and… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… mindfulness… Quotes on… “Art”

...

SELECTIVE TREE HARVESTING IN THE SANTA CRUZ MOUNTAINS. As the now historic “SELECTIVE” harvesting goes they SELECT all the trees they can make big bucks from and strip the mountain sides.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: September 17, 2025

THAT WAS AMAZING! We were at Disneyland last week. Brian had a bunch of points from traveling for work, so we splurged and stayed at a hotel that had “Themepark Entrance” in the name… it was fantastic! Watching my grandkids, who are 1, 3, 5 and 10, have a blast was such a treat. Last time we were there was 7 years ago, and there was only the one grandkid. I really hope it won’t be 7 years before next time.

We did a lot of walking, so out of curiosity I checked the fitness app on my phone. I had 22,000 steps, 2 days in a row! Here at home, I often hover between 1500 and 2500… I really need to get back to going for walks every day!

Enjoy this week’s column, and we’ll all see you next week!

~Webmistress

...

WEDNESDAY (Season 2). Netflix. Series (8 IMDb) ****

Learning from Season 1, they eschew romance for Wednesday and instead keep her caught between her rocky relationship with her mother (Morticia, played by Catherine Zeta-Jones) and her attempts to thwart a tragic prophecy (how very unlike Wednesday).

This season brings a slew of new guest stars, including Lady Gaga, Christopher Lloyd (he was Fester in the ’90s Addams Family movies), Steve Buscemi, and Billie Piper (pop singer and Rose from Doctor Who), along with brief surprise returns from Christina Ricci (she played Wednesday in the ’90s films) and Gwendoline Christie. Breakout new character Agnes DeMille (played by Evie Templeton – a young actress to watch for) steals many of the scenes she’s in.

Sadly, the show still features the “Outcasts” as a marginalized group, as it did in Season 1. I’ve always felt the Addams Family worked best when their innocent bewilderment at their effect on “normies” drove the humor. Still, the season offers plenty of laughs and a terrific cast to carry you through. Worth a watch.

Snap! Snap!

~Sarge

THE THURSDAY MURDER CLUB. Netflix. Movie (6.7 IMDb) ***
After a parade of smarmy Hallmark whodunits comes an honest-to-goodness real cozy mystery … starring Helen Mirren, Pierce Brosnan, Ben Kingsley, Celia Imrie, and David Tennant … directed by Chris Columbus (yes, that Chris Columbus: Harry Potter, Home Alone, The Goonies)! It’s a delight, and I already want a whole series.

The Thursday Murder Club follows a band of sharp-witted retirees in a retirement community who amuse themselves by cracking cold cases…until they stumble into a brand-new mystery – one that could turn them into the next victims. Fully worth a watch.
~Sarge

HONEY DON’T. In Theatres. Movie (5.7 IMDb) ***-
The Hate Child of Wes Anderson and Quentin Tarantino: Ethan Coen’s Honey Don’t

As a long-standing Coen Brothers fan, I approached Ethan Coen’s solo outing with some trepidation. On the surface, it’s a twist on the hard-boiled dick story—only without the dick. Margaret Qualley steps into the role with dry, sensual humor, wandering through the bleak romanticism of lovely Bakersfield. Aubrey Plaza shows up as, shocker, a “quirky” cop/love interest, but brings surprising spark and passion. And Chris Evans, finally tucking Captain America to bed, slimes it up as a skeezy small-town preacher.

The film stretches itself trying to cover too much emotional ground and juggles a few more story threads than it can quite manage. Still, even if it’s not top-shelf Coen, I’d argue any Coen is better than no Coen. Definitely worth a watch.

~Sarge

A GOOD GIRL’S GUIDE TO MURDER. Netflix. Series. (6.8 IMDb) ***-
Another I missed when it first came out last year, but now that the Great Move is over (we just shifted home from Rio Del Mar, to Ben Lomond – complete with our own redwood grove, and our courageous ducks) I’ve had time to get back into this all.

“A Good Girl’s Guide to Murder” follows high school senior Pippa “Pip” Fitz-Amobi (played by Wednesday’s perky werewolf roommate, Emma Mayers, back on her home turf in Britain) as she reopens the five-year-old murder case of older classmate Andie Bell. Though officially closed with boyfriend Sal Singh’s confession and suicide, Pip suspects his innocence and, with Sal’s younger brother, makes it her final academic project. What she uncovers is a web of secrets and dangerous truth, putting herself and those she loves in the crosshairs.

Cozyish, with some modern nastiness (no sex, just real crime stuff), and elevated by strong performances – nods all around for Anna Maxwell Martin as Pip’s mother, torn between wrangling her brilliant, headstrong daughter and recognizing at the same time her fragility as still just a kid. Their dynamic is a standout.

Spoiler and trigger warning: yes, the dog dies. Sorry, but that’s a trigger that needs to be respected. Deal with it.

Based on Holly Jackson’s YA mystery series, the show has already been renewed for a second season, adapting the next book

~Sarge

FANTASTIC FOUR: FIRST STEPS. In theaters. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****
The First Family of comics finally feels like a real family. Since their 1961 debut, the Fantastic Four have always centered on family dynamics, and this adaptation leans fully into that core. Reed Richards (Pedro Pascal), Susan Storm (Vanessa Kirby), her brother Johnny (Joseph Quinn), and Reed’s lifelong friend Ben Grimm (Ebon Moss-Bachrach) share a life-changing space accident that leaves them with strange powers. Thankfully, the film skips the typical origin sturm und drang and instead drops us years after their transformation. The characterizations stay true to their comic counterparts, and the retro-futurist design (evoking the TVA from Loki) is pure visual delight.

Much like Superman earlier this year, this film is more concerned with who these people are than with non-stop action. The Fantastic Four are inherently decent, and the film allows their personalities and relationships to breathe. There’s even a non-human, non-speaking comic sidekick (H.E.R.B.I.E., filling the Krypto slot from Superman), and it works. Some may feel the superhero action is a bit light (Reed’s stretchy powers, for instance, are used sparingly, perhaps to avoid full Jim Carrey territory) but it strikes a fair balance. There’s a ton of CG, particularly in the beautifully realized retro Manhattan, but it blends so well you barely notice.

No bad performances, standout production design, and a few genuinely epic set pieces make this one a win. And for those complaining about woke gender flips: there have been many heralds over the years, male and female, including Shalla Bal. It’s faithful where it counts, fresh where it needs to be, and, most importantly, it finally gives us a Fantastic Four that lives up to their name.

THIS IS SPINAL TAP. Vudu, Google Play, Amazon. Movie (7.9 IMDb) ****
When I was chronologically less-endowed (the ’80s) and UA owned almost all the screens in town (Del Mar, Rio, River Street Twin, Aptos Twin, and the 41st Ave Playhouse), I worked at the Del Mar and the Rio. I’d catch free movies all over town every week. Obviously, you only have so much mental storage, so with a lot of films, I just filed away whether I liked them or not.

So imagine my surprise when I went to see a Fathom Event 4K restoration of “This Is Spinal Tap” (in anticipation of the upcoming “Spinal Tap 2: The End Continues”) and realized I remembered everything, despite the 41 years between my first viewing and now.

For the uninitiated, this 1984 self-described “mockumentary” by Rob Reiner follows the later years of fictional band Spinal Tap. Told in loose documentary style, it also dives into their earlier phases as a Beatles-style quartet and later a psychedelic rock act. The core trio – Michael McKean, Christopher Guest, and Harry Shearer (who later reunited for “A Mighty Wind”) – are backed by a rotating cast of ill-fated drummers. Most of the dialogue is improvised, and the music manages to be both hilarious and genuinely good.

If you’ve never seen it, track down a copy or be ready to rent or buy it on Amazon. It’s worth going out of your way for a watch.

Sorry if I seem a little hyperbolic. You see, it goes to 11.
~Sarge

...

September 15, 2025

Fate of the two Clocktower Redwoods

Despite an outpouring of support to save these two heritage redwoods, the city council did not vote to invoke its own laws and require the developer, Workbench to make a design alteration to its six-story project to save the trees onsite. Rather, the final approved motion was to direct staff to explore the trees’ relocation, in collaboration with Workbench. Relocating big trees is very doable and successful. It is also very expensive. A further section of the motion was directing staff to review options for revisions to the heritage tree removal requirements, plus further analysis of objective standards and clarification of processes related to heritage tree removals.

Had city planners followed the heritage tree rules already on the books, there would be no need to reinvent the wheel. The fear is that the wheel, once examined by staff will be bent out of shape. I would like to be more optimistic, however my experience regarding the city’s record on heritage tree preservation is not encouraging.

Recall that in 2015, the city tried to change its Heritage Tree Ordinance by adding more reasons for granting a heritage tree removal permit, weakening existing removal criteria, and removing entire species from protection. It took a lawsuit against the city from the community group Save Our Big Trees, and an appellate court, to rule that the city could not make such changes without proper environmental review, which the city claimed it was not required to do. The judges disagreed.

That was then, and this is now. Despite a common belief that it is well-nigh impossible to get a heritage tree removal permit in the city, around 98% of tree removal permits applied for are granted. On average, each year, three to four hundred heritage trees are cut down, having been granted a permit for removal by the Parks and Recreation Department. Thus, our thirteen square mile city has lost between three and four thousand heritage trees since 2015. That is a jaw-dropping number. With rare exceptions, any replanting is largely invisible. Very occasionally you see one. There are two crepe myrtles opposite the now-shuttered Outdoor World on the dead-end side road off River St. A sorry replacement for the many heritage trees that used to frame the Outdoor World’s parking lot, that were all cut down when the apartments next to the river were built.

If our heritage trees are being felled at a rate of three to four hundred a year, the state housing laws are and will accelerate that loss. Building Accessory Dwelling Units under current state law allows for no tree protection if a heritage tree happens to be growing where an ADU is planned.  For large projects, such as the Workbench Clocktower project, the impacts are less clear. What is clear is that city planning staff did not address the issue of heritage tree preservation with the developer when both first met to discuss the project. A heritage tree can be cut down only if a project design cannot be altered to save the tree. The time for that discussion is right at the beginning of the process. Compounding that failure was the developer’s arborist who vastly exaggerated the space needed to protect the tree roots should the trees remain in place, an exaggeration approved by the city arborist.

At the appeal hearing before council, city planning staff defended their position with inaccurate statements and the dubious claim that the community may prefer more commercial space in the project rather than redwoods. The kiss of death however was given by the planning director and city attorney. The city had just prevailed in a lawsuit brought against the city by Workbench over the Food Bin project. In that case the court ruled that developers could not include non-habitable space that they intended to later convert to ADU’s and be covered under the density bonus law. Since about a quarter of the space in the Clocktower project is non-habitable space that they plan to later turn into ADU’s, that court ruling could have been cited as a reason to reduce the size of the Clocktower project without reducing the number of units and leaving space for the trees. However, that ruling where the city prevailed has been appealed by Workbench. Noting that appeal, staff then cited a San Diego case where the judge ruled against neighbors and for the developer in that “amenity” space cannot be removed in a density bonus project by city council vote. It was hard to figure out if the city attorney and planning director were working for Workbench or for the city.

The motion cited above was made by council member Susie O’Hara who expressed sincere regrets at not being able to vote for saving the two redwoods, given the statements from the planning director and the city attorney. Whether there is a serious attempt by city staff to research relocating the trees-next to the Town Clock is the obvious new site-remains to be seen.

What does need to change is planning staff’s casual attitude towards heritage tree preservation. That legal requirement and the rules associated with it need to be addressed at the first meeting of developer and planning staff. Council can make that happen. Whether they do so will largely determine whether we preserve or squander the city’s remaining heritage trees.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
COUNTY BOARD OF SUPERVISOR MEETING LOCATIONS CHANGING

The Board of Supervisors chambers is getting remodeled with money collected from cable companies in fees,  according to Supervisor Koenig.  He said the use of the money is very restricted to upgrading equipment for live streaming and meeting recordings,  but I have to wonder how a complete make-over of the seating orientation qualifies.  CAO Palacios claimed the project will “enhance the public’s experience.”  Hmmm…
 
On August 19, 2025, the Board approved Consent Agenda Item #25 that added a third change order for William Fisher Architect, this one in the amount of nearly $135,000 to adjust the scope of work… 
 
“The General Services Department requests Board approval of an amendment to the expenditure agreement with William Fisher Architects, in the amount of $134,604, to adjust the scope of work for the Santa Cruz County Board Chambers revitalization project and the transfer of appropriations in the amount of $820,493 for equipment and construction project work related to the same.

Discussion
On November 19, 2024 the Board entered a contract agreement with William Fischer Architects for professional design and bidding support work related to the Santa Cruz County board chambers renovations in the amount of $201,387.63.
(link to that meeting item)

On June 24, 2025 the first amendment to this contract was executed to increase the scope of work to include additional work for the mechanical, electrical, structural, acoustic and architecture teams and adjusted the compensation by $35,127.20 plus contingency for a not to exceed amount of $236,514.83. (link)

A second amendment adding additional services to administer the construction phase of the project and additional redesign services is being requested, increasing the total compensation by $134,604 bringing the total not to exceed amount to $371,118.83 Funding transfers from the Public Education Government (PEG) funds to the project account in the amount of $820,493 are also included in this item in order to facilitate payment of technical and other equipment necessary for the project which has long lead times and needs to be ordered now to ensure delivery in time for implementation during various phases of the construction.”

What will all of this look like…and will any of the funds be used for the new South County Government Center, which cannot host public meetings with remote participation because there is no technology there to support it?
 
I wonder where the large redwood half-barrel that once greeted the public entering the Board of Supervisor Chambers went??? No one seems to know. 
 
Likewise with the portrait of Ms. Alice Earl Wilder that used to hang on the wall.  She was a well-known and respected member of the public who attended many Board of Supervisor meetings. 
 
Here is a list of where all the Board of Supervisor meetings will be held for the rest of the year….
 
 
BOARD OF SUPES APPROVES PUBLIC CENSORSHIP
Many thanks to Supervisor Justin Cummings for pulling the consent item #25 off for public discussion because it imposes further censorship to the public.  Item #35 became  Item #6.1, and lead to excellent discussion about the importance of public participation at Board meetings.
  

Supervisors Felipe Hernandez and Monica Martinez complained that there has been too much public comment time, and it was confusing to have to remember what people said at the beginning of the day’s meeting with reference to items later in the agenda when they could not take time off from work to stay the day to participate in.   
 
“Public Comment isn’t really a big part of what we do here,” said Supervisor Hernandez, citing “more important business matters the Board must discuss.”  Hmmm…remember that when he wants to get re-elected.
 
In the end, the item was approved to limit public comment to one hour (it can and has extended to two hours when the SEIU contracts were in trouble and when the MHCAN got County funding yanked and has had to shut down).  Any further comment has to wait until the very end of the meeting…whenever that happens.  
 
Also, people can no longer comment on items on the Regular Agenda until that item comes up on the agenda for the Supervisors’ review.  So, that means you have to wait all day for the Board to eventually arrive at the item you are interested in speaking about to actually speak about it. 
 
“People can always just write to us.”  Supervisor Martinez said.  But maybe some can’t, and prefer to speak.  Besides, does writing make a difference?  Do the Supervisors even read what people take the time to write to them?  Who knows where those comments submitted on the agenda portal go…they are no longer visible to the public, and maybe not anyone.
 
Well, stay tuned and stay involved…it is important to speak up whenever you are able.
 
THE EPA FINALLY SPEAKS TO THE PUBLIC ABOUT MOSS LANDING VISTRA BATTERY FIRE DISASTER AND CLEAN UP
Last Tuesday, representatives of the federal EPA and County of Monterey finally spoke publicly before the Monterey County Board of Supervisors and the public about what the plan is for cleaning up the Moss 300 Vistra Battery Fire disaster site in Moss Landing.  
 
The Monterey County Environmental Health Director was the first presenter of  the 1:30pm scheduled item that began nearly an hour late (Item #25a).
 
She reported that the County had posted results of the soil testing conducting near the disaster site, and that she was “happy to report that only three of the 108 samples showed levels of heavy metal contaminants in exceedance of public health standards.”   Hmmm… 

Where and how were the samples taken, the public wanted to know…but no answers.
 
She also reported that there were now air quality monitoring stations established “across the Highway from the clean up site.”  There will be no air monitoring data released to the public  because “it would be too much data”, so instead, the Air Quality Control Board will post general levels of information in graph format. You can see where the sampling stations are located here (page 5)
 
Why would the air sampling happen upwind of the clean up site?  No one answered, but the County continues to evaluate the soils next month, with comprehensive results of the 26 sites to be released in late December or early January.
 
The federal EPA is in charge of the clean up within the fenced disaster area, and the County, California EPA and Dept. of Toxic Substance Control (DTSC) 
 
EPA Staffmembers Ms. Lynn Keller and Mr. Mike Montgomery, Regional leader,  addressed the Supervisors and public.  
 
Here is what we learned.

  1. ) Vistra will conduct and pay for the clean up, expected to take 1 1/2 to 2 years.  Work is slow because the structure itself is unstable, so the EPA could not answer questions about the nature of contaminants in the ash.  Why aren’t robots or drones being used to sample the hazardous site?  NO answer.
     

  2. ) All the EPA staff in the region was at the fire in Los Angeles when the Moss Landing Battery Fire happened, delaying their response.
     

  3. ) Of the 100,000 lithium battery modules, 55% burned.  All remaining  batteries are now de-linked and stored power has been released back into the grid, but the risk of sparking still exists. 
     

  4. ) The cause of the fire is still unknown, but thermal runaway did occur.  “It is quite a clean site now.” said Ms. Keller.   Hmmm…
     

  5. ) Salvageable batteries will be cleaned, loaded on trucks and sent to American Battery Technology near McCaren, Nevada. 
    What routes will the trucks take???  “Unknown”
     

  6. ) Dust from the ash disturbance within the disaster site will be mitigated with a large machine that sprays a mist of water.  All work will be stopped if winds are 20mph or more.
     

  7. ) There is a private fire response company always on site, but Vistra has been working with North County Fire Dept, too, with a worst case scenario for preparedness planning.
     

  8. ) Storm water this winter will be collected in a pre-existing stormwater collection pond, sampled, “and disposed of”.

 
Supervisor Glenn Church wanted to know if other Vistra battery storage units nearby, such as the Moss 100 (which has the same flawed design) would be re-started?  Mr. David Yeager of Vistra  said the Moss 100 unit could re-start, and is a safer design because it is only a single level of battery modules, not the multi-level of Moss 300.  The Moss 350 unit is “under evaluation.”
 
What about the carcinogenic hydrogen flouride levels emitted on January 17, during the disaster?  Mr. Montgomery stated that the EPA did collect samples (when??) and that the data is posted  on the County’s “Summary data” website.
 
Supervisor Kate Daniels (who had served on the County Planning Commission when the Moss 300 Project was approved)  wanted to know what plan is in place to stop migration of  contaminants to areas outside the fenced disaster site?  Ms. Keller replied “there are many, many plans, maybe 15, but not all are releasable to the public.”  Hmmmm…
 
Take a look at this “EPA Community Involvement Plan”.  It is very vague.
 
Supervisor Daniels wanted to know the routes the trucks will take as contaminated debris is hauled away?  “We are not sure,”
 
Where will the de-energized unsalvageable batteries and debris be taken?  “We are not sure.”
 
There were many members of the public who spoke.  Many complained that the EPA has not been forthcoming with information about the character of the contamination…how can debris be hauled away on public roadways without this knowledge and chain of custody in place?  No answer.

One knowledgeable resident of Monterey had discovered plans for a nuclear breeder reactor that was potentially built on the site, with Plutonium contamination possible.  Supervisors asked that the EPA sample for and monitor radioactive contamination.  
 
The EPA folks had to leave, so the meeting ended with more questions than answers. 
 
PLAN TO ATTEND THIS
Causes and outcomes of the four recent Moss Landing Battery Plant explosions will be analyzed at a live event on October 8th at 430 pm at Wave Street Studios in Monterey, sponsored by the California Arts and Sciences Institute (CASI). The resulting toxic clouds endangered the health of thousands of residents, and has left toxic heavy metals in soils for miles around. CASI has assembled an expert panel of science, economics and health experts, as well as input from the agricultural community and residents whose health was affected. Register at Moss Landing Battery Plant Disaster – California Arts & Sciences Institute Discounted ticket prices are available if one registers prior to Sept 25th.

As you may know, the California Central Coast fell from grace on 1/16/25 when a half-billion dollar “clean energy investment” self-immolated in Moss Landing. This disaster happened because Vistra Corp’s Battery Electric Storage System (BESS) went into spontaneous “thermal runaway”, which is something that BESS plants do.

The world’s largest BESS basically went into melt-down in the world’s worst place: Eden’s Gate, aka Moss Landing. This massive battery fire burned white hot for days, incinerating ten million pounds of lithium and heavy metals, with the toxic plume spreading across the Salinas Valley, as far east as Gilroy and as far north as Santa Cruz.

Briefing Agenda
CASI scientists and engineers will be joined by locals from the BESS Evacuation Zone. These speakers will cover five essential topics about the Moss Landing BESS Disaster.

    1. Lived Experiences: Hear from those near Ground Zero about the health and other impacts of the disaster.

    2. Financial Disaster: Get a forensic accounting assessment of the massive public funding that went to Vistra Corporation, owner of the blown BESS.

    3. Biological Disaster: Get a scientific overview of the disaster’s toxic aftermath for the people, animals and soils of the Salinas Valley and beyond.

    4. Land Use Disaster: See a visualization of California’s land use for power generation and storage in California’s energy grid, including for Battery Storage.

    5. Political Disaster: See a survey of responses from elected officials, both prior to the fire and after. Hear about the many BESS plants currently planned for California and the movement to stop them.
    Speakers will include Dr. Michael Hogan and David Hurwitz. Hogan is an eminent scientist across a range of disciplines, including physics and biology. He is also CASI Founder and Chairman. Hurwitz is a local engineering and economics researcher. They will be joined by survivors of the disaster from in and around the Salinas Valley.

Your Takeaways
You will come away with an essential understanding of the greatest California disaster that nobody talks about. Importantly, you will also learn about the many BESS plants planned for elsewhere in California RIGHT NOW, and the movement to stop them. Plans exist for more exploding battery plants in Monterey, San Luis Obispo and Santa Cruz Counties.
Best of all, you’ll have the opportunity to connect with fellow citizens from the Central Coast, maybe even discover how to help in some small way. Learning the truth about battery plants could become the best thing you’ll do all year.

 

THE PAY PHONE IN NISENE MARKS STATE PARK IS GONE
State Parks officials were quick to remove the only emergency communication option for visitors to Nisene Marks State Park, and are loathe to replace it with an alternative to support public safety.
 
The phone is now GONE.

(photo credit: Al)

My friend Al lives adjacent to the Park and has experienced Park visitors knocking on his door to report an emergency when the pay phone does not work.  This happened last month when a tree fell across the only exit route, blocking the visitors and their vehicle from exiting the Park.  They ended up having to walk out. 
 
Another instance was when the 2020 CZU Fire was raging, a jogger knocked on Al’s door at 6am to report flames 30′ high in the forest nearby.  Central Fire District and Santa Cruz County Fire Dept. responded quickly,and spent the day suppressing the flames and saving the forests and  Community.
 
When I recently asked (AGAIN) for State Park officials  to please report the phone for repair, they instead decided that having a pay phone available gives visitors a false sense of security, and it should be removed.   I wanted to know what would replace the phone for emergency communication?  The answer? “An advisory sign that warns people there is no phone service.”  Hmmmm…
 
What about installing a satellite phone station for emergencies? “NO, that would be expensive and set a precedent we would have to follow in other remote parks.”  Hmmm…
 
So, what does that mean for people who have a heart attack while hiking or spot a wildfire starting that could burn out neighboring communities and destroy vast acres of forest?   
 
Please write State Parks Superintendent Mr. Chris Spohrer, chris.spohrer@parks.ca.gov, and elected officials with your thoughts.  Surely there is public safety enhancement funding from Measure Q or Prop. 4?
 
 
LISTEN AND BE HEARD

This Friday, 2pm-4pm, on “Community Matters”, my Guests in the first hour will be from Arukah Project, a local non-profit that helps people who have been able to escape human trafficking to heal and process the trauma.  Their fundraiser is coming up on October 4: arukahproject.org

We will likely discuss the recent Board of Supervisor response to the 2025 Grand Jury Investigative Report on Human Trafficking in Santa Cruz County, waved through on Consent Agenda Item #18 at the September 9 Board meeting.
 
The second hour Guests will be from the Santa Cruz County Long Term Recovery Group, a local non-profit helping people rebuild their homes lost in the 2020 CZU Fire and 2023 Floods.sccltrg.org
 
Listen in from anywhere in the world on your computer or smart device at Santa Cruz Voice.com

The program will be recorded and posted on the “Community Matters” webpage soon after the program.
 
WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  ATTEND A PUBLIC EVENT TO HELP SUPPORT SOMETHING POSITIVE IN OUR COMMUNITY.
 
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY DOING JUST ONE THING.

Cheers, and Happy Autumnal Equinox,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Fire Era

It seems like the world has changed. As I write this on Tuesday 9/16/25, Tropical Storm Mario is headed towards California. Back in 2020, the CZU Lightning Complex Fire was the result of another such situation, via Tropical Storm Fausto. And, as with 2020, there is a lineup of such storms…another is predicted soon after this upcoming one. We look forward to the regular Fall rains to start, typically on October 15. Meanwhile, we wait to see where the lightning will strike and if someone can extinguish the flames before the resulting inferno.

I moved to Santa Cruz in 1986…did I somehow miss old timer stories or some other form of history that tropical storms, lightning, thunder, etc., are ‘normal’ for this part of the world??!!

Does this seem normal to you?

Changing How We Live

All us country folk are changing the way we live, out here on the outskirts of towns.

Many modern Californians lived for decades in the “woods.” They had sprawling outbuildings full of canning supplies and landscaping tools, tractors, chicken coops, pet pens, toys scattered about. Their homes were “original” architecture, funky and artful. Their gardens neat or a tangle, blended into the surrounding with the forest engulfing less tended portions. Funky. That was much of country California.

In this changing world, we can no longer afford to be that way: our ‘stuff’ is burning up and making a mess. Now, we must consolidate our things into fire resistant structures and manage the surrounding vegetation.

The Vegetation Around Us

This land is productive, which means that plants make a lot of biomass each year. In most natural areas near Santa Cruz, plants produce 4,000 – 8,000 dry pounds of biomass per acre per year: that’s 6,800 – 13,600 pounds of living biomass: literally ‘tons.’ For a house that’s 1200 square feet, clearing within the 100′ required space is managing about an acre and a half of vegetation. That means chipping, burning, mulching, composting, or hauling biomass “away” – otherwise, living or shed plant parts accumulate, add up, and pose a worse fire hazard in subsequent years.

Same goes for the thousands and thousands of acres of open space/parkland around the Monterey Bay. That open space is producing lots of fuel for future wildfire.

Attitudes

Many people can’t handle this new reality of living with fire, especially in the country. Sure, if you are wealthy and live rurally, you can pay for someone to manage your property for wildfire…but still it is expensive! If you are poor, you can work to do it yourself…but it takes time, strength, and know-how! I’ve asked the folks I know who take care of their rural spaces how much time it takes to manage their (small!) home’s vegetation wildfire danger. The uncannily similar answer for my informal poll is….6 hours a week.

But most people are just plain in denial about the danger, even though everyone knows someone who’s been through one of the giant fires of the past few years. Some of those in denial actually went through the last fires and somehow think that it can’t happen again.

Perhaps we’ve become inured to the fire news and so can’t grip reality. Did you know that Chinese Camp, a small town in the Sierra was nearly completely destroyed by wildfire in early September? That was the result of another ‘monsoon’ full of lightning from the South! Too much!

City Folks

It might be easier to ignore the wildfire danger if you live in the City. But people must change the way they live in the cities, apparently: in case you don’t recall there was this thing in Santa Rosa called the Tubbs Fire that burned thousands of homes, many of which were ‘in town.’

It looks to me like a wind-driven wildfire could burn a long way into Santa Cruz with houses stacked against one another adjacent to the forested and shrubby steep canyons of Moore Creek or adjacent to the thickly vegetated and at times crispy dry San Lorenzo Valley. The towns sprinkled around Fort Ord share the same danger/fate as does Monterey and Carmel.

Wind Driven?

Do we forget about the 70 mph gusts that fanned the CZU 2020 fires? Were we watching the Santa Rosa Tubbs Fire blast on high winds? The winds are increasing…

The Cause and Effect

The changing world I have outlined here is in large part due to the burning of fossil fuels, trapping sunlight…aka ‘the greenhouse effect.’ More ‘greenhouse gasses’ cause more atmospheric energy: part of the reason we are seeing the new tropical storms headed our way. The winds, with or without the storms, are demonstrably getting more intense. Predicted outcomes of climate change include extreme heat and drought events…extremes of all sorts – big swings.

The sad changes we are struggling to manage with just plain living are probably quite minor compared to what is to come based on climate change predictions. One day, folks will look back at the one-day-a-week that it takes us now to manage our yards and say “humf! That’s nothing.” What will their struggles be like? Will they be trying to survive weeks-long dust storms…building storm proof greenhouses for food?

When will we reverse this terrible trajectory?

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Monday, September 15, 2025

Public reactions to the murder of political activist Charlie Kirk came quickly. Before the identity of the person who allegedly shot and killed Kirk was even known, a right-wing journalist named Matt Forney proposed “a complete crackdown on the left. Every Democratic politician must be arrested and the party banned.”

In the same New York Times article just quoted, which was published on Friday, September 12th, Alex Jones, whom Wikipedia identifies as “an American far-right radio show host and prominent conspiracy theorist,” made this comment: “Make no mistake – we are at war.” Calls for “Civil War” were an immediate response to Kirk’s murder. Tesla CEO Elon Musk, for instance, said that “the Left is the party of murder” and added, “if they won’t leave us in peace, then our choice is fight or die.”

The Saturday, September 13, 2025, edition of The New York Times brought us comments from the Governor of Utah, Spencer Cox, who is pictured above. The Wall Street Journal also covered Cox’s comments, and let me quote the story providing the Governor’s reaction, as reported by The Journal (emphasis added):
 

A 22-year-old man is now in custody in Utah, as the country weathers the aftershocks of the public murder of Charlie Kirk, the young political leader and father. A solace is that the justice system is moving swiftly, and at least some politicians in America have decided to meet the raw moment with wise counsel. Utah GOP Gov. Spencer Cox said in a press conference Friday announcing the arrest of suspect Tyler Robinson that a casing found by law enforcement was engraved with the phrase: “Hey fascist! Catch!” …

Yet perhaps the most important part of the press conference was Mr. Cox’s reflection on the country’s condition after “an attack on the American experiment.” To “my young friends out there, you are inheriting a country where politics feels like rage,” he said. “It feels like rage is the only option.” But “your generation has an opportunity to build a culture that is very different from what we are suffering through right now, not by pretending differences don’t matter, but by embracing our differences and having those hard conversations.

Then: “I think we need more moral clarity right now. I hear all the time that words are violence. Words are not violence. Violence is violence. And there is one person responsible for what happened here. And that person is now in custody and will be charged soon, and will be held accountable.”

This is important wisdom for young Americans whose political formation will now include this assassination, and Mr. Cox performed far better than most of his colleagues in positions of political leadership. “These people are full of s—” is the level of statesmanship America now expects from Rep. Ilhan Omar of Minnesota, but the failures are bipartisan. “Democrats owned what happened today,” said South Carolina GOP Rep. Nancy Mace.

The left hasn’t reckoned with what it unleashed when it declared that words are equivalent to violence, which some unstable people hear as an open call to return fire. Yet what the country needs at this moment is leaders who understand that they represent everyone once they are elected, not merely a political faction. This is what the country could also use from President Trump, rather than vows to punish his opponents.

Mr. Cox told Americans to “log off, turn off, touch grass, hug a family member, go out and do good in your community,” while calling social media “a cancer.” Don’t underestimate the political salience of this message to voters who all know someone whose mental stability has deteriorated after hours spent marinating in online rage.

“History will dictate if this is a turning point for our country,” Mr. Cox said, “but every single one of us gets to choose right now if this is a turning point for us.” It has been a bleak week for the greatest free society in history. But Mr. Cox is right to tell Americans that their personal conduct can be a starting point toward something different (emphasis added).

Let me associate myself with the advice and counsel presented to the nation by Governor Cox.

Thank you, Governor, for a statement that calls us all to respond to the outrage and tragedy of the murder of Charlie Kirk by becoming our best selves, and that urges us not to perpetuate the mistaken idea that politics requires, demands, or is defined by “rage.”

True politics is exactly the opposite!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

PROVE ME WRONG, HYPOCRISY, REALITY, TRN

Social media commenters, politicians, broadcast and printed media pundits of all stripes have had a field day following the shooting of Turning Point USA founder Charlie Kirk on a Utah college campus. Many have echoed similar lines, such as Garry Kasparov’s on Substack: “I unequivocally condemn his killing. We understand that lawless violence at our universities, or anywhere else, shuts down vital forums for free speech and endangers all of us. Speech does not just justify violence. Period. I more than disagreed with Kirk’s actions and statements. I rejected much of his worldview. What happened today does not change my perspective. But my ideological opposition does not in any way qualify my condemnation of this horrendous attack. Violence harms not only the target, but society at large.” Kasparov discloses that he lost his own father when he was a teenager, and so mourns with Kirk’s two young children who will grow up without their father. He emphasizes that in our democracy, our rights and our institutions, not bullets, are what protect us from demagogues, yet the process is slow with no straight line to victory. Political violence threatens that order, and is a death spiral that some countries never escape from, with the strain on our democracy being a sign that we are giving up — the fight for civil order is over. At that point, politics becomes a question of survival of the fittest — a dangerous territory for us to inhabit.

Kirk founded Turning Point USA when he was 18 years of age, and had become one of the most influential young conservatives on the political scene, especially with many college-age students, challenging students who disagreed with him to debate at his ‘Prove Me Wrong‘ events. His influence with Trump and the White House was significant, with the president proclaiming, “No one understood or had the Heart of the Youth in the United States of America better than Charlie. He was loved and admired by ALL, especially me.” Many were quick to revive a Kirk comment from 2023 at a Turning Point USA event, when he said, “We must also be real. We must be honest with the population. Having an armed citizenry comes with a price, and that is part of liberty. Driving comes with a price. Fifty thousand people die on the road every year. That’s a price. You get rid of driving, you’d have 50,000 less auto fatalities. But we have decided that the benefit of driving — speed, accessibility, mobility — is worth the cost of 50,000 people dying on the road. We need to be very clear that you’re not going to get gun deaths to zero. It will not happen, but I think it’s worth it. I think it’s worth it to have a cost of, unfortunately, some gun deaths every single year, so that we can have the Second Amendment.” Further, he suggested that efforts to stop shootings should include more armed guards at locations holding noteworthy events.

Elliot Kirschner posted on Substack, “There can be no place for political violence in a democracy. And there can never be a ‘but’ or ‘yet’ or ‘however’ that follows that sentiment. So let’s try a different conjunction. Let’s try ‘and.'” He continues, “AND, that is why the violent, cop-bashing insurrectionists on January 6th should have been prosecuted to the full extent of the law, and certainly never pardoned. AND, why the would-be king who stoked the riot to remain in power should never have been given immunity by the cowardly Supreme Court. AND, this is why the violent attack on Nancy Pelosi’s husband by a crazed man looking to harm the former Speaker of the House should never have been turned into a vicious punchline, as President Trump did. AND, why the lies spread by Rudy Giuliani, and echoed by Fox News, about the Georgia election workers Ruby Freeman and Shaye Moss — who received death threats as a result — were so dangerous. AND, why it’s so provocative to inject heavily armed military troops into a city that doesn’t want them, in order to provoke confrontation. Kirk’s murder is a tragedy, and I am especially saddened for his young children. It is the facts of what occurred — the death itself and the presumed political motive — that should be the focus of the press and commentators. And the tragedy does not erase the long list of vile and harmful things Kirk said and did over his lifetime. And the final deed does not dismiss the threats of violence he injected into our politics and society. The condemnation of a political assassination, with all its implications, should not be used to turn someone who preached hate into a martyr. And it is instructive, as so many have noted, how selective the outpouring of official grief and press coverage can be depending on the politics of the victim.” Kirschner goes on to point out that the New York Yankees began a game with a moment of silence for Kirk, yet, they didn’t offer the same honor for Minnesota House Speaker Melissa Hortman, an elected official, and her husband, Mark, after they were assassinated the day before a Yankees/Red Sox game! “The GOP is is terrified to say the name of Melissa Hortman, because it shatters the narrative they’re trying to sell — that the left is violent and the right is peaceful. That narrative is a lie, and we need to call it out,” writes Mike Nellis on Substack.

Kirschner tells of his young daughters, who are becoming more aware of politics as they seek their own voice in such matters, questioning why other countries don’t have the same proliferation of weaponry as does this country, and how concerning the Kirk assassination is, happening on a school campus. His daughters have shared how they fear that masked, plainclothes federal agents will swoop into their own schools and remove friends and acquaintances, in an act of uncaring violence. Kirschner’s post pinpoints the appearance of the word ‘hypocrisy‘ in many commentaries, how Republicans who decry the Kirk attack, themselves calling for retribution, yet remain silent regarding threats to targeted political rivals — ignoring that most Democratic leaders denounced the Kirk murder. He references Trump’s own threat of violence toward an American city, with the ‘Chipocalypse‘ meme post as a call to civil war. “Certainly hypocrisy is part of what we are seeing. This regime, and the leader the MAGA masses follow with cult-like devotion, has built a political brand around political violence — in many forms. And here is what I think we all need to stop and consider how broadly we define political violence, especially in the press: Women die because they lack access to reproductive medical care — that is political violence. Immigrants being sent to inhumane prisons without due process is political violence. Congress giving billions to ICE, turning it into a personal domestic army acting with impunity is political violence. A polluted environment with toxins and natural disasters from climate change becoming increasingly deadly because of craven politicians is political violence. It is essential that our leaders and the press denounce political violence in all its forms, and in doing so continue to tell the full and truthful story of what is at stake. No one should be threatened with violence and certainly not killed for their beliefs in a democracy. And neither should those who stoke violence be excused from political responsibility, at the polls and be the press, for their words and actions. Because that is not democracy either.”

Political consultant, Jeff Timmer posted on Lincoln Square, “I have long argued that Donald Trump and today’s Republican Party are the greatest threat this nation has ever faced. Greater than Nazi Germany; greater than the Soviet Union; greater than al-Quida. That claim may strike some as overstatement, but it is not. None of those external enemies ever succeeded in capturing one of our major political parties. None had millions of Americans willing to surrender the rule of law, civic peace, and even basic facts to a single man. Trump has done what no foreign foe ever could: He has turned a major American party into an instrument of authoritarian power. From the beginning, Trump has governed not as a president, but as a strongman. The institutions of government — the courts, the military, federal law enforcement — he sees not as independent guardians of the Constitution but as weapons to be bent to his will. The Republican Party has not resisted this transformation; it has welcomed it. What once was a party of limited government and traditional conservatism has become a vessel for fascism, white Christian nationalism, and the normalization of political violence. I said these things before Charlie Kirk was murdered. They were true then. They remain true now. Kirk’s death has not changed reality — and Trump’s grotesque exploitation of the tragedy only underscores it.” Timmer calls the Oval Office response to the assassination ‘pure authoritarian theater,’ and with no factual evidence, blaming the political opposition, he uses the favored tool of scapegoating. By placing blame, Trump seeks to mobilize his MAGA troops, discredit his critics and justify further repression, a familiar tactic of StalinMaoHitlerFrancoMussolini, and Pinochet. The very scenario many warned us about is now fact — Trump’s return to power in a second term displays precisely what authoritarian rules looks like in America.

Political columnist Ezra Klein of The New York Times wrote last week: “The foundation of a free society is the ability to participate in politics without fear of violence. To lose that is to risk losing everything. Charlie Kirk — and his family — just lost everything. As a country, we came a step closer to losing everything, too.” Klein enumerates many incidents in recent years to show how we are edging closer to complete loss: The plot to kidnap Governor Gretchen Whitmer; the storming of the Capitol on January 6, 2021 and the pipe bombs found during that period at committee headquarters of our two dominant political parties; the Pelosi home break-in when Paul Pelosi was injured; two attempted assassinations of presidential candidate TrumpMolotov cocktails thrown into Governor Josh Shapiro’s home; the murder of Minnesota’s Melissa Hortmann; and now, Charlie Kirk. Klein calls Kirk “one of the era’s most effective practitioners of persuasion, and though we may dislike what he believed, he was practicing politics in the right way.” He proved his hold on young voters with their sharp move to the right in the 2024 election. Klein did not know Kirk, admitting he is not the right person to eulogize him, but envied what he built — liberalism could use more of his moxie and fearlessness, he says. In his Times column, he mentions seeing mostly decent and human reactions to Kirk’s fate, but also two forms of reaction that are misguided: One is from the left, attempting to wrap Kirk’s death around his views on the Second Amendment; the second from the right’s attempt to turn the murder into a justification for an all-out war, “a Reichstag fire for our time.” Klein calls political violence a contagious virus, which became endemic in the country in the 1960s and into the 1970s; and while American politics has sides, we are meant to be on the same side of a larger project — to maintain the viability of the American experiment. “I wanted Kirk to be safe for his sake, but I also wanted him to be safe for mine and for the sake of our larger shared project. We are all safe, or none of us are,” he concludes.

Writer Elie Mystal in The Nation tore into some of the words surrounding the “canonization” of Charlie Kirk, cautioning that the “martyred mascot of racism” has distracted people from facing heightened racism and the country’s raging gun problem. Mystal wrote, “Before the shooting, the biggest story in America was the Supreme Court’s authorization of racial profiling against Latinos. After the white media is done celebrating their martyred mascot, I hope we can resume our conversation about how the rest of us are forced to live in this white supremacist state.” While Mystal offered condolences for Kirk and his family, he recounts how historically Black colleges and universities in Virginia cancelled classes after receiving threats in the fallout. “To recap, a white man was murdered by another white man for reasons we don’t know yet, but somehow that means Black people have to catch hell,” said Mystal. Calling out the Yankees baseball management for the moment of silence for Kirk, he also jumped on Ezra Klein’s “unconscionably” entitled ‘Charlie Kirk Was Practicing Politics The Right Way‘ in The New York Times, calling it the “worst argument of the week.” “Klein’s article goes on to condemn political violence,” Mystal wrote. “I agree with that, of course. But condemning political violence as an op-ed columnist is a little bit like condemning the French Revolution when you’re a member of the aristocracy. It is in our best interests to condemn the violent murder of public figures, because we all know we might be next. That doesn’t make us empathetic or graceful or more enlightened than the least common denominator on social media, it makes us self-interested.”

He feels that Klein missed the point, because Kirk attacked and denigrated Black people and threatened the existence of LGBTQ people. To him it is impossible to condemn political violence and mourn the victims of that violence without also lauding the political influence of the those victims — a basic test for Mystal. “Charlie Kirk represented the very worst American political discourse had to offer, and I wish he were still alive so I could tell that to him, to his face, over and over again. I wish he lived long enough to see everything that he worked to achieve crumble all around him. You see what I did there, Ezra? It’s really not hard,” he throws at Klein. Mystal claims he’s a New York Mets fan, and wants “people who practice politics to be better than Charlie Kirk. And Ezra Klein. All I can do is try to weather the storm. Violent whites have their blood up, and that usually means incredibly bad things for people like me. I’ve got public appearances that I probably need to cancel. I hope to survive this by staying as far away from white folks as I possibly can until this fever breaks.” The ammunition used by Kirk’s assassin had been etched with his anti-fascist messages, and because the ends of the bullets were stamped with initials ‘TRN,’ designating Turkish bullet maker TuranMAGA in their trans-people fixation chose to interpret these letters as a trans community creation.

The Snopes website posted various quotes from Charlie Kirk, one from July 13, 2023 when he said some prominent Black women did not have “the brain processing power to otherwise be taken really seriously.” He was talking specifically about MSNBC television host Joy Reid; former first lady Michelle ObamaUS Representative Sheila Jackson Lee; and Supreme Court Justice Ketanji Brown Jackson. “If we would have said three weeks ago that Joy Reid and Michelle Obama and Sheila Jackson Lee and Ketanji Brown Jackson were affirmative-action picks, we would have been called racist. But now they’re coming out and saying it for us! They’re coming out and they’re saying, ‘I’m only here because of affirmative action,'” Kirk charged. A post on X from a year ago included a video clip of Kirk saying, “You have to go steal a white person’s slot,” that same clip being reposted to Instagram several times. Also confirmed are quotes when he said empathy is a “made-up, new age term,” and that “Jewish money has ruined US culture.”

The Common Dreams website has posted comments by Reverend Graylan Scott Hagler, advisor with FOR-USA and the founder and president of Faith Strategies USA, with his thoughts on the killing of Charlie Kirk. He says there are so many words and cliches condemning the murder and “none of the refrains are unique.” “We need to dial back our discourse. We need to be tolerant of different opinions. There is no room in American politics for political violence. Are people blind to the realties that have been swirling around us? The language has been violent. The discord has been great. There has been consistent room to dine at the table of heated racist discussion posing as legitimate political speech. The killing of Charlie Kirk fits within this arena of speech that is racist and hate-filled but is designed to pose as rational an logical political speech. In his rhetoric and so-called debate style this 31-year old evangelical firebrand of the right has stated that Black pilots were incompetent, gays should be stoned, ironically he was opposed to gun control, abortion, LGBTQ rights, criticized the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and Martin Luther King, Jr., promoted Christian nationalism, advanced Covid-19 misinformation, made false claims of electoral fraud in 2020, and is a proponent of the Great Replacement conspiracy theory. This Chicago-born suburbanite brought all of the racial innuendo to speech and rhetorically violated the safety and security of Blacks, people of color, the LGBTQIA community, perverted the history of race and racism in America, attempted to legitimize the nation as a white bastion of civilization and Christianity, and in general perfected the use of racial and hateful language and molded it into a form of acceptable and legitimate political debate and viewpoint.”

Reverend Hagler goes on to say, “But the legitimate debate aspect was far from legitimate historical benign speech, nor was it nonviolent in character. In fact, it touched all of the refrains of the vile language of the past that resulted far too many times in lynchings and other forms of racial violence and upheaval. Don’t get me wrong, I am sorry for the death, the killing of Charlie Kirk. I have stood over many coffins of many people I did not agree with, and words of comfort to the families during my 40-plus years of ministry. In doing so I have looked at a person’s life to find something to say about their character, worthiness, and contributions they have made in their lifetime. Sometimes the task is easier than at other times.” In examining Kirk’s life, Hagler notes that he was a husband, a father, but what else, he doesn’t know. He is sure he had friends, and he played a significant role in his connection with community that was personal and also collective, but the problem in affirming his life at an end-of-life ceremony is that he evidently did not care in his living about the security and comfort of others, showing no empathy. Questioning whether or not he believed what he espoused, or whether it was simply a marketing ploy for influence and money, the reverend doesn’t know, and no one will ever know for sure, but he expanded hatred, marketed the vile speech of old racisms in new wineskins, and further jeopardized the lives and security of others. Hagler ends his essay with, “Trump talked about lowering the temperature of the political language that is used, but in the next breath criticized ‘the radical left’ for castigating the hate language of Kirk. If we are going to be truthful in this moment, the hate that Kirk put out came back on him, and the violent political language that continues to fly in this country will continue to manifest itself in ways where we will continually be praying for victims and their families.”

As Elizabeth Spiers writes in The Nation: “There is no requirement to take part in this whitewashing campaign, and refusing to join in doesn’t make anyone a bad person. It’s a choice to write an obituary that begins ‘Joseph Goebbels was a gifted marketer and loving father to six children.’ His entire business was simply performances, and he could not have an entertaining public fight without opposition. Turning Point did not work to bring people together; it worked to bring about a country where anyone who wasn’t a white Christian nationalist wasn’t welcome. I won’t celebrate his death, but I’m not obligated to celebrate his life, either.”

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages.

Art

“Art is a line around your thoughts.”
~Gustav Klimt

“Inspiration is for amateurs. The rest of us just show up and get the work done. If you wait around for the clouds to part and a bolt of lightning to strike you in the brain, you’re not going to make an awful lot of work.”
~Chuck Close

“A work of art which did not begin in emotion is not art.”
~Paul Cezanne

“Art is never finished, only abandoned.”
~Leonardo da Vinci

“To my mind a picture should be something pleasant, cheerful and pretty. There are too many unpleasant things in life as it is, without creating still more of them.”
~Pierre-Auguste Renoir

“A true artist is not one who is inspired, but one who inspires others.”
~Salvador Dali

“I started painting as a hobby when I was little. I didn’t know I had any talent. I believe talent is just a pursued interest. Anybody can do what I do.”
~Bob Ross

“Inspiration exists, but it has to find you working.”
~Pablo Picasso

...

Your Body Follows What Your Mind Believes: Mindfulness As Medicine. Dr Ellen Langer is fascinating to watch and listen to. Check her out!


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

September 3 – 16, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on La Bahia luxury hotel… Steinbruner… back next week… Hayes… North Coast Truth and Reconciliation… Patton… All The Rage… Matlock… thoughts… prayers… apathy… rinse… repeat… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Hannah Fry…Quotes on… “AI”

...

FRONT AND CATHCART STREETS June 24, 1952. Remember when we had car dealerships downtown? Years after this photo was taken, there was a diner called Pontiac Grill right there. This makes so much sense when you know there used to be a Pontiac dealership right there! Now we have Mori Sushi where Thrash Motors was, and Betty Noodles in this location, which before that harbored Surfrider Café, L8 Buffet, The Greek, and probably a few more…

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: September 3, 2025

2 WEEK ISSUE THIS WEEK. We will be back on our normal (whatever that word means…) operating schedule the week of September 17th. This week, I am posting to you all from Disneyland. My inner people-watcher is having a field day down here, that’s for sure! My outer grandma is having a blast seeing my grandkids enjoy themselves. I also marvel at the sheer genius that is Disney in so many ways. It will take me a while to absorb it all, but I may come back to that topic here some day.

Until next time!

~Webmistress

...

WEDNESDAY (Season 2). Netflix. Series (8 IMDb) ****

Wednesday, Season 2

Learning from Season 1, they eschew romance for Wednesday and instead keep her caught between her rocky relationship with her mother (Morticia, played by Catherine Zeta-Jones) and her attempts to thwart a tragic prophecy (how very unlike Wednesday).

This season brings a slew of new guest stars, including Lady Gaga, Christopher Lloyd (he was Fester in the ’90s Addams Family movies), Steve Buscemi, and Billie Piper (pop singer and Rose from Doctor Who), along with brief surprise returns from Christina Ricci (she played Wednesday in the ’90s films) and Gwendoline Christie. Breakout new character Agnes DeMille (played by Evie Templeton – a young actress to watch for) steals many of the scenes she’s in.

Sadly, the show still features the “Outcasts” as a marginalized group, as it did in Season 1. I’ve always felt the Addams Family worked best when their innocent bewilderment at their effect on “normies” drove the humor. Still, the season offers plenty of laughs and a terrific cast to carry you through. Worth a watch.

Snap! Snap!

~Sarge

THE THURSDAY MURDER CLUB. Netflix. Movie (6.7 IMDb) ***
After a parade of smarmy Hallmark whodunits comes an honest-to-goodness real cozy mystery … starring Helen Mirren, Pierce Brosnan, Ben Kingsley, Celia Imrie, and David Tennant … directed by Chris Columbus (yes, that Chris Columbus: Harry Potter, Home Alone, The Goonies)! It’s a delight, and I already want a whole series.

The Thursday Murder Club follows a band of sharp-witted retirees in a retirement community who amuse themselves by cracking cold cases…until they stumble into a brand-new mystery – one that could turn them into the next victims. Fully worth a watch.
~Sarge

HONEY DON’T. In Theatres. Movie (5.7 IMDb) ***-
The Hate Child of Wes Anderson and Quentin Tarantino: Ethan Coen’s Honey Don’t

As a long-standing Coen Brothers fan, I approached Ethan Coen’s solo outing with some trepidation. On the surface, it’s a twist on the hard-boiled dick story—only without the dick. Margaret Qualley steps into the role with dry, sensual humor, wandering through the bleak romanticism of lovely Bakersfield. Aubrey Plaza shows up as, shocker, a “quirky” cop/love interest, but brings surprising spark and passion. And Chris Evans, finally tucking Captain America to bed, slimes it up as a skeezy small-town preacher.

The film stretches itself trying to cover too much emotional ground and juggles a few more story threads than it can quite manage. Still, even if it’s not top-shelf Coen, I’d argue any Coen is better than no Coen. Definitely worth a watch.

~Sarge

A GOOD GIRL’S GUIDE TO MURDER. Netflix. Series. (6.8 IMDb) ***-
Another I missed when it first came out last year, but now that the Great Move is over (we just shifted home from Rio Del Mar, to Ben Lomond – complete with our own redwood grove, and our courageous ducks) I’ve had time to get back into this all.

“A Good Girl’s Guide to Murder” follows high school senior Pippa “Pip” Fitz-Amobi (played by Wednesday’s perky werewolf roommate, Emma Mayers, back on her home turf in Britain) as she reopens the five-year-old murder case of older classmate Andie Bell. Though officially closed with boyfriend Sal Singh’s confession and suicide, Pip suspects his innocence and, with Sal’s younger brother, makes it her final academic project. What she uncovers is a web of secrets and dangerous truth, putting herself and those she loves in the crosshairs.

Cozyish, with some modern nastiness (no sex, just real crime stuff), and elevated by strong performances – nods all around for Anna Maxwell Martin as Pip’s mother, torn between wrangling her brilliant, headstrong daughter and recognizing at the same time her fragility as still just a kid. Their dynamic is a standout.

Spoiler and trigger warning: yes, the dog dies. Sorry, but that’s a trigger that needs to be respected. Deal with it.

Based on Holly Jackson’s YA mystery series, the show has already been renewed for a second season, adapting the next book

~Sarge

FANTASTIC FOUR: FIRST STEPS. In theaters. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****
The First Family of comics finally feels like a real family. Since their 1961 debut, the Fantastic Four have always centered on family dynamics, and this adaptation leans fully into that core. Reed Richards (Pedro Pascal), Susan Storm (Vanessa Kirby), her brother Johnny (Joseph Quinn), and Reed’s lifelong friend Ben Grimm (Ebon Moss-Bachrach) share a life-changing space accident that leaves them with strange powers. Thankfully, the film skips the typical origin sturm und drang and instead drops us years after their transformation. The characterizations stay true to their comic counterparts, and the retro-futurist design (evoking the TVA from Loki) is pure visual delight.

Much like Superman earlier this year, this film is more concerned with who these people are than with non-stop action. The Fantastic Four are inherently decent, and the film allows their personalities and relationships to breathe. There’s even a non-human, non-speaking comic sidekick (H.E.R.B.I.E., filling the Krypto slot from Superman), and it works. Some may feel the superhero action is a bit light (Reed’s stretchy powers, for instance, are used sparingly, perhaps to avoid full Jim Carrey territory) but it strikes a fair balance. There’s a ton of CG, particularly in the beautifully realized retro Manhattan, but it blends so well you barely notice.

No bad performances, standout production design, and a few genuinely epic set pieces make this one a win. And for those complaining about woke gender flips: there have been many heralds over the years, male and female, including Shalla Bal. It’s faithful where it counts, fresh where it needs to be, and, most importantly, it finally gives us a Fantastic Four that lives up to their name.

THIS IS SPINAL TAP. Vudu, Google Play, Amazon. Movie (7.9 IMDb) ****
When I was chronologically less-endowed (the ’80s) and UA owned almost all the screens in town (Del Mar, Rio, River Street Twin, Aptos Twin, and the 41st Ave Playhouse), I worked at the Del Mar and the Rio. I’d catch free movies all over town every week. Obviously, you only have so much mental storage, so with a lot of films, I just filed away whether I liked them or not.

So imagine my surprise when I went to see a Fathom Event 4K restoration of “This Is Spinal Tap” (in anticipation of the upcoming “Spinal Tap 2: The End Continues”) and realized I remembered everything, despite the 41 years between my first viewing and now.

For the uninitiated, this 1984 self-described “mockumentary” by Rob Reiner follows the later years of fictional band Spinal Tap. Told in loose documentary style, it also dives into their earlier phases as a Beatles-style quartet and later a psychedelic rock act. The core trio – Michael McKean, Christopher Guest, and Harry Shearer (who later reunited for “A Mighty Wind”) – are backed by a rotating cast of ill-fated drummers. Most of the dialogue is improvised, and the music manages to be both hilarious and genuinely good.

If you’ve never seen it, track down a copy or be ready to rent or buy it on Amazon. It’s worth going out of your way for a watch.

Sorry if I seem a little hyperbolic. You see, it goes to 11.
~Sarge

...

September 1, 2025

Erasing History

The newly built 155-room luxury hotel, the La Bahia and Spa, had its pre-opening, ribbon-cutting event last week. Invited guests included city council members and mayor, the Ensemble corporate marketing manager, the Seaside Co. president, and Seaside Co. supporters such as the former director of Save Our Shores, Dan Haifley.

By all accounts from the media coverage, the invited guests were thrilled with what they saw. Enthusiasm gushed with anticipation of the monies flowing into the local business economy and city coffers from the well-heeled guests who can afford luxury room prices. Mayor Keeley was quoted in Lookout as saying, “We are grateful to the community for believing in this project for a very, very long time.” Except that is not how this project unfolded. Its history is being erased.

In the late 1990s, as a component of the Beach/South of Laurel Plan (B/SOL), the city, with support from the mayor and city council at the time, invested considerable time and money securing expert advice on how to preserve and rehabilitate the La Bahia Apartments. The beach area already had significant historical landmarks with the Boardwalk, a state landmark, with two of its rides listed in the National Register, the heritage tourist train to Roaring Camp, the then almost century old Municipal Wharf and historic Beach Hill. The La Bahia building was eligible for the National Register of Historic Places, the nation’s top honor. Built in 1926, it was designed by William C Hayes, co-founder of the Berkeley School of Architecture. The Architectural Resources Group (ARG) of San Francisco gave detailed guidelines to the city for converting the landmark building into a hotel, preserving its main historical features. The aim was to attract the lucrative Heritage tourism market while preserving one of the last remaining historic buildings on the waterfront.

What happened next was a betrayal. Local historian Ross Gibson wrote a lengthy piece that captures just how this betrayal panned out in the December 15-28, 2014, edition of BrattonOnline. You can read it here. Some of it is familiar. Provide no maintenance and let a historic building decline. The Pogonip Clubhouse comes to mind. Avoid even a paint job so locals and visitors will wonder “what is that eyesore and why doesn’t the city do something about it?” Allow the developer to call the shots and not be held accountable. Ignore the Historic Preservation Commission. The result was that instead of the rehabilitation of a historic structure as planned, we got its demolition with a token façade and bell tower, as seen in the photo. This was not what many in the community were believing in.

A new luxury hotel will no doubt bring in big bucks and a clientele with big spending capacity. The Santa Cruz business community has long yearned to be the champagne side of Monterey Bay, not the beer side, when beer was working class and not boutique. A participant at the ribbon-cutting event was quoted as saying, “I think that this hotel is really going to change the complexion of the city and the beach area.” I think he is right. He didn’t mean skin color, but I expect that will change too. How long before the clientele of the luxury La Bahia complain about that scruffy Wharf with no upscale restaurants. City staff will pounce on that complaint and amplify it to drive a revised, upscale Wharf Master Plan, which has always been about class.

City management staff are already stacking the Wharf deck by stating to council that they have had “outreach meetings” to “engage the community around priorities for the Wharf Master Plan and the focus for the City’s existing $8 million grant.” I usually don’t miss any public meetings regarding the Wharf, so I asked, “What meetings? When?” The answer: Three “pop-up” style outreach events have been held. One at tabling for Second Harvest Food Distribution; one at Shared Adventures Day on the Beach and one at National Night Out, all posted on the Choose Santa Cruz Instagram account. And so, it goes. Trump lite.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...

Back next week!

WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  ATTEND A PUBLIC HEARING AND SPEAK UP.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY DOING JUST ONE THING THAT REALLY MATTERS TO YOU.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Restorative Justice: Trust for Public Land and Coast Dairies

There is healing to do in my community, but no one is moving that forward with one particular travesty. We’re approaching the 7-year anniversary of a local conservation organization’s legal action against our community, including environmental hero Celia Scott and others. In 2018, the Trust for Public Land sued a group of my community. Their actions incurred long-lasting damage to personal lives and the willingness and ability for the public to remain engaged in the hard work of protecting the North Coast of Santa Cruz County. This story is a microcosm of society-wide problems. In this essay, I explore this scenario in hopes that we can heal or at least learn from the past in ways to strengthen and improve the future, in similar situations.

What Happened?

In 2014, we were extremely concerned that the Trust for Public Lands chose the Bureau of Land Management (BLM) to take possession of ~5,800 acres of the ~7,000-acre Coast Lands and Dairies property. This would be the first transfer of large acreage in Santa Cruz County to the Federal Government, putting decision making, environmental review, and management oversight far afield from local influence. Moreover, the BLM is nationally recognized as being the ‘bottom of the barrel’ of public land management agencies insofar as their ability to provide adequate staffing or adequately analyze and plan for protecting natural resources and managing visitor use. ‘Don’t worry,’ the Open Space Illuminati whispered, ‘the land will go to National Parks soon enough.’ ‘The Great Park’ was their dream, a way of cementing the legacy of a very few boomers and their deep-pocketed, old school “environmentalist” funders. A dozen or so local veteran conservationists were clearer eyed and decided to fight back.

This coalition worked with experienced legal counsel to challenge the federal lands transfer based on TPL’s need to divide the property between State, private, and Federal ownership…a process requiring County and Coastal Commission approval. When their legal action failed, TPL sued those activists, demanding a large financial settlement. TPL’s legal action also failed but not before the damage was done to individuals and their families as well as the coalition overall and my community of conservationists in general.

Outfall

TPL’s lawsuit echoed through the region, hobbling conservation and damaging community. The Open Space Illuminati felt more empowered, less humble. Family members questioned whether activism was worth the risk, fearing retribution affecting their already tenuous ability to live in an increasingly unaffordable area. Conservationists wondered how a ‘conservation’ organization like TPL could launch such an attack.

The Bullying

This history is but one instance of something we see unfolding nationally with greater consequence. In most political spaces we have mainstream, wealthy, influential ‘centrist’ “liberals” that are sure that they know what’s best for everyone, and they are determined to force their reality forward. They bully and demonize progressives who are often under-resourced for such battles: ‘successful’ centrists are often in wealthier circles/circumstances, and their visions often include methods of increasing their financial advantage. Do we forget progressives’ criticisms of the World Bank and US AID for their paving the way to the destruction of communities and ecosystems? Newsom is so good at bullying Trump because his centrist community are very experienced at bullying progressives, and they’ll be back at that focus soon enough. The centrists love the far right for the power that gives them to move the populace to the center where the rich get richer and the environment and the poor suffer greatly. The Coast Dairies situation is a microcosm in another way.

Microcosm

Many of us are familiar with the story of the colonialist tragedy affecting indigenous people, but can we also apply some of those lessons to the situation with TPL at Coast Dairies? We know we are on the unceded ground of indigenous people: each and every one of us reading this. At the same time, many prescribe to the philosophy of such colonialism when we celebrate the “keystone” of “successful” conservation. Cheers ring out when property is purchased for a park, and few ask who is losing when that happens. Some of us are familiar with the boundaries of parks being drawn without consultation of native peoples around the world: indigenous people displaced by ‘conservationists.’ Few of us see the parallels with such dangerous transitions in California where the ‘We can do better!’ mentality overwhelms local communities.

Can We Do Better?

Conservationists celebrate the quick transition away from local control, yet traditional land management knowledge is lost at great peril. Those engaged in traditional forestry know how to manage land at scale, restore forests, grow trees, and reduce wildfire risks. Those engaged with traditional range management also know how to manage lands at scale, control herds of beasts to ecological benefit, and identify stewardship risks before they become catastrophic. Indigenous peoples have a much deeper and broader experience to share. Instead, the conservation community often removes these previous communities from their stewardship roles, instead entrusting land care to too few University-educated elites with their small share of experience matched by their lack of humility, and framed by their embrace of pro-forma ‘management planning and environmental review’ processes designed to protect them from public conversation, criticism, and legal challenge.

All of this is happening at Cotoni Coast Dairies. Can the situation there, including with the Trust for Public Land, help model a way to overcome this negative global spiral?

Reconciliation

I am suggesting that we go through a truth and reconciliation process for the Coast Dairies debacle, including the TPL’s legal action against our community.

First, we must seek to understand. Who was involved with deciding that the Coast Dairies property would best be in BLM’s hands? Let’s hear from those individuals about their decision and what they think about that nowadays. Who was involved in the decision to sue our community members? Let’s hear from those individuals about what motivated that action. Why did community members sue TPL? Let’s also hear from those individuals about what they were hoping to achieve and how they see their loss affecting the current situation. Can we also hear from the Federal decision makers: how does the machinations of federal control address the concerns of our community?

A well facilitated truth and reconciliation process can move forward from such mutual understanding towards solutions that can help to heal the past and move to a more productive future.

I predict this reconciliation process will not happen until the Open Space Illuminati and the Federal decision makers feel that they are no longer ‘winning.’ Then, they might see that they need the help of the people they have marginalized. This will require the marginalized to gain more power. Please join the movement by talking to your network about these issues.

If we don’t address these past injustices, it will not be a long wait until we see them repeat in larger and more tragic ways. Right here in our communities.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Wednesday, September 3, 2025

David French wrote a column back in January that raises some issues worth thinking about. French’s column was titled, “Us and Them Is All The Rage.” To be perfectly clear, that is the “hardcopy” version of the title. Online, here is the title you’ll find: “How a German Thinker Explains MAGA Morality.”

“MAGA Morality”?

The first line in French’s column pretty much spells out what French means by “MAGA Morality”:

When you worship power, compassion and mercy will look like sins.

French continues with the following observation: “Over the last decade, I’ve watched many of my friends and neighbors make a remarkable transformation. They’ve gone from supporting Donald Trump in spite of his hatefulness to reveling in his aggression.” French suggests that a good way to understand this transformation is to read Carl Schmitt, a German political theorist who joined the Nazi Party after Hitler became chancellor.

A key to “MAGA Morality,” says French, is what he calls the “friend-enemy distinction”:

Let us assume,” Schmitt wrote, “that in the realm of morality the final distinctions are between good and evil, in aesthetics beautiful and ugly, in economics profitable and unprofitable.” Politics, however, has “its own ultimate distinctions.” In that realm, “the specific political distinction to which political actions and motives can be reduced is that between friend and enemy.”

One of liberalism’s deficiencies, according to Schmitt (the fascist), is a reluctance to draw the friend-enemy distinction. Failing to draw it is a fool’s errand. An enduring political community can exist only when it draws this distinction. It is this contrast with outsiders that creates the community.

At the root of what French is calling “MAGA Morality” is a belief that we are not “in this together,” as I often say, but that we are essentially divided, and that one side or the other must, inevitability, either “win” or “lose.” If this is the nature of the political “reality” that prevails in that “Political World” that is created by our joint actions, then we must try not to “reconcile” with those who have views different from ours; we need to extirpate those who hold views different from ours.

Per Schmitt (the fascist), “rage,” not “reconciliation,” must our basic approach to dealing with political differences.

While French is associating this approach to politics with the “MAGA” tribe, both “sides” are buying in to this idea about how politics is supposed to work.

Building our politics on “rage,” instead of “reconciliation,” is to insure that hatred and division will be, in fact, the “coin of the realm.”

Let me make a pitch I have made before, particularly in a blog posting suggesting that trying to find things to be “angry” at is not the type of political involvement we need to be promoting. We are – I want to emphasize this again – “in this together.” Deciding how to make political decisions in a world in which “we are in this together” is the challenge that faces us now.

“Rage” and “anger” are not the way to meet that challenge, whether your politics and “morality” is “MAGA” or the opposite!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

MAGANOT!, AMERICAN DISEASE, CRACKERS, DISTRACTIONS

Last week there was another school shooting, this time at a Catholic church adjacent to its school, and as usual Republicans were offering their usual thoughts and prayers. Or as Mitch McConnell is noted for saying, “Mmpfa, mupha, phanfa b-bank suphapah, too soon,” or something similar — we may never know — gapha gapha ekphi debubba! Fox talking head, and former GOP congressman, Trey Gowdy crossed the MAGANOT! line later by suggesting that it might be time to start talking about gun control, despite his raking in wads of cash from the NRA during his term in office to speak out against a sensible gun safety plan. A new dawn may have found Gowdy tarred-and- feathered and looking for a new job — if only he could get past the FBI and armed National Guardsmen now stationed outside his home environs. Bad Trey dared to say on the ‘Outnumbered’ panel show, “Our system is reactive. Something bad happens, we react to it. And what people are crying for now is how can we prevent this? How can we stop it? And if the only way to stop it is to identify the shooter ahead of time or keep the weapons out of their hands. I mean, how many school shootings does it take before we’re going to have a conversation about keeping firearms out?” Critics immediately jumped onto social media to call him ‘not conservative,’ and they ‘despised him,’ — ‘shameful.’ That’s the routine the country goes through after every mass shooting with victims and families crying, as they follow the wailing sirens on the emergency vehicles — and politicians tweeting, emailing, or calling for ‘thoughts and prayers’ in their interviews. If that works for anyone in the moment, fine. But what about the next time? What comfort is there if you know the next gunman is caressing his or her fully-loaded weapon, ready to launch into yet another round of bloodshed? Names and places change, but the blood on the floor after unspeakable violence remains the same.

Michael Cohen writes on MeidasTouch, “The truth is, America has stopped even pretending to look for answers. Politicians point fingers, advocacy groups dig into their trenches, and the rest of us are left with a toxic cocktail of rage and resignation. We know the script. We’ve seen it too many times. And yet, the body count keeps climbing. How many more mothers need to bury their children before someone in Washington grows a spine? How many fathers will hold their son’s baseball glove, never to see him step up to the plate again? How many of these tragedies need to unfold before we admit that ‘thoughts and prayers’ are not policy? Why is this topic so untouchable? Why is the right to own an arsenal more sacred than the right of a child to sit safely in a classroom, or a worshipper to bow their head in peace?” Cohen goes on to say that we live in a nation where there are more guns than people — every citizen could be armed, and still weapons would be left unclaimed. “If that doesn’t tell you something is broken, you’re not paying attention,” he says. Any compromise is regarded as blasphemy, and any reference to common-sense reform invites outrage, attack ads, and threats, a path to surrender. Melania Trump was compelled to speak out for a call to action — a sincere, heartfelt response which will only be ignored. Columbine? Sandy Hook? Las Vegas? Uvalde? Park Avenue? Minneapolis? Nothing changes! Apathy and campaign contributions take hold.

Cohen chides Americans, saying, “It should shame us that we’ve let it get this far. That we’ve allowed gun violence become the background noise of American life. That parents now rehearse active shooter drills the same way past generations practiced fire drills. That worshippers look for exits when they walk into a sanctuary. That teachers keep bandages and tourniquets next to textbooks.” Steve Schmidt writes on his ‘The Warning’ blog, the words of the Minneapolis shooter, “‘I don’t want to do it spread a message. I do it to please myself. I do it because I am sick.'” Schmidt recalls Fox News’ Laura Ingraham as she reported the violence in Minneapolis: “Look at the evil etched on her face. Look at the menace in her smirk as she uses the death of children to celebrate her bigotry, indicting every transgender person in American as a danger. Her hate is her evidence that all are guilty of a sick person’s crime. Collective guilt is not justice. It is the rallying cry of a mob. The Trump mob was out in full force with a curated indictment, making sure in the main to leave out the big parts of the story. It’s always inconvenient when the events don’t fit perfectly in the demagogue’s box. Those dead kids in Minnesota were killed by an American disease, and the people who spread it want you to know a transgender person did it.”

The day after the mass shooting, White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt attacked former press secretary Jen Psaki’s comments about ‘thoughts and prayers,’ saying, “I think they’re incredibly insensitive and disrespectful to tens of millions of Americans of faith across this country who believe in the power of prayer, who believe that prayer works, and who believe that in a time of mourning like this, it’s utterly disrespectful…ummm…to deride the power the power of prayer in this country.” Psaki had expressed her frustrations that “half the politicians in our country have little more to offer than thoughts and prayers,” saying, “We have seen this play out over and over again. There is a shooting, then come the thoughts and prayers, and then comes the attempt to shift the focus. This is what always happens. Prayer is not freaking enough. Prayer does not end school shootings. Prayers do not make parents feel safe sending their kids to school. Prayer does not bring those kids back. Enough with thoughts and prayers.” Like clockwork, the GOP and their pro-gun allies pivoted to mental health and transgender rights, ignoring the obvious truth that the only factor that separates the US from other countries is the sheer number of guns. As Walter Einenkel writes on Daily Kos, “At least one White House secretary knows how to tell the truth.”

Psaki further criticized the Trump administration’s deployment of National Guard troops in Washington, DC, amid reports that they have been seen mulching down planted areas and picking up trash. “When kids are getting shot in their pews at a Catholic school mass and your crime plan is to have National Guard troops mulch around DC, maybe you should rethink your strategy,” she zinged. VP Vance also berated Psaki for her “bizarre” declaration that “prayer is not freaking enough.” Catholic convert Vance defended the power of prayer, saying, “We pray because our hearts are broken. We pray because we know God listens. We pray because we know that God works in mysterious ways, and can inspire us to further action.” Minneapolis Mayor Jacob Frey rejected the standard response in his speech, saying, “Don’t just say this is about thoughts and prayers right now — these kids were literally praying. It was the first week of school, they were in church.” Democrats and liberal pundits in particular have seen expressions of thoughts and prayers, particularly coming from the GOP and prominent commentators on the right, as an empty gesture when uncoupled with specific actions on gun control to prevent mass shootings. Democrats argue that the debate over the usefulness or appropriateness of prayer is an unhelpful distraction from what they see as the root cause of mass shootings: Ease of access to guns. “On this, Republicans are trying to own the space of faith just like they do patriotism. Scripture says faith without works is dead. The difference between us and them is we follow our thoughts and prayers up with action and they do not.” This would be in the vein of the oft-quoted West African proverb: “When you pray, move your feet.”

It seems that our vice president is becoming all too familiar with getting harshly booed and heckled in public appearances — quite satisfying for the participants and those who oppose the administration, and Trump’s policies. Michaela Bramwell of BuzzFeed says one habit of Vance, which is growing tiresome to many, “his single most obnoxious characteristic” to one person, is his constant demand for gratitude from those he opposes — one person calling it “straight-up whiny,” as in whiny fascism. We all remember the viral argument he initiated with Ukraine’s President Zelensky in the Oval Office a few weeks back, demanding a “thank you.” His most recent attack was on New York City mayoral candidate, Zohran Mamdani, who Vance accuses of “attacking” the country “for all its problems,” when he should be showing “a sense of gratitude.” The candidate’s defenders say he ran the “most positive possible campaign” about New York City, and another agreed that Mamdani’s “brand is loving New York and celebrating that it’s an awesome place to live.” Another writer suggests that Vance tackle comments made by his orange-hued boss, such as, calling the US a “failing nation,” “a garbage can,” and “no better than Russia.” A Fran Lebowitz quote might be applied to our two fearless leaders: “The conversational overachiever is someone whose grasp exceeds his reach. This is possible but not attractive.” Or, as Mitch McConnell might say, “Dagso rab micle tacis plal.”

A post on social media poses, “Imagine if the MAGAs reacted to mass shootings with the same passion and outrage as when Cracker Barrel changed their stupid logo.” The Daily Dose of Democracy site snakily posted: “In these tenuous and truly exceptional times, it’s comforting to know the Trump regime is laser focused on the critical issues of the day that clearly matter most to Americans, like…chain restaurant logo rebranding. Lord Goldemort’s goon squad claimed it was the president’s Truth Social post lambasting the new logo that helped the famed restaurant chain finally see the light and ditch their woke-ass, anti-racist, gender-bending, homosexual lifestyle-approving new logo and return to their pious, Cracker (next to a) Barrel roots. And to think, there are people out there that still don’t think this man deserves the Nobel Peace Prize!” Cartoonist Nick Anderson captured the idiocy of the Cracker Brouhaha in his drawing of a team of red-hatted, googly-faced MAGAs raising a sign with the original Cracker Barrel logo — a la the WWII photo of US troops raising the US flag over Iwo Jima. So not only did corporate roll back the drab, characterless, new logo — it went a step further and ditched its webpage boasting its support for the LGBTQ+ community. “In connection with the Company’s brand work, we have recently made updates to the Cracker Barrel website, including adding new content and removal of out-of-date content,” the company told Fox News, touting a ‘Culture and Belonging’ page in place of ‘Bringing the Porch to Pride’ page.

On August 19, Cracker Barrel announced a modernized, simplified, barrel-shaped logo, removing the ‘Old Timer’ leaning against a barrel, as a way to appeal to the younger clientele, which MAGA took to be conspiratorial attack on American culture, a “woke” rebranding relating to the chain’s past affiliation with Pride parades and their bugaboos of diversity, equity, and inclusion. After much social media criticism, President Trump stepped in saying, “Cracker Barrel should go back to the old logo, admit a mistake based on customer response, and manage the company better than ever before.” Hours later, the company announced the reversion, even calling Trump to thank him for weighing in on the issue — but it really simply boils down to doing what is best for the bottom line, especially in light of the stock’s plunge on Wall Street. The Atlantic Daily quotes Ted Gioia on the phoniness of the Cracker Barrel brand and the absurdity of MAGA’s fake outrage over the new logo. “Cracker Barrel’s biggest shareholder is BlackRock, the world’s largest asset manager, headquartered in New York City. Did you think it was Dolly Parton or Willie Nelson?” The article continues, “The fried chickens have come home to roost. Cracker Barrel is reverting to its old logo, fewer than ten days after announcing a new, stripped-down version. The ensuing controversy has been at once a welcome distraction from other news and an outgrowth of all the most annoying impulses in American life.” Hardly an avatar of small-town southern authenticity — more of a simulacrum of rural life, a corporate behemoth masquerading as a mom-and-pop lunch counter, intended to capitalize on nostalgia for a way of life that was already disappearing when it first opened it 1969. But all this background failed to stop Florida Congressman Byron Donald’s post on X: “It’s time to Make Cracker Barrel Great Again.”

D. Earl Stephens writes in Rolling Stone magazine: “I have grown sick and tired of the word, ‘distraction.’ And if you are a patriot doing what you can to fight against the most anti-American administration in our nation’s history, I bet you know exactly what I am talking about. I am done being lectured to by so-called ‘influencers’ and Democratic ‘operatives’ and politicians that everything the America-attacking Donald Trump and his odious fascists are doing today, is just a mere ‘distraction’ from something they did yesterday. Every terrible thing they did yesterday, is but a mere ‘distraction’ from some gruesome thing they did last week…note to all of these people: Please shut up. You are insulting as hell, are part of the problem, and are giving me a headache. The word ‘distraction’ is being thrown all over the Internet in response to Trump’s FBI search of the home of his former national security adviser, John Bolton. The search is allegedly just a ‘distraction’ from any of the other 227 terrible things Trump and his panting hyenas have afflicted on this country the past decade. Was the search of Bolton’s home chilling? Yes, of course. Was it predictable to anybody paying even the slightest amount of attention, and who has managed not to get ‘distracted’ by what has been going on in this country the past ten years? Of course it was. Was it any more chilling than rounding up US citizens and shipping them off to God knows where? Of course not. Was it merely a ‘distraction’ to drag attention away from whatever is happening with the elusive Epstein Files? Please…stop insulting us with all this crap. We aren’t distracted, you nitwits, we are wide awake, and furious about ALL OF IT, and wondering when the hell it is people like you will stop worrying about us being ‘distracted.'”

Stephens lists several items which have been called “distractions”: 1)Turning our military loose on OUR streets, 2) Trump’s visiting military bases to sell cheap memorabilia while criticizing political opponents, 3) Firing non-partisan, non-political experts for delivering job numbers Trump doesn’t like, 4) Killing life-saving vaccine, 5) Attacking safeguards on clean air and water, 6) Posting videos of a kneeling Barack Obama being placed in handcuffs, 7) Re-writing our nation’s history to minimize caging, beating and owning other human beings. “NONE of these things, or the scores of other gruesome events perpetrated on American citizens by this heinous administration, are mere ‘distractions.’ They are awful, intentional attacks, many of which used to be crimes in this country. Taken separately any of these things would have been threatened to bring down entire presidential administrations. Now they are being treated as just another cloudy afternoon in America,” he says. Continuing with his gut-punching, Stephens writes, “But if you are one of these feeble, simple-minded people, who are easily confused, and have a problem with all these ‘distractions’ maybe I can help: Trump declared war on the USA on January 6, 2021, when he refused to accept the results of an election he lost by more than seven million votes. It was an attempted insurrection, in which law enforcement officers were savagely beaten with rebel flag poles, clubs, stanchions, bats, and anything else Trump’s mob could get their filthy hands on. Millions of dollars of damage was done to OUR capitol building, where politicians — Republicans and Democrats — were hunted down and threatened with hanging and/or death. Instead of stopping the attack, Trump sequestered himself in the White House for more than three hours and rooted for its success. When it failed, he grudgingly stalked out on the White House lawn, and told his homegrown terrorists to surrender and go home, but not before telling them: ‘We love you, you’re very special.’ Read that again…”

Stephens wraps it up with: “EVERYTHING Trump has done since that terrible day has been designed around exactly ONE thing: rebuilding his anti-American army, exacting revenge on American patriots who are standing up for our country, and putting an end to our 249-year Democracy, so Republicans never relinquish power again. Got it? Good! Now try concentrating on only this, and stop lecturing the rest of us about being ‘distracted.'”

Illegitimi non carborundum – Don’t let the bastards grind you down.

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

AI

“AI is good at describing the world as it is today with all of its biases, but it does not know how the world should be.”
~Joanne Chen

“AI can be our friend.”
~Bill Gates

“Bridging the digital divide through AI, machine learning, and other emerging technologies will help all Americans benefit from the digital revolution, regardless of who they are or where they live. That is something every citizen can appreciate.”
~Ajit Pai

“AI will not replace humans, but those who use AI will replace those who don’t.”
~Ginni Rometty,

“By far, the greatest danger of Artificial Intelligence is that people conclude too early that they understand it.”
~Eliezer Yudkowsky

...

Hannah Fry is one of my favorite content creators. She makes videos on a wide variety of subjects, and she’s wonderful to listen to.


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

August 27 – September 2, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… back next issue… Steinbruner… Battery fires aftermath… Hayes… Midsummer… Patton… The Great Replacement… Matlock… a moron… peace is hard… stupid white hippies… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… powerful demonstration of manipulation… Quotes on… “Seasons”

...

THE FABLED COOPER HOUSE 1971. Once upon a time (1915) this was our County Courthouse. Located at Pacific and Cooper Streets. It became our beloved and much used Cooper House in the early 1970s. With great stores, restaurant, and the Oak Room Bar. It was retrofitted BEFORE the 1989 earthquake but the City Council allowed it to be destroyed for financial reasons. The City has never been the same since.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: August 27, 2025

SEASONS ARE CHANGING! Burning Man is over, kids are back in school, and soon we’ll have Pumpkin Spice EVERYTHING, EVERYWHERE! I’m personally not a huge fan, but I know many who are. I’m excited to see in what way fall is different in the mountains compared to Aptos, and I marvel daily at this little paradise we live in. Santa Cruz County, as I frequently tell people, is the second smallest county in California (before you ask, San Francisco is the smallest), but the most diverse in climate. Just think about it – you can go from up in the mountains to the beach in less than half an hour… We have San Lorenzo Valley, the banana belt, the fields down in Watsonville, the unlimited (thank you Coastal Commission) beauty that is Highway 1 up the coast to Davenport.

Anyway, I could talk forever. See you next time!

~Webmistress

...

THE THURSDAY MURDER CLUB. Netflix. Movie (6.7 IMDb) ***
After a parade of smarmy Hallmark whodunits comes an honest-to-goodness real cozy mystery … starring Helen Mirren, Pierce Brosnan, Ben Kingsley, Celia Imrie, and David Tennant … directed by Chris Columbus (yes, that Chris Columbus: Harry Potter, Home Alone, The Goonies)! It’s a delight, and I already want a whole series.

The Thursday Murder Club follows a band of sharp-witted retirees in a retirement community who amuse themselves by cracking cold cases…until they stumble into a brand-new mystery – one that could turn them into the next victims. Fully worth a watch.
~Sarge

HONEY DON’T. In Theatres. Movie (5.7 IMDb) ***-
The Hate Child of Wes Anderson and Quentin Tarantino: Ethan Coen’s Honey Don’t

As a long-standing Coen Brothers fan, I approached Ethan Coen’s solo outing with some trepidation. On the surface, it’s a twist on the hard-boiled dick story—only without the dick. Margaret Qualley steps into the role with dry, sensual humor, wandering through the bleak romanticism of lovely Bakersfield. Aubrey Plaza shows up as, shocker, a “quirky” cop/love interest, but brings surprising spark and passion. And Chris Evans, finally tucking Captain America to bed, slimes it up as a skeezy small-town preacher.

The film stretches itself trying to cover too much emotional ground and juggles a few more story threads than it can quite manage. Still, even if it’s not top-shelf Coen, I’d argue any Coen is better than no Coen. Definitely worth a watch.

~Sarge

A GOOD GIRL’S GUIDE TO MURDER. Netflix. Series. (6.8 IMDb) ***-
Another I missed when it first came out last year, but now that the Great Move is over (we just shifted home from Rio Del Mar, to Ben Lomond – complete with our own redwood grove, and our courageous ducks) I’ve had time to get back into this all.

“A Good Girl’s Guide to Murder” follows high school senior Pippa “Pip” Fitz-Amobi (played by Wednesday’s perky werewolf roommate, Emma Mayers, back on her home turf in Britain) as she reopens the five-year-old murder case of older classmate Andie Bell. Though officially closed with boyfriend Sal Singh’s confession and suicide, Pip suspects his innocence and, with Sal’s younger brother, makes it her final academic project. What she uncovers is a web of secrets and dangerous truth, putting herself and those she loves in the crosshairs.

Cozyish, with some modern nastiness (no sex, just real crime stuff), and elevated by strong performances – nods all around for Anna Maxwell Martin as Pip’s mother, torn between wrangling her brilliant, headstrong daughter and recognizing at the same time her fragility as still just a kid. Their dynamic is a standout.

Spoiler and trigger warning: yes, the dog dies. Sorry, but that’s a trigger that needs to be respected. Deal with it.

Based on Holly Jackson’s YA mystery series, the show has already been renewed for a second season, adapting the next book

~Sarge

FANTASTIC FOUR: FIRST STEPS. In theaters. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****
The First Family of comics finally feels like a real family. Since their 1961 debut, the Fantastic Four have always centered on family dynamics, and this adaptation leans fully into that core. Reed Richards (Pedro Pascal), Susan Storm (Vanessa Kirby), her brother Johnny (Joseph Quinn), and Reed’s lifelong friend Ben Grimm (Ebon Moss-Bachrach) share a life-changing space accident that leaves them with strange powers. Thankfully, the film skips the typical origin sturm und drang and instead drops us years after their transformation. The characterizations stay true to their comic counterparts, and the retro-futurist design (evoking the TVA from Loki) is pure visual delight.

Much like Superman earlier this year, this film is more concerned with who these people are than with non-stop action. The Fantastic Four are inherently decent, and the film allows their personalities and relationships to breathe. There’s even a non-human, non-speaking comic sidekick (H.E.R.B.I.E., filling the Krypto slot from Superman), and it works. Some may feel the superhero action is a bit light (Reed’s stretchy powers, for instance, are used sparingly, perhaps to avoid full Jim Carrey territory) but it strikes a fair balance. There’s a ton of CG, particularly in the beautifully realized retro Manhattan, but it blends so well you barely notice.

No bad performances, standout production design, and a few genuinely epic set pieces make this one a win. And for those complaining about woke gender flips: there have been many heralds over the years, male and female, including Shalla Bal. It’s faithful where it counts, fresh where it needs to be, and, most importantly, it finally gives us a Fantastic Four that lives up to their name.

THIS IS SPINAL TAP. Vudu, Google Play, Amazon. Movie (7.9 IMDb) ****
When I was chronologically less-endowed (the ’80s) and UA owned almost all the screens in town (Del Mar, Rio, River Street Twin, Aptos Twin, and the 41st Ave Playhouse), I worked at the Del Mar and the Rio. I’d catch free movies all over town every week. Obviously, you only have so much mental storage, so with a lot of films, I just filed away whether I liked them or not.

So imagine my surprise when I went to see a Fathom Event 4K restoration of “This Is Spinal Tap” (in anticipation of the upcoming “Spinal Tap 2: The End Continues”) and realized I remembered everything, despite the 41 years between my first viewing and now.

For the uninitiated, this 1984 self-described “mockumentary” by Rob Reiner follows the later years of fictional band Spinal Tap. Told in loose documentary style, it also dives into their earlier phases as a Beatles-style quartet and later a psychedelic rock act. The core trio – Michael McKean, Christopher Guest, and Harry Shearer (who later reunited for “A Mighty Wind”) – are backed by a rotating cast of ill-fated drummers. Most of the dialogue is improvised, and the music manages to be both hilarious and genuinely good.

If you’ve never seen it, track down a copy or be ready to rent or buy it on Amazon. It’s worth going out of your way for a watch.

Sorry if I seem a little hyperbolic. You see, it goes to 11.
~Sarge

...

Back next week!

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
SANTA CRUZ COUNTY BATTERY ENERGY STORAGE FACILITY ORDINANCE POSTPONED FOR A YEAR…NOW WHAT?

The County Supervisors voted to postpone review of a Draft Battery Energy Storage Site (BESS) for large grid-scale projects for another year.  Supervisor Cummings felt the proposed delay to November 18, 2025 was not enough time to gain needed insight of the Moss Landing Vistra Battery fire, the information from the County’s Commission on the Environment, or have the Governor’s tentative approval of Senator Laird’s SB 283. Bill Text: CA SB283

But for the New Leaf Energy developer waiting on progress of their application for the 90 Minto Road Seahawk Energy Storage project in Watsonville, that may not seem reasonable.  They are in this to make money, and delays cause expense. Battery storage developer aims to advance Watsonville project before next summer, regardless of Santa Cruz County’s rules

Recent articles have reported the New Leaf Energy developer is considering application to the California Energy Commission(CEC) for Opt-In Certification and bypass local jurisdictions, available under SB 205 authority.  If that happens, the CEC determines whether the project would deliver benefit to the community, and would, with some exceptions, require the CEC to complete environmental review of the Project within 270 days.  Opt-In Certification Fact Sheet

Would that be fair and impartial?  Would the CEC pay any serious attention to what the people who would be affected by the future fires, explosions and toxic off-gasses and noise of the facility?  We can watch how this plays out by observing the CEC’s actions regarding the Compass BESS Project in San Juan Capistrano

People submitted over 1,000 comments on that project’s environmental review. 

SUPPORT AB 303  AB 434 TO PROTECT PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SAFETY
Assemblymember Dawn Addis proposed AB 303 in February of this year, effectively responding to limit the placement of hazardous lithium-based grid scale battery energy storage facilities in relation to neighborhoods, schools, hospitals and sensitive environmental areas. AB 303 Fact Sheet

Assemblymember Carl DeMaio proposed AB434 also in February of this year to protect public and environmental safety with a moratorium on lithium grid-scale battery energy storage projects until the California State Fire Codes are updated to implement new safety regulations to protect the emergency responders and the public. https://legiscan.com/CA/text/AB434/id/3199764

   Please take a moment to contact your assembly member and urge them to support AB303 and AB 434.  Since both good bills are sitting in the desks of the Utility and Energy Committee, contact the members of that Committee and urge them to move these two bills forward and prioritize public safety in grid-scale BESS project implementations.

It will just take a few minutes of your time…you can do it!

WHAT IS IN THE ASH AT MOSS LANDING VISTRA BATTERY FIRE SITE AND HOW WILL IT BE CLEANED UP WITHOUT POISONING WORKERS AND THE PUBLIC?
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is responsible for investigation and monitoring air and contaminants at the Moss Landing Vistra Battery Fire site.  To date, the EPA has not released information about the contamination levels at the site of the fire, however has authorized clean -up efforts to begin…potentially spreading the toxins into the air surrounding the site and on the roadways where trucks will travel to the Class 1 landfills in neighboring states for disposal.

Independent researcher Scott Smith of Blue Shirt Justice League has determined there are contamination problems beyond the heavy metal analysis performed last January by Dr. Ivan Aiello of San Jose State University, and the Never Again Moss Landing group.  He gave a presentation at the Prunedale Grange August 31, 2025.
goblueshirtjustice.org
neveragainmosslanding.org

The owner, Vistra, has hired CTEH consultants to monitor the site. At this point, one should remember that, “You don’t find what you don’t look for.”, and insist that information be released for public review immediately.

Local news reports and the EPA have claimed the clean up effort has been approved, but local Never Again Moss Landing residents  clarified at a gathering August 31, 2025 at the Prunedale  Grange that the clean up has been delayed.

Thousands of burned batteries at Moss Landing to be removed

CONTINUING TO ALTER COUNTY ADVISORY COMMISSION ON HOUSING POLICIES
The County Housing Advisory Commission (HAC) used to meet every other month to discuss housing issues as advisory group to the Board of Supervisors.  The Commission  met only once last year because Planning Dept. staff cancelled the meetings.  In March of this year, there was a meeting, with the main issue of discussion being whether or not the Commission would continue.  Planning Staff has cancelled all meetings since.
Housing Advisory Commission

What a shock to receive a notice from Staff that the Board of Supervisors will be essentially disbanding the group, in favor of a different hand-picked Commission:

The attached ordinance proposes to amend SCCC Chapter 2.94 to change the
composition of the HAC as follows:

  • Reduce the number of seats to be appointed by each Supervisor from the current two seats per district to one commissioner and one alternate per district (similar to the Planning Commission’s alternates).
  • Add four or six at-large seats to be appointed by the full Board, representing the following stakeholder types:
    • Affordable Housing Advocates and/or Non-Profit Affordable Housing Developer
    • Farmworkers and lower-income renters (or representative of a non-profit organization that serves them)
    • Lower-income seniors, disabled person, homeless and/or at-risk person (or representative of a non-profit organization that serves them)
    • Market-Rate Developer or Real Estate industry representative
    • Representative of a local public agency, such as: Housing Authority, Housing for Health Partnership (CoC), Workforce Development Board, or of a major local employer (e.g., school district, local health care network)
    • Require at least one HAC member (either district or at-large appointee) be a young adult between 18 and 25 years of age.
    • Require at least three HAC members be renters (either district or at-large appointees, or a combination of both).

Staff recommend an even number of at-large seats (either four or six) so that, when added to the five district seats, the commission will have an odd number of commissioners to avoid tie votes. Once the newly created at-large HAC seats and any vacant district seats are filled, the reconstituted HAC will consider updates to its bylaws at an initial meeting, and the HAC will be added to the County’s Conflict of Interest Code. Following approval by the HAC and County Counsel, those documents will be brought to the Board for approval.

In addition to the proposed code amendments described above, the proposal also included modifying the planned number of meetings per year to “at least two and no more than six regular meetings”

Housing Advisory Commission Code Update

ADDING MORE MONEY TO REMODEL THE COUNTY BOARD OF SUPERVISOR CHAMBERS
We still have seen no plans for the anticipated remodel of the 5th Floor Supervisor chambers, but here is another expensive change-order plan.

SCOPE OF PROJECT
Architectural services for the Santa Cruz County Board Chambers Renovation, are proposed for
the following project scope:

  • New stage and desk configuration for board and presenters with north wall as backdrop.
  • Accessible ramps to stage.
  • Demolition of existing Office and Media Room to accommodate expansion of seating
    area.

  • New Media Room on the south side of the Board Chambers, and supporting mechanical
    equipment on the roof.

  • Expansion into corridor.

#24 Consent Agenda:

Discussion
On November 19, 2024 the Board entered a contract agreement with William Fischer Architects for professional design and bidding support work related to the Santa Cruz County board chambers renovations in the amount of $201,387.63.

On June 24, 2025 the first amendment to this contract was executed to increase the scope of work to include additional work for the mechanical, electrical, structural, acoustic and architecture teams and adjusted the compensation by $35,127.20 plus contingency for a not to exceed amount of $236,514.83.

A second amendment adding additional services to administer the construction phase ofItem 24 the project and additional redesign services is being requested, increasing the total compensation by $134,604 bringing the total not to exceed amount to $371,118.83 Funding transfers from the Public Education Government (PEG) funds to the project account in the amount of $820,493 are also included in this item in order to facilitate payment of technical and other equipment necessary for the project which has long lead times and needs to be ordered now to ensure delivery in time for implementation during various phases of the construction.

Financial Impact
Funds for this contract will be provided by DIVCA/PEG fees which are restricted funds limited to capital improvements that support public education and government broadcasting and digital access.

LISTEN IN THIS FRIDAY TO “COMMUNITY MATTERS”
Listen in from your computer of smart device  from anywhere in the world every Friday, 2pm-4pm Pacific Time to “Community Matters” on SantaCruzVoice.com

This Friday, my Guests will include Scott Smith of Blue Shirt Justice League, Dori Rose Inda, the new CEO of the Santa Cruz County Fairgrounds, and Dr. Matt Wetstein, soon to retire as CEO of Cabrillo College.

Listen to recordings of this and archived shows here.

WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  ATTEND A PUBLIC HEARING AND SPEAK UP.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY DOING JUST ONE THING THAT REALLY MATTERS TO YOU.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Midsummer

We have passed the midway point of the year, the middle of summer, and the Land changes before our eyes.

Leaves

There are drought-deciduous plants and seasonally-deciduous plants. Their sometimes-colorful leaf drop is starting to overlap. Poison oak is one of those deciduous plants that are in between: on drier slopes, crimson patches have been emerging for a month as that plant decides to drop its leaves, leaving only stems and berries. Buckeye trees are dropping medium-brown leaves, too: very little Fall color to add to the landscape’s palette. Madrone Fall has happened already, leaves littering the ground most crunchily, bark peeling on the hot days making pinking and crinkling noises. Madrone trees lose their old leaves but keep their new ones. Bare madrone trees are dead, as is too often the case with some scourge that is ravaging many trees.

I was just in the Eastern Sierra and the very first seasonal fall color was showing at 8,000 feet – branch tips of the brightest lemony yellow aspens were a treat, but very rare. Time to plan your leaf-peeping trip in a month or so. Our versions of seasonally deciduous lemony yellows will emerge in a while yet with hazelnut and big leaf maple, which mostly aren’t starting to lose their chlorophyll just yet.

Fruit

The grassland seeds have (mostly) fallen and the shrubland berries ripen while the woodland acorns grow fat. In abandoned agricultural fields, dead grass slowly sags horizontal, skeletons of radish, mustard, and hemlock rattle free their last seeds in the afternoon breezes. Perennial grasses in the more pristine prairies have dried, too, and just blue wild rye still holds a few seeds on its narrow, dense flower spikes. The bases of the bunchgrasses show a little green- real toughies! You would be lucky to find a single seed in the spent rattly seed cups of soap root and other lilies.

Side hilling strolls along the prairie-shrubland boundary reveals dark leaved coffeeberry shrubs thick with ripe purple-black juicy berries. Nearby, the mixture of ripening stages of blackberry offers a few small, seedy ripe fruit. Fruit eating birds (including band-tailed pigeons) and foxes have bellies full of these, as evidenced by their scat.

It will be a while before the acorns and buckeye nuts are ripe: they grow day-by-day. Acorn woodpeckers settle for bugs or last year’s cache of acorns for sustenance.

Migration

As the season progresses, wildlife moves. The last of the barn swallows have just fledged (this last week!) and are fast growing muscle to make their long journey south. Cooper hawk and kestrel will be free of the swallows’ vigilant fuss by the middle of September.

This year’s batch of adolescent dragonflies is patrolling the air from zero to 50′ above the dry grasslands and chaparral ecosystems, far from their natal homes. They dart about capturing the insects that have matured and taken flight after devouring leaf, shoot, and seed from the prolific biomass below. Below our feet, in the deep and complex matrix of gopher and ground squirrel burrows, newts pace back and forth stalking invertebrate prey.

On foggy days, chorus frogs that have been emerging from drying ponds climb further out on tree limbs or hop further from their wetland birthplaces to find places with richer food and fewer competitors. These talkative amphibians make their squeaky hinge croaks across the extensive canopies of Fort Ord’s live oak woodlands in the long days of misty-fog “summer.”

Big things are on the move in the ocean as well. My favorite summer whale is the giant blue whale, which is typically seen in the Monterey Bay from July – October. August sitings have been scant, but still, they are out there! Meanwhile, our population of gray whales are at the height of their arctic adventures, way, way north – feasting on krill and wondering if this year is a good one to sneak over to the Atlantic Ocean. This year is the third lowest ice sheet coverage in the last nearly 50 years… gray whales were hunted out of the Atlantic and may soon act on their yearning for those ancestral feeding grounds.

Fire Season

Monsoon season brought hundreds of lightning strikes to California last weekend ushering in the fire season across large areas of the state. We just passed the anniversary of the 2020 CZU Lightning Complex Fire and, before that, the 2009 Lockheed Fire. Mid-August has been the time for the Monterey Bay to burn recently, but September and October are historically fire months as well. Our cool July and ongoing cool nights have combined to help keep things less dry, but coastal heat waves are quickly removing any residual moisture. As interior California heats up and typical conditions prevail, the moderating effect of the ocean keeps us cooler and sometimes moister so the fire danger is less. That hasn’t stopped fires from happening, though, including a roadside fire in Davenport not long ago. There are no terrific heat waves foreseeable for the coast and no predictions of remnant tropical storms carrying thunder and lightning, so thanks for those things (for now). A reminder, though- it is Not Too Late to clear fuels and otherwise prepare. Recall from Santa Rosa that fire can carry way into town, so work to do even there. Wondering where to focus? Zone Zero- the 5 feet out from structures…nothing flammable there!

This week’s challenge: crunch some madrone leaves under your feet. The crispy noise, the beautiful patterns of fallen madrone leaves, the peely bark…some deep delicious experiences are in store for you if you can get there.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Wednesday, August 27, 2025

Those reading this blog posting may have heard of the “Great Replacement Theory.” Here’s the definition provided by Wikipedia:

The Great Replacement, also known as replacement theory or great replacement theory, is a debunked white nationalist, far-right conspiracy theory espoused by French author Renaud Camus. The original theory states that, with the complicity or cooperation of “replacist” elites, the ethnic French and white European populations at large are being demographically and culturally replaced by non-white peoples—especially from Muslim-majority countries—through mass migration, demographic growth and a drop in the birth rate of white Europeans. Since then, similar claims have been advanced in other national contexts, notably in the United States. Mainstream scholars have dismissed these claims of a conspiracy of “replacist” elites as rooted in a misunderstanding of demographic statistics and premised upon an unscientific, racist worldview.

Support for the “Great Replacement Theory” comes from people like Tucker Carlson – and, as the picture I have used at the top of this blog posting implies, Mr. Elon Musk.
 
Rolling Stone magazine has published an article that discusses Musk’s support of this “great replacement” theory, but I think you’ll have to be a subscriber to read it. You can click right here for another article, speaking to the same point about Musk, but you shouldn’t have to jump over a paywall to get to it.

My blog posting today IS about Musk – but it’s not about the “Great Replacement Theory.” It is about another “great replacement” proposal in which Musk is involved. I am hoping to get you to focus on this other kind of “great replacement” effort that I think is even more serious.

On Thursday, June 12, 2025, The Wall Street Journal ran an article with the following headline: “Musk Says Tesla Robotaxi Launch Tentatively Planned for June 22.” That article, too, is almost certainly paywall protected, so let me quote from the article, so you can see what struck me most forcefully:

In a flurry of posts on X late Tuesday, Musk hyped up the launch as a vital step toward Tesla’s autonomous future. The first use of Tesla’s robotaxis will start with 10 to 20 Model Ys driving on public roads without a human behind the wheel, before expanding the size of the service based on how well the technology performs, Musk has said.

“The streets will change very rapidly,” he said in a post. “Autonomous cars will be very common throughout the world in two to three years.”

In a clip shared by Musk and Tesla, a driverless Model Y SUV turned a corner through a busy intersection in Austin. The video is one of the first times a Tesla has been documented driving without a human in the driver’s seat. A label across the passenger side of the car identified it as part of Tesla’s service, which it calls “Robotaxi.”

“These are unmodified Tesla cars coming straight from the factory, meaning that every Tesla coming out of our factories is capable of unsupervised self-driving!” Musk wrote on X.

The “great replacement” that Musk is trumpeting here is the replacement of human beings by technology.

If you have been reading my blog postings on some sort of regular basis, you will not be surprised that I am talking about this topic, once again. We are acting as though it will be a great advance in our human situation when we have been able to create, by ourselves, technologies that will replace us.

Who needs “human” intelligence, when an “artificial” intelligence that we have created ourselves is even smarter than we are (allegedly, anyway)? Who needs real, flesh and blood people at the wheel of the cars that convey us around?

Figuring out how to make human beings superfluous is NOT a step ahead. Speaking theologically – which I sometimes do, even when it’s not a Sunday – we are back with Moses, watching the crowds worship the Golden Calf.

Even “friends” are getting to be “artificial,” all of a sudden, but repairing to “Replika,” to “find some friends” is not what I have been talking about, as I have been urging us all to start finding some real friends, and to get involved with those friends in “running the place.”

That “Great Replacement” idea has put a target on your back. It really has. Musk, and those other “tech-bro” wizards, want to replace YOU (and all of us).

Flawed as we all may be, that’s not the solution to the problem of being alive as a human being!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
EPSTEIN DRUMBEAT, GROK, INTIMIDATION, SPECTACLE

According to humorist Andy Borowitz“Sarah Palin’s tenure as the dumbest person to set foot in the state of Alaska came to an abrupt end on Friday. Speaking to reporters, the former governor was philosophical about losing her crown of idiocy, declaring, ‘I had a good run.’ Watching the newly-minted king of stupid ramble incoherently at a press conference in Anchorage, Palin observed, ‘Whoa — now there’s a moron!’ As for how he clinched the title, Palin opined, ‘Even I know the difference between Alaska and Russia.'” This was in reference to President Trump, twice, telling reporters that he had scheduled a meeting — or perhaps, President Putin had scheduled a meeting — in Russia. Of course, we all know that it took place in Anchorage, Alaska at Elmendorf AFB — former Russian territory…oops! On Monday, following the Alaskan disaster, Trump told reporters in the Oval Office that following his meeting with eight European leaders, including Ukraine’s Volodymyr Zelensky, he planned to speak again with Russia’s Putin, prompting a CNN commentator to speculate that it was a prearranged discussion to get Russian approval for any future planning. Global affairs analyst, Kimberly Dozier on CNN with Boris Sanchez, said, “The fact that he feels he’s got to check in with Putin right away, as the meeting is taking place, and being told that no NATO ground troops will be acceptable, makes it feel like Trump needs Putin’s approval in a way that’s got to be very disturbing to Zelensky. But Zelensky is a good actor. He’s playing it cool. He’s not biting on any to the questions he got. Hopefully the European officials will tell Trump that it’s time to put ‘troops on the ground’ inside Ukraine and that it’s not Vladimir Putin’s business.”

Trump was denied being able to call the Anchorage meeting ‘historic’ — just take a look at the faces of the US entourage as they met with reporters, and at the boldness of Putin as he addressed the press. Maybe they all got to view the ‘golden showers’ videos? At any rate, Putin turned the screws, coming out with the victor’s gold medal on that meetup, leaving Ukraine in limbo again, and the Nobel Peace Prize firmly locked away in Oslo. As Nicholas Grossman said, “The reason there’s a Nobel Peace Prize in the first place is because peace is hard,” something Trump can never comprehend. With Putin’s refusal to allow Zelensky to attend the meeting, “even the ghost of Neville Chamerlain and Vidkun Quisling are blushing,” said David Shuster of MSNBC, “And, this is not diplomacy. It is not even buffoonery. It is straight up betrayal.” Trump describes his Russian idol as a “man of strength,” but as Shuster says, “Strength to bomb hospitals, kidnap children and send your own troops into a meat grinder. To Trump, morality is a nuisance, history is a fog, and truth is an inconvenience, at best. A meeting about peace that excludes Ukraine is as rational as a trial without a victim, or a wedding without a bride.” The danger is that Trump doesn’t see Putin’s smooth talk as manipulation or strategy — he only hears affirmation which allows him to revisit old political wounds, as Putin directs this theatrical production — with Trump’s ego taking precedence over reality and our national well-being. Trump biographer, Michael Wolff, says, “He’s going to sacrifice Ukraine for Epstein. Essentially, this is, in his mind, a trade.” Wolff reminds us that it is the MAGAs who are pressing the Epstein issue constantly — they are the threat. “The Epstein drumbeat is real. It is unceasing and it is threatening, most of all, to Donald Trump,” said Wolff.

John Jameson Gould wrote on The Signal website: “Earlier in the week, the American president’s performance in his federal takeover of Washington, DC’s police force had comparable aspects: dramatic announcements, National Guard deployments, press conference slogans: ‘This is Liberaton Day in DC!’ — never mind what the crime statistics said. Seems there’s a lot of stagecraft going on these days. Which might strike you as a curious approach to statecraft — or at least one that’s curiously particular to Donald Trump — and recognizably exasperating to his many haters.” Trump would undoubtedly prefer that Tennessee’s Representative Andy Ogles call the shots for the president’s tenure, who said basically that Trump should be given a hall pass to do as he wants. Posting on X, Ogles wrote, “Give Trump a third term, give him the Peace Prize, and let him run DC as long as he wants.” Republicans Against Trump asked X’s AI bot, Grok, what was wrong with Ogles’ statement, bringing forth this answer: “The tweet proposes unconstitutional actions: a third term violates the 22nd Amendment’s two-term limit. The Nobel Peace Prize is awarded by the Norwegian Committee, not ‘given’ by the US. Allowing indefinite rule undermines democracy and the Constitution.” Should Elon and The Donald become conversant once again, we can bet the president will ask Elon to set Grok straight on the issues. Trump has steadily pounded the electorate about a third term, even selling ‘Trump 2028‘ merchandise in his grifting operation, but only to needle his opposition…so he says.

The crackdown on crime in DC is the latest Trump project, being touted as a success by the president, and deputy chief of staff Stephen Miller, who takes center stage on the issues of immigration, border security, and culture wars. Trump’s federal takeover by sending in National Guard troops to define his legacy, also sees Miller working to make his own mark, shaping and driving the message that the nation’s capital will be safe again, all the while railing against other Democratic mayors that their cities are on the list for the same treatment, with Chicago named as the next victim. Meeting with troops at DC’s Union StationVP VanceDefense Secretary Hegseth and Miller heaped criticism on those protesting the federal occupation, with Miller calling them “stupid white hippies,” in his diatribe against “crazy Democrats screeching on TV on behalf of foreign terrorists, hardened criminals and violent illegal aliens.” The White House reported that 2,300 federal law enforcement worked in DC on one Thursday night, with the number of personnel increasing by a few hundred daily — most sent by Red State governors. By Friday, 719 arrests had been made as part of the operation, 300 of which were non-legal migrants with a smattering of known gang members.

Alex Gangitano of The Hill, reports that one area of success for Miller is his messaging approach to DC’s homeless problem. A former Trump aide said of the situation, “For years, cities like Wasington, DC treated homelessness as a housing affordability problem, which pushed the idea that living on the street was an acceptable alternative so long as civil liberties were preserved. What we’re seeing Miller do is flip that script. His message is that the real crisis is driven by drug abuse, mental illness, and criminal activity, and that is why there is broad support for moving people indoors and into treatment.” DC residents aren’t supportive of the ‘anticrime’ push, with a Washington Post survey finding 69% of those polled “strongly” in opposition, and 10% “somewhat” opposed. “Communists,” said Miller in his protester bashing, “All these demonstrators, elderly white hippies are not part of the city and never have been. And by the way, most of the citizens who live in Washington, DC are Black. So we’re going to ignore these stupid white hippies that all need to go home and take a nap because they’re all over 90 years old.” Dozen of homeless encampments have been removed, illegal firearms seized, and many of the migrants have been arrested for additional crimes or having outstanding warrants and convictions. Gangitano quotes a source saying, “A lot of what Miller talks about resonates with the debate. There’s alignment there, so it’s reinforcing. And I think Trump very much likes to get the roar of the crowd. If it seems like it’s something that’s going to drive is base, then he dives headfirst.” Former US Senator Claire McCaskill believes that Stephen Miller is actually running the whole show for Trump, which has resulted in White House staffers complaining that Miller is always on the phone spouting his directives. Heads up Chicago, Los Angeles and Baltimore!

Ben Meiselas writes on MeidasTouch, “Trump is getting more desperate by the day. His approval is collapsing. He is the most unpopular president in history. He is accelerating his authoritarian tactics. The latest reports are that he is planning a military invasion of Illinois with active-duty armed forces and the National Guard. Trump is too afraid to confront America’s actual enemies, like Russia. Instead, at press conferences, he holds photos of himself and Putin in the Oval Office, that Putin sent him. Trump would rather invade Blue States that don’t have a military, or pick on marginalized communities instead of actually showing strength. That’s where we are as a country.” Michael Cohen, also on MeidasTouch, writes, “Illinois governor JB Pritzker was quick to cut through the spin, calling the proposed deployment a ‘manufactured crisis.’ He’s right. There is no emergency that justifies military involvement in Chicago. Crime is not spiraling out of control. Local law enforcement has not asked for assistance. Yet the president is pressing forward, because the goal isn’t safety; it’s spectacle. By painting Democratic-led cities as lawless ‘hellholes,’ he positions himself as the singular force capable of restoring order. It’s political theater, except the props here are armed troops and the backdrop is one of America’s great cities.” Chicago’s Mayor Johnson warns that federal troops on his streets could undo fragile progress in community relations and potentially inflame tensions. Cohen sees this warning as fact — not alarmism, in his belief that armed troops in civilian locations has never de-escalated a situation, almost always heightening the risk of confrontation. Especially for Chicago where the mistrust between residents and the police is longstanding, the risk is profound; if Johnson sounds worried, it’s because he has every reason to be.

Troops sent to Washington, DC were initially unarmed, but our macho Defense Secretary has seen to it that weapons were issued — an escalation that leaves little margin for error. It only takes one misunderstanding, one panicked reaction, to result in tragedy. Michael Cohen is concerned about Trump’s threat that he “may” declare a national emergency which would give him authority to keep troops in place indefinitely, sidestepping Congress, overriding local leadership, and normalizing use of military force in governance — rewriting the rules altogether. If any city doesn’t align with the White House politically, that city is rebranded as having a public safety crisis, a potential target for a troop invasion. “Polls already show that residents of DC overwhelmingly oppose the current deployment. Local leaders point to long-term declines in crime rates, evidence that contradicts the administrations’s claim of chaos. And yet, these objections are brushed aside. That dismissal should trouble all of us, because it underscores how little local input matters once the machinery of federal power is in motion. If you think local democracy is safe in that environment, I’ve got a bridge in Brooklyn I can sell you — and real cheap,” says Cohen. He says it’s questionable whether Trump can legally justify his actions, but the issue is the slow erosion of democratic norms since the military is designed to protect us from foreign threats, not to police Americans. The lines blur, democracy weakens, and with Trump opening that door, it is nearly impossible to close, with future leaders succumbing to the same power moves. And it is about power, not law and order; it’s governance by intimidation, spectacle, and a dangerous rehearsal for authoritarian rule that risks dismantling democracy itself.

As if the federal takeover of DC wasn’t enough, according to Rachel Kahn of The New RepublicTrump wants to “beautify” the city — turning it into a resort? Giving him esthetic control will surely result in the garishness we see in the Oval Office or Mar-a-Lago — not a pretty picture! The president wants to repave the streets and update the lampposts within a three-mile radius of the Capitol Building, as he claims, “It’s gonna be beautiful, all those lightbulbs — you see the poles, they’re rusting and they’ve got different lenses on top, if you look. We’re going to have this place beautified.” He speculates that his redecoration plan would require approval by Congress of a $2 billion expenditure; however, House Republicans have yet to restore the $1 billion city funds they blocked earlier, because the city budget doesn’t align with the conservative agenda. But just imagine gold-plated lampposts, and manicured city parks resembling his golf courses! Trump brags, “I’m very good at grass because I have a lot of golf courses all over the place. I know more about grass than any human being, I think, anywhere in the world, and we’re going to be re-grassing all of your parks…it’l look like Augusta. It’ll look like, more important, Trump National Golf Club — that’s even better.” Mar-a-Lago on the Potomac!

Last Monday, as Trump signed executive orders in the Oval Office, he whined that people were up in arms after he suggested Chicago was up next for deployment of National Guardsmen. Not everyone in Chicago was unhappy with his plan, he claimed, saying, “A lot of people are saying ‘Maybe we’d like a dictator.'” He quickly said, “I don’t like a dictator, I’m not a dictator. I’m a man with great common sense, and I’m a smart person.” Edith Olmstead of The New Republic writes, “It’s not clear that there is any meaningful difference between a dictator, and a leader pleasing the people who are asking for one. What is apparent, however, is that Trump’s plan to move federal forces to other American cities is so unpopular that he’s concocting consent for tyranny as a means to justify it. Crucially, Trump gets closer to becoming a dictator everyday. On Monday, he signed an executive order which would criminalize flag burning, and act of political expression protected by the First Amendment, claiming that it incited riots. If Trump truly believed that inciting a riot earns you a year in prison, then the president himself is well overdue for a stint behind bars.”

Marco Margaritoff of HuffPost points to a comment made by Bill Maher, host of ‘Real Time,’ that Trump might be planning another ‘slow-moving coup.’ Maher had predicted an attempted power grab by Trump during his first term, but the recent DC deployment of the National Guard and federalization of the local police to combat the purported “bedlam” has revived his speculation. He said his first mention of the “slow-moving coup” brought laughter, especially when he predicted Trump would never concede his power. “They would say, ‘Oh, you smoke too much pot,'” he remembers, and adds, “Well, turned out I was smoking just the right amount of pot,” and calling out those people as being in a trance. “If there was a slow-moving coup, let me just describe some of the steps and you tell me if I’m being paranoid,” said Maher. “First, create a masked police force — get people used to looking at that. Normalize snatching people off the street — get them used to that. Normalize seeing the National Guard and the military on the street. Then, start talking about crime in the capital, which is basically, you know, has always been a fairly crime-ridden city, but this is our nation’s capital — where elections are decided. So, when an election dispute might come up, just hypothetically….” as he trailed off into the uneasy studio laughter. Maher suffered criticism for dining with Trump in March, describing the president as “gracious and measured,” and now, not wanting to be “a big pessimist, I’m going to pretend for the rest of the duration that the Democrats do have a chance of winning, and they might win the next election.” But having said that, he throws out the warning, “I just don’t think they’re ever going to take power, because this is what’s going to happen. I think THIS coup is going off a lot smoother that the last one.”

Greg Sargent writes in The New Republic regarding the FBI raid on the home of Trump’s former associate, John Bolton: “Whatever we end up learning about the rationale for the FBI’s early morning raid on former national security adviser John Bolton’s Bethesda, Maryland home on Friday, there’s plainly a major escalation underway in President Donald Trump’s use of law enforcement to persecute his perceived enemies and entrench his authoritarian power. Consider the pattern: The targeting of Bolton, a major critic of Trump, appears to have been personally authorized by Kash Patel. An apparently official leak to the New York Post deliberately underscored Patel’s involvement, probably to make sure it’s understood by Trump’s other enemies.” Others on Trump’s enemies list include Senator Adam Schiff and New York Attorney General Letitia James. Whatever happens with Bolton, we should keep focused on the unmistakeable broader pattern — the escalation of law enforcement and military to target critics and consolidate power. MAGA leaders are openly declaring that the specter of state violence will be used to intimidate voters in urban strongholds, and the president’s manufacturing of fake pretexts for all of it is growing bolder and more unconstrained. Sargent asks, “Do we get to call it fascism yet?

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

Seasons

“There are two seasons in Scotland: June and Winter.”
~Billy Connolly

“Everything has seasons, and we have to be able to recognize when something’s time has passed and be able to move into the next season. Everything that is alive requires pruning as well, which is a great metaphor for endings.”
~Henry Cloud

“To be interested in the changing seasons is a happier state of mind than to be hopelessly in love with spring.”
~George Santayana

“There are seasons in every country when noise and impudence pass current for worth; and in popular commotions especially, the clamors of interested and factious men are often mistaken for patriotism.”
~Alexander Hamilton

“Excess generally causes reaction, and produces a change in the opposite direction, whether it be in the seasons, or in individuals, or in governments.”
~Plato

...

This is a VERY powerful demonstration… just think about it! We are so easy to manipulate, no matter how smart and resourceful we think we are. And don’t doubt it, we ARE smart and resourceful!


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

August 20 – 26, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on desecration at Lot 4… Steinbruner… out this week… Hayes… Our Vision – What do we want?… Patton… Awake At Night… Matlock… dog-walked…testing…testing…up on the roof… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Who do you think you are? … Quotes on… “Family History”

...

LIBERACE’S BROTHER GEORGE (middle) and our own Hocus Pocus with reindeer (and somebody) at Santa’s Village May 9, 1959. Newcomers missed Santa’s Village in Scotts Valley. It was built in 1955 and went bankrupt in 1959. Now, 66 years later, the road still bears the name, though I doubt the vast majority of people have any idea what it refers to! Funny how these things go…

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: August 20, 2025

DAVID TENNANT ON “WHO DO YOU THINK YOU ARE” I think a lot about family and ancestry and DNA and genetics and the likes. I did a 23 and me test a few years ago, and mine was the most boring pie chart ever! Everyone else has all these colors and places like Asia, sub-Saharan Africa, the Mediterranean, etc… mine was 98.3% Swedish, and 1.7% Finnish!

Anyway, I know a lot of things about my family back a few of generations. I knew two of my great grandparents into my teens and early twenties, and boy do I wish I had asked them more questions and written down (or recorded) their answers. Watching David Tennant learn about his family history is fascinating; this is a great show. You should search for the episode with Ian McKellen… oh, and the one with Charles Dance, the actor who played Tywin Lannister in Game of Thrones… oh, and Warwick Davis! There are SO many good ones…

Enjoy your deep dive into others’ family history, should you decide to take one. See you next week!

~Webmistress

...

HONEY DON’T. In Theatres. Movie (5.7 IMDb) ***-
The Hate Child of Wes Anderson and Quentin Tarantino: Ethan Coen’s Honey Don’t

As a long-standing Coen Brothers fan, I approached Ethan Coen’s solo outing with some trepidation. On the surface, it’s a twist on the hard-boiled dick story—only without the dick. Margaret Qualley steps into the role with dry, sensual humor, wandering through the bleak romanticism of lovely Bakersfield. Aubrey Plaza shows up as, shocker, a “quirky” cop/love interest, but brings surprising spark and passion. And Chris Evans, finally tucking Captain America to bed, slimes it up as a skeezy small-town preacher.

The film stretches itself trying to cover too much emotional ground and juggles a few more story threads than it can quite manage. Still, even if it’s not top-shelf Coen, I’d argue any Coen is better than no Coen. Definitely worth a watch.

~Sarge

A GOOD GIRL’S GUIDE TO MURDER. Netflix. Series. (6.8 IMDb) ***-
Another I missed when it first came out last year, but now that the Great Move is over (we just shifted home from Rio Del Mar, to Ben Lomond – complete with our own redwood grove, and our courageous ducks) I’ve had time to get back into this all.

“A Good Girl’s Guide to Murder” follows high school senior Pippa “Pip” Fitz-Amobi (played by Wednesday’s perky werewolf roommate, Emma Mayers, back on her home turf in Britain) as she reopens the five-year-old murder case of older classmate Andie Bell. Though officially closed with boyfriend Sal Singh’s confession and suicide, Pip suspects his innocence and, with Sal’s younger brother, makes it her final academic project. What she uncovers is a web of secrets and dangerous truth, putting herself and those she loves in the crosshairs.

Cozyish, with some modern nastiness (no sex, just real crime stuff), and elevated by strong performances – nods all around for Anna Maxwell Martin as Pip’s mother, torn between wrangling her brilliant, headstrong daughter and recognizing at the same time her fragility as still just a kid. Their dynamic is a standout.

Spoiler and trigger warning: yes, the dog dies. Sorry, but that’s a trigger that needs to be respected. Deal with it.

Based on Holly Jackson’s YA mystery series, the show has already been renewed for a second season, adapting the next book

~Sarge

FANTASTIC FOUR: FIRST STEPS. In theaters. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****
The First Family of comics finally feels like a real family. Since their 1961 debut, the Fantastic Four have always centered on family dynamics, and this adaptation leans fully into that core. Reed Richards (Pedro Pascal), Susan Storm (Vanessa Kirby), her brother Johnny (Joseph Quinn), and Reed’s lifelong friend Ben Grimm (Ebon Moss-Bachrach) share a life-changing space accident that leaves them with strange powers. Thankfully, the film skips the typical origin sturm und drang and instead drops us years after their transformation. The characterizations stay true to their comic counterparts, and the retro-futurist design (evoking the TVA from Loki) is pure visual delight.

Much like Superman earlier this year, this film is more concerned with who these people are than with non-stop action. The Fantastic Four are inherently decent, and the film allows their personalities and relationships to breathe. There’s even a non-human, non-speaking comic sidekick (H.E.R.B.I.E., filling the Krypto slot from Superman), and it works. Some may feel the superhero action is a bit light (Reed’s stretchy powers, for instance, are used sparingly, perhaps to avoid full Jim Carrey territory) but it strikes a fair balance. There’s a ton of CG, particularly in the beautifully realized retro Manhattan, but it blends so well you barely notice.

No bad performances, standout production design, and a few genuinely epic set pieces make this one a win. And for those complaining about woke gender flips: there have been many heralds over the years, male and female, including Shalla Bal. It’s faithful where it counts, fresh where it needs to be, and, most importantly, it finally gives us a Fantastic Four that lives up to their name.

THIS IS SPINAL TAP. Vudu, Google Play, Amazon. Movie (7.9 IMDb) ****
When I was chronologically less-endowed (the ’80s) and UA owned almost all the screens in town (Del Mar, Rio, River Street Twin, Aptos Twin, and the 41st Ave Playhouse), I worked at the Del Mar and the Rio. I’d catch free movies all over town every week. Obviously, you only have so much mental storage, so with a lot of films, I just filed away whether I liked them or not.

So imagine my surprise when I went to see a Fathom Event 4K restoration of “This Is Spinal Tap” (in anticipation of the upcoming “Spinal Tap 2: The End Continues”) and realized I remembered everything, despite the 41 years between my first viewing and now.

For the uninitiated, this 1984 self-described “mockumentary” by Rob Reiner follows the later years of fictional band Spinal Tap. Told in loose documentary style, it also dives into their earlier phases as a Beatles-style quartet and later a psychedelic rock act. The core trio – Michael McKean, Christopher Guest, and Harry Shearer (who later reunited for “A Mighty Wind”) – are backed by a rotating cast of ill-fated drummers. Most of the dialogue is improvised, and the music manages to be both hilarious and genuinely good.

If you’ve never seen it, track down a copy or be ready to rent or buy it on Amazon. It’s worth going out of your way for a watch.

Sorry if I seem a little hyperbolic. You see, it goes to 11.
~Sarge

SUPERMAN. In theaters. Movie. (7.7 IMDb) ****
First off, let’s address the Kryptonian Drang in the room: Yes, Superman has always been an immigrant – rocketed to Earth as a baby without “doing it the right way.” But this film doesn’t touch that theme at all. It’s not part of the plot. Nor do they change or even reference the classic “truth, justice, and the American Way” slogan. (In fact, in the comics, at one time he renounced his American citizenship as Superman so his global actions wouldn’t reflect on the U.S.) That, however, is relevant to the plot. Also, the twist with his biological parents WAS NOT Gunn’s creation – it has been off-and-on a part of the character’s backstory for decades, in different revisions, and in different media. Gunn isn’t tugging on Superman’s cape here.

Superman (2025), directed by James Gunn and starring David Corenswet as Superman, Rachel Brosnahan as Lois Lane, and Nicholas Hoult as Lex Luthor – plus Krypto, the super-goodest boy – introduces a new take. Gunn brings back heart and humor that, while sometimes overlooked, are absolutely comic-accurate. Yes, the grim Snyderverse tone was also pulled from the comics, but comics contain multitudes. We’ve been telling Superman stories for over 80 years – different eras, different writers, different vibes.

Thankfully, this movie skips the origin story. We meet a Superman already established in the role, with a working relationship (and chemistry) with Lois Lane. Without giving too much away, the central conflict revolves around how Superman operates on a global scale – and how his idealism runs up against Lex Luthor’s cynicism, technocracy, and media manipulation. Lex plays dirty, and Clark’s just a big honest dope who wants to save people.

Nathan Fillion has fun as Guy Gardner – the canonically bowl-cutted Limbaugh-dittohead Green Lantern everyone loves to punch (there are several Earth-based Green Lanterns – it’s a Corps – so you will likely see him alongside the two who will be featured in the forthcoming “Lanterns” series). His appearance, along with Mr. Terrific and Hawkgirl, may serve as a backdoor introduction to what might become Gunn’s version of the Justice League.

And then there’s Krypto. He often steals the show. First introduced in the ’50s, Krypto has drifted in and out of continuity as Superman’s dog, and here, he’s like the Rocket Raccoon of this universe: A whimsical element, that can hit you deep in the feels.

The story? It’s fine. It touches on serious issues without digging too deep – more Donner Superman in tone than Man of Steel, and blessedly free of Christ imagery. If you’re attached to a particular version of Superman, this one might not click – or it might… some people swear by Adam West’s Batman or Lynda Carter’s Wonder Woman! Don’t get me wrong, I love them both. Nostalgia shapes expectations. YMMV.

Definitely worth a watch.
~Sarge

...

August 18, 2025

Willful Tree Slaughter

You’ll recognize the scene in the above photo. Lot 4, a few weeks ago; the Farmers’ Market shaded by the two vibrant liquidambars with the much-loved magnolias in the background.

Last week all the trees were felled, captured in the photo below by Keresha Durham as she was bicycling home.

Such tree destruction was neither necessary, inevitable, or perhaps even legal. The library/garage/housing project is a city project and as such, all decisions, including saving trees were within the city’s power.

According to the City Resolution governing the Criteria and Standards for heritage tree removal, if there are heritage trees on a site where new construction is planned, city law states that,

a heritage tree can be removed only if a project design cannot be altered to accommodate the tree or trees. Since the city planning staff has a history of ignoring this local law, on July 6, 2021, three of us representing different community groups wrote to the head of Economic Development and Housing reminding her of this criterion. Her response assured us of her awareness of the Resolution, which she said she would share with the master architect who had yet to be chosen, as well as with the city arborist, plus Eden Housing and Future Housing. She added that, “Having mature trees on site is definitely a benefit to the overall project where they can be accommodated in the project design.”

But none of the trees was accommodated in the final design. The building design takes up all available space right up to the property boundaries. Such disregard for preserving the city’s dwindling heritage trees is thumbing the nose at the community’s love of trees, codified in its heritage tree laws. One line from poet William Blake sums it up:

“The tree which moves some to tears of joy is in the eyes of others only a green thing that stands in the way.”

With the onslaught of new state housing laws and new ones coming down the pike, expect accelerated heritage tree removals in the upcoming months and years, both downtown and in your neighborhood (check out Senate Bill 79 and ask John Laird why he is supporting it.)

The most recent example of heritage tree loss on a project site was council’s decision on Tuesday August 12 against the appeal I submitted on behalf of Save Our Big Trees. The aim was to save the two redwoods at the Clock Tower project site, a Workbench development. Unlike the publicly owned Lot 4, constraints imposed by state housing laws favor private developers, weakening local heritage tree laws. This challenged the council’s ability to uphold the appeal and preserve the trees. Had the planning staff made preserving the trees a priority from the outset, and worked with Workbench on that level, perhaps the outcome would have been different. That, plus closer scrutiny of the space claimed to be needed for the trees by the Workbench-hired consulting arborist. But preserving the heritage trees onsite was not on the radar. It was not addressed or evaluated by staff during the project application and approval process. The tree permit removal was granted by staff to “facilitate the project design,” a turning on its head of the required criterion for heritage tree removal.

An appeal starts the process anew or de novo. My expectation to accommodate the trees onsite  was for a council directive to reduce the commercial space or reduce the outsize amount of “amenity” space in the project. On the Knight St. side alone, there are three floors of music rooms, two floors of art studios, two stories of chef’s kitchens and dining. My reading of the various state laws did not rule out reducing such non-habitable space. Only reducing the number of housing units is disallowed. The city had just prevailed in a court decision against Workbench for the Food Bin project, in which the judge ruled that turning non-habitable space into ADU’s is not allowed under state density bonus projects. At the August 12 appeal hearing, Workbench said it reserved the right to do the same with the “amenities” space at its Clocktower project. However, council was persuaded by the city attorney and planning director that there was no legal option to change the project design; that a recent court case-Bankers Hill 150 v. City of San Diego-makes it illegal for a city to require a reduction in “amenities” space. Had they made that clear beforehand, I may have decided against spending $761 on the appeal fee.

At the end of the hearing, despite not upholding the appeal, the motion from council member Susie O’Hara made the appeal worthwhile. Her motion included a direction to staff to investigate relocating the trees. Not killing them but giving them a new place to thrive. I presented this option in the appeal as did a local Board Certified Master Arborist. The ideal site for relocation is next to the Town Clock. Iconic trees in an iconic setting. It is expensive when done professionally by the top experts in big tree relocation. I imagine a gofundtree effort and hope that Workbench will soften its “we can’t afford it” stance. The other part of councilmember O’Hara’s motion was to direct staff to review the heritage tree removal requirements as well as the creation of objective standards for heritage tree removals and clarification of the processes involved.

Considering that state housing laws have gutted our local tree preservation laws, a review of the Criteria and Standards is in order; to strengthen them to require that the real value of trees, (estimated at $105,000 for the two redwoods) be paid by the developer if trees are to be removed; an incentive to keep more heritage trees onsite. If a developer preserves a heritage tree, objective standards already give them double the space required as open space. I doubt that staff  ever shared that fact with Workbench. Heritage tree preservation must rise to the top of priorities for staff, not at the bottom where it now lies.

However, as this goes forward, expect that there will be self-interested parties who will try to weaken the Criteria and Standards. The city already tried to do that in 2013. We took them to court and won. Turning a spotlight on heritage tree preservation may be a game changer if we who love trees stay involved. Vigilance is needed. We trusted the city to do the right thing by Lot 4 trees and that was a mistake. Let’s not make it again. We may not see staff and developers moved to tears of joy at the sight of a heritage tree, but maybe we can move them beyond seeing a green thing in the way.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...

Break this week, and as always:

WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  ATTEND A PUBLIC HEARING AND SPEAK UP.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY DOING JUST ONE THING THAT REALLY MATTERS TO YOU.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Our Vision – What do we want?

Many people are caught in mental traps reacting to what they don’t want, forgetting to act at least equally for what they do want. When we put our minds towards civic engagement, many of us make another mistake, supposing that what we personally want is impossible to achieve because there are too many others in opposition.

Folks in Kansas say ‘those people in California will never vote for…’ and folks in California say ‘those people in Kansas will never vote for…’ and so we choose some ‘electable’ individual who no one really likes. And we compromise our vision for some imaginary ‘doable’ vision that is held by no one and doesn’t do much to improve things.

We should each develop our own vision for what we want, share that vision with others, and be guided by that vision with our choices. Here, I am proposing some parts of that vision that relate to how we interact with the environment and with each other.

No War

I believe there is a common desire to live in a world without war. To get there, each individual practices non-violence in our words and deeds. We each learn and regularly, actively practice conflict resolution. Together, we operate primarily within the bounds of restorative justice. We support candidates that embrace non-violence and diplomacy as evidenced not merely by their words but by their personal lives including civic engagement. To heal past traumas, our elected officials assure everyone the rights outlined by the United Nations as Universal Human Rights. We only vote for those who pledge to do so and incumbents who have shown that path.

Universal Human Rights

A high point in human evolution was the 1948 United Nations adoption of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. The Declaration includes all we need to think about for our vision of peace and wellbeing.

The US agreed to that declaration and subsequently signed a treaty with 174 countries echoing much of that document in what is called the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights. The UN Human Rights Committee monitors adherence to this treaty, but there is no judicial means of enforcement internationally. The Committee’s website on the US has links to reports reviewing our country’s adherence to the treaty. There are several articles about international affairs where the US’s actions are in violation of the treaty, and there are several reports from the Committee’s review of our nation’s internal affairs. For instance, there is a report from 2024 from a visit invited by the Biden administration to examine racism, racial discrimination, xenophobia, and related intolerance.  There is a also a report from the Committee’s visit to the United States in 2025 that focuses on the need to improve inequality with regard to access to education. Subsequent to that report, the US sanctioned the author.

In an era where there is question about the bias from traditional news sources, one might consider occasionally checking in with this source of information to inform how we might steer in a better direction, towards our vision.

Justice

With the unenforceable treaties and declarations of human rights, there must be a way to making just decisions in every society. Judges must have no partisan affiliations and have a history of sound decision making without being swayed by prejudice.  We only vote for candidates who appoint such people. We only vote for judges that clearly act in those ways.

To have good jury members that are well educated, have emotional control, and are well grounded in philosophy, these traits must be prevalent throughout society: is that pathway through public education? We individually act to assure that those in our circles are supported in these ways.

Perhaps we want to work out justice outside of the procedural, legal justice system: that’s possible through learning the processes of restorative justice. In this way, one resolves differences by listening; those who wrong others repent and find ways to cease wrongdoing; those who are wronged find forgiveness. We must each explore this kind, and other kinds, of conflict resolution to reach our vision.

The Earth Is Us

We must realize a closer connection to the Earth and we must live with respect for the people a hundred generations from now. There will be closed loop consumption and no more landfills. There must be no waste, especially toxic waste. Overconsumption must end. We will find ways of interacting with nature that are altogether respectful. We will cease to see nature as separate from ourselves.

In Sum

This essay is a short sketch of a vision I believe we all will arrive at with a little thought and thoughtful conversation. Who would argue with this vision? What would their arguments consist of? The one I can think of is that “well, we might do that, but other people won’t and so we’ll suffer.” This then becomes a race to the bottom.

Can we work together from ourselves, alone, to our closest loved ones, to our friends, and onto our close community to develop this vision? Each of these topics can be realized in those concentric circles of connections. This might then transfer to larger scales and become very real. I see no other way.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Monday, August 18, 2025

#230 / Awake At Night

What sustainability worry keeps you awake at night? 

Water. Only 2.5% of the world’s water is fresh water. If you believe the science … there will be 40% less of that fresh water by 2030, with the impacts of climate change. So the majority of my sleepless nights are spent thinking about collective action and the replenishment of fresh water, so that it’s available for food systems as well as for the future of my business.

The statement I have indented above is a quotation that comes from a Wall Street Journal article that is headlined as follows: “From Grain to Glass: Diageo Sustainability Chief Takes Holistic Approach to Net Zero.”

The article is, essentially, a discussion between a Senior Publishing Editor at the Wall Street JournalPerry Cleveland-Peck, and Ewan Andrew, the chief sustainability officer of Diageo—the company behind Johnnie Walker whisky and Guinness beer. Those bottles at the top of this blog posting, by the way, are made out of paper!

It’s worth reading about the various sustainability initiatives being undertaken by Diageo, a major corporation, and if you can somehow slip past the paywall maintained by The Journal, I recommend the article in its entirety. Whether or not you are able to read the rest of the article, however, I am hoping that the statement I have quoted will have an impact on your thinking.

We tend to “take for granted” many things that are absolutely essential to our lives, and it would be hard to overstate how high water comes on that list of “essentials.” Ewan Andrew’s statement lets me highlight what ought to be a concern for us all.

I have friends in California’s vast Central Valley who are focused intently on “water,” because what has been taken for granted in the past is disappearing – and massive corporations are seeking to achieve dominion over the disappearing water that is so vital for our lives, individually, and collectively. Surely, the disastrous Los Angeles fires are sending us a lesson about “water,” too.

Anyone who thinks that the kind of rapid and intense development underway in Santa Cruz doesn’t pose a danger to our stable, long term water supply, isn’t thinking clearly. The City’s staff says, “no problem,” but is that what YOU think?

“Water” is a political issue of preeminent importance. Ordinary people need to be involved in deciding what we are going to do about it. If the future of our water supplies are not keeping you awake at night, then I have a piece of advice:

WAKE UP NOW!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
ABANDONING TRUTH, INFAMY, CUE THE VIOLINS

Not to the surprise of anyone, there he was on the golf course for another $4.2 million  weekend — courtesy of the taxpayers — in ‘celebration’ of his big ‘victory’ in his Alaska encounter with accused war criminal, President Putin, who dog-walked him in his quest for a Nobel Peace Prize. Conservative writer, Nick Adams, commented, “Donald Trump is the only man alive who can end wars in the morning and head out to the golf course, drive the ball 300 yards, and shoot a 67 in the afternoon. His stamina is the envy of men in their 20s” Not only did Adams gloss over the lack of any cease fires, or indication of peaceful settlements, he failed to recognize Trump’s faithful team of caddies with their secret golf ball pockets sewn into the cuffs of their pants. MAGATs don’t see Trump’s retreat to the golf course as a sign of defeat, however, it is one of his safe places where members praise him for his good ideas and the great job he is doing. Critics of the president were incensed that he rolled out the red carpet for Putin, clapping energetically as the Russian president was met with a warm, enthusiastic handshake while a contingent of our military planes added to the welcome with a flyover. The Anchorage meeting, originally to be a one-on-one, was transformed into a three-on-three with Secretary of State Rubio and Special Envoy Witkoff joining Trump, along with Putin and his team.

President Putin still has an arrest warrant issued by the International Criminal Court, alleging that he is responsible for transferring Ukrainian children to Russia, a war crime under international law. This wasn’t a cause for alarm to our 34-felony-counts-convicted President, nor to his DOJ, the DOD or any other arm of his administration. Just keep on clapping! With every global dictator watching, Putin left Alaska knowing that genocide pays. “While Putin posed for photos in Alaska, Ukrainian parents were pulling their kids from rubble. While he grinned in Trump’s limousine, Ukrainian mothers were digging graves, and 19,000 stolen Ukrainian children remained in Russian camps. Russia’s Foreign Minister showed up wearing a USSR sweatshirt. Russian state media served ‘chicken Kyiv’ on Putin’s plane while the city of Kyiv burns brightly from Russia’s drones. The message was clear: We own you now. The truth Trump abandoned. Putin didn’t just get legitimacy in Alaska; he got proof that the West has abandoned truth itself,” writes Euromaidan on Reader Supported News. While America rolled out the red carpet for our destroyer, Ukraine stood up for the right of all peoples to flourish in this world. Trump promised to “Make America Great Again.” He could have done exactly that by supporting the nation fighting for the very things that make America great — instead, he chose a perpetrator of genocide. This is the West’s war being fought with Ukrainian blood. Putin is testing whether democratic civilization will defend itself — on Friday, Trump gave him his answer. Friday was America’s test. America failed.

Speculation before the Alaska meeting was that Trump would take Putin’s side in his war against UkraineEurope, and what was once called ‘the West,’ particularly with a one-on-one meeting. No one expected ‘peace’ to be the outcome, only ‘appeasement’ as a gift from Trump to the Russian dictator, as Trump continues to sabotage the American-led order built after WWII — an unprecedented peace and prosperity for both this country and the world. Simon Rosenberg writes on his Hopium Chronicles, “It is a day, if it goes as it appears it will go, that will surely live in infamy.” As we are seeing, Putin’s reasons for continuing his war are far more compelling than any incentive Trump can give him to end it. “I think we in Washington sometimes underestimate just how invested the Kremlin is in waging this war,” says Russian expert David Salvo. “The legitimacy and the fate of the entire Putin regime is based on not just concluding this war on Russian terms but continuing to fight it for the foreseeable future, the entire economy is propped up around the war. I just don’t see anything that’s going to move the needle and change the calculus of the Kremlin.” In the weeks preceding the meeting in Anchorage, Putin kept playing the same old game of humiliating Trump by ignoring peace efforts, keeping up the assault on Ukrainians, with Trump finally seeming to realize he was taken for a fool, with the Russian strongman stringing him along. After the announcement of the upcoming meeting, former Pentagon official, a shocked Sabrina Singh, said it proves who holds “all the cards.” “I mean, I’m shocked that this meeting is actually being held in the United States. I think that’s giving incredible deference to someone that invaded a sovereign country. This is a war of choice that Putin started back in 2022,” she saidSingh felt that the meeting should have been scheduled outside the US, warning that Putin proved he can “move the chess pieces on the board in his favor,” and that he’s gotten the Trump administration to “cater to a lot of his demands.”

Satirical writer Andy Borowitz offered his behind-the-scenes view as he looked forward to the Putin/Trump meetup: “Giving helpful advice ahead of the talks in Alaska, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy suggested on Monday that Donald J. Trump offer Vladimir Putin ‘full sovereignty’ over the state of Florida. ‘If you are considering some kind of ‘land swap’ for peace, Florida should be on the table,’ Zelenskyy said. ‘With Florida, you have cards.’ Explaining his rationale for a Russian annexation of the Sunshine State, Zelenskyy said, ‘There are already so many Russian-speaking people there, especially oligarchs and criminals around Mar-a-Lago.’ Speaking from the Kremlin, Putin said he would ‘consider’ an offer of Florida, but only if it did not include ownership of Ron DeSantis.” In a previous post, Borowitz wrote: “An unscrupulous Russian man has lured a confused septuagenarian to Alaska in an apparent elder scam, concerned associates of the old man reported on Thursday. According to those associates, the Russian has posed as a friend of his geriatric mark in order to take advantage of him in the remote, icy setting. ‘This poor, addled codger isn’t playing with a full deck and hasn’t for some time,’ one associate said. ‘We’re afraid that the Russian will trick him into signing something away.’ The situation is particularly troubling, the associate said, because ‘he’s a feeble old man who likes to wander around on top of buildings, and the Russian likes pushing people off them.'”

Trump’s former attorney, Michael Coen, said in anticipation of the Putin/Trump confab, “Cue the swelling violins. But after more than a decade of working for President Trump, I’ve learned you can’t be cynical enough…think he’s doing something for the greater good? You’re not looking closely enough — in fact, you might be in the cult.” Calling the Alaska setup a “traveling circus,” he said the reality check is that the “peace summit” doesn’t include the actual president of Ukraine — “the guy whose country has been invaded, bombed and carved up like a real estate deal in Atlantic City circa 1987. The man elected to represent 44 million Ukrainians doesn’t get a seat at his own table. But Trump and Putin do. This is not a negotiation; it’s a photo-op. A show. A scripted performance in which the ending has already been decided — and not by the people of Ukraine.” Cohen said Trump wants to slap “The Peace President” on a MAGA hat, and pick out a tux for the Nobel Peace Prize ceremony — thinking about his legacy, not liberty, as he rides straight into the history books. As for Putin, he isn’t in Alaska for the scenery — he’s there for the land already stolen and more land, plus mineral rights, as he plays the long game. Zelensky knows they aren’t meeting for his benefit, only present to split the spoils. Cohen snarkily suggests: “The next big fight — which actor gets to accept the Emmy!?”

Then the big day arrived with the red carpet, the fanfare and the clapping US leader, only to end with Simon Rosenberg’s synopsis: For America, Trump = Unceasing Sabotage, Plunder, And Betrayal as a subheading in his article on Substack — ‘Trump, A Very Useful Idiot, Buckles in Alaska, Disastrously Sells Out Ukraine And The West.’ “Yes, it was as horrible as we all feared. Trump literally rolls out the red carpet for Putin on American soil and not only does he get nothing in return, but yesterday our weak, cowardly and corrupt leader broke with Ukraine and the Europeans/NATO and adopted Putin’s position on the conflict, folding like a cheap suit,” Simon says. Quoting The New York Times story, Rosenberg relays that Trump claimed to have spoken to Zelensky and European leaders following his fleeing Alaska, saying, “It was determined by all that the best way to end the horrific war between Russia and Ukraine is to go directly to a Peace Agreement, which would end the war, and not a mere Ceasefire Agreement, which often times do not hold up.” However, a statement issued by European leaders did not echo the president’s claim, which has also been Putin’s demand. “So, what happened yesterday we now know is Putin got the photo op on American soil, told Trump what to do, and went home,” concludes Roseberg. Even Fox News reported from Alaska: “The way it felt in that room was not good. It did not seem like things went well. And it seemed like Putin came in and steamrolled, got right into what he wanted to say, and got is photo op next to the president and then left.” The MSNBC reporter posted similarly: “What struck me was the looks on the faces of a lot of the American delegation here. Caroline Leavitt, Steve Witkoff, who came into the room, then left quickly. Leavitt appeared to be a bit stressed out, anxious. Their eyes were wide, almost ashen at times.”

Rosenberg calls Trump a terrible, terrible leader, the worst in our history — it’s hard to

imagine how he could have done more damage to America than he has in these initial seven months. But Trump is still going, still needing the spectacular, still needing to feel strong and powerful and manly, while his VP has been on vacation, as has Congress. He’s an old man with health problems. His gait was very wobbly yesterday, and as John Bolton said, he looked very, very tired — read defeated. Trump is aware that his powers are ebbing, especially after falling into Putin’s Anchorage Trap. He is in political, physical and cognitive decline — Elon emasculated him repeatedly. He and his agenda are wildly unpopular and no matter how much he rages, the economy is slowing, prices are rising, and the deficit exploding — he is a villain, not a hero. “The bluster and blather will come. The Truths, the troops, the spectacles, the damage, the lies and the never-ending b.s. But this things ain’t going as they planned and it’s getting harder and harder to spread all that lipstick and orange bronzer on the Trumpian pig,” Rosenberg declares.

Chris Bowers wrote on Wolves and Sheep: “Donald Trump really wants to win the Nobel Peace Prize. He wants to win it to the point where he took the unprecedented step of cold calling Norwegian Minister of Finance Jens Stoltenberg to ask about the award. In fact, he has brought up the topic in discussions with Stoltenberg on multiple occasions.” On one call Trump made to discuss trade tariffs, the Nobel Peace Prize drifted into the conversation. The Finance Minister commented to Politico, “It is true that President Trump called me a few days before his conversation with Prime Minister Støre. Several of the president’s staff members also participated in the conversation, including Treasury Secretary Bessent and Trade Representative Greer.” Bowers asks, “How can someone who tried to violently overturn the results of a democratic election in his own country ever deserve the Nobel Peace Prize? Or who instructed his administration to vote against a United Nations resolution condemning Russia’s invasion of Ukraine? Or who is threatening to acquire land from other countries, including Panama, Denmark and Canada? Or who isn’t even trying to broker a cease fire in Gaza? Or who has ordered his military to target drug cartels in other countries? The real problem with Trump trying so hard to win the Prize isn’t really about what he has done or hasn’t done, but rather that he obviously cares so much about winning an award over which he has no real control. Trump wanting to win the approval of five unknown retired Norwegian politicians on the Nobel Committee is pretty eye rolling, and getting other countries that want to curry his favor to nominate him is a pretty extreme demonstration of personal weakness — not strength.”

Former attorney Michael Cohen, on MeidasTouch, remembers when Trump asked him “about the Nobel Peace Prize, eyes glinting with that familiar mix of envy and self-delusion,” wondering why Obama got it — “he didn’t do anything.” Cohen says the implication was clear: “Trump deserved it more, because in his own mind he deserved everything more. That obsession — what began as an offhand gripe — has now metastasized into a full-blown crusade. President Trump wants the Nobel Peace Prize, and he wants it badly.” Aides have told him in the past that he deserved the award, but he shrugged it off, pretending indifference, but as Cohen says, “Trump has never been indifferent to applause. If you hear him claim otherwise, its’ because he’s already plotting how to manipulate the narrative so he looks like he doesn’t care — even as it consumes him. And now, years later, we see the truth. Trump is campaigning harder for the Nobel than he did for reelection. It’s a man chasing his own reflection.” Cohen warns us of the darker side of Trump’s pursuit — peace isn’t the goal, it’s the trophy, so what happens when there’s no war left to stop? The recent India/Pakistan dustup was settled by the two nations unassisted, yet Trump invented his own role in the outcome despite the flat-out denial from India that he helped cool tensions. “Facts don’t matter when the story is about Donald Trump,” says Cohen. So, conflict becomes a tool, the backdrop for Trump’s success as the ‘great peacemaker’ as he fans the flames just long enough to ensure that the cameras are focused on him when a truce is announced. As Trump has proven to us, chaos is not an obstacle — it’s leverage. The Nobel trophy is about genuine peacemaking, with its sacrifice, compromise and vision, a role for which Trump is incapable. “He doesn’t broker peace; he commodifies it. He doesn’t soothe conflict; he exploits it. He doesn’t end wars; he monetizes them for applause. President is not chasing peace. He’s chasing a prize. And in his pursuit of it, the world should be very afraid,” concludes Cohen.

The Daily Dose of Democracy reports: “Lord Goldemort spent the wee hours of Sunday night in typical fashion, thumb-smashing childish insults on Truth Social and raging against critics left and right lambasting his ballyhooed summit with Vladimir Putin on Friday, just hours before Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy was set to arrive at the White House. As Donalds’s late-night Twitterstorms usually do, this one eventually veered off in self-congratulatory praise, with the MAGA cult leader declaring: ‘One year ago, the United States was an almost DEAD COUNTRY. Now we are the HOTTEST Country anywhere in the World, the envy of all. What a difference a President makes!!!’ It’s almost like you can count the number of times his father hugged him as a child on one hand.”

As DDD mentions, Zelenskyy was set to meet Trump, along with a European team of leaders from BritainFrance and Germany to head off any ambushes a la the one Trump and VP Vance launched against the Ukrainian leader earlier this year. The Donald’s post on Truth Social attacked the “Fake News” who framed his summit as a ‘major defeat,’ rebuking them as “sick.” He bragged that the Southern Border is now secure, and that Washington, DC will lead the way to safer cities across the nation. He then proceeded to attack Democratic Senator Chris Murphy who had called his Alaska summit “an embarrassment” in an interview with Kristen Welker on NBC’s Meet the Press. Murphy’s contention that “Putin got everything that he wanted” sent Trump into a frenzy, calling the Senator a “lightweight,” calling him “stupid,” along with John Bolton, both guilty of prolonging the war. Looking forward to Monday’s meeting, Trump posted, “Big day at the White House tomorrow. Never had so many European leaders at one time. My great honor to host them!!! As David Gilmour wrote on Mediaite, “Last night’s Truth Social barrage will certainly have everyone walking on eggshells as Trump seeks a close on the conflict he vowed last year to end on his first day in office.”

As yet, there is no comment from Trump on the photo making the rounds on the internet of Russian forces mocking the Trump capitulation to Putin, by attaching American flags to their vehicles as they ride into battle in Ukraine. Video footage from RT, the Kremlin’s propaganda network, shows a captured trophy, an American M113 armored personnel carrier flying both US and Russian flags. Zelensky’s right-hand man, Andriy Yermak, accuses Russians of using US symbols in their terrorist aggression against civilians. “Maximum audacity,” he terms it. Petr Andryushchenko of Ukraine’s Centre for the Study of the Occupation, says, “This is the logical conclusion of Trump’s absurdity. And all of this is on the official propaganda of Russia Today. There are no words.” Putin flaunted his authority ahead of the DC summit by launching a new wave of missile attacks in Kharkiv and Zaporizhzhia, killing and wounding several Ukrainians. Zelensky said the attacks were “demonstrative” proof of Russia’s intentions and showed they had no plan to end the war. Tom Sanders‘ post on The Daily Beast says it all: “Trump has continued to urge Kyiv to ‘make a deal’ with the Russian autocrat, previously telling Zelensky that ‘Russia is a very big power, and you’re not.'”

One thing you can’t hide, is when you’re crippled inside” – John Lennon

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

Family History

“My mum and dad teach, and all my brothers and sisters have been in ‘Riverdance’ and so forth. So I was forced to become a dancer; it’s part of my family history.”
~Sean Maguire

“I’m just so proud to be from San Francisco and to have a family history there. It’s only two generations back, but still, it’s two generations in San Francisco. I love it. I’m so proud of it.”
~Jamie Chung

“Knowing more about family history is the single biggest predictor of a child’s emotional well-being. Grandparents can play a special role in this process, too.”
~Bruce Feiler

“The kitchen is the heart of every home, for the most part. It evokes memories of your family history.”
~Debi Mazar

“It’s very strange that most people don’t care if their knowledge of their family history only goes back three generations.”
~Douglas Coupland

...

David Tennant is a favorite of mine. The show “Who do you think you are?” is also a favorite of mine. Here, the two converge 🙂 If you are not familiar with the show, it dives deep into a different person’s family history in every episode, and it is fascinating.


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

August 13 – 19, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… out this week … Steinbruner… Felton Fire District Board… complaints to the Grand Jury …Hayes… Cotoni Coast Dairies BLM Land Opens to Public… Patton… When Narcissism Decides Our Public Policy… Matlock… grim fairytale… vampires… kleptocracy… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Bat out of hell… Quotes on… “Conservation”

...

CIVIL RIGHTS SYMPATHY MARCH. March 13, 1965. Back in 1965 this was probably 98% of the Santa Cruz Democrats. It was at the corner of Lincoln and Center Streets according to the street sign. I believe Herb and Ellie Foster are in there someplace and so is Norm Lezin but I can’t find them.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: August 13, 2025

GARDENING. To be honest, I’ve wanted to garden my whole life, but I’ve never really managed to. I’m determined to give it a go here in Ben Lomond, given that I’m fortunate enough to have space to do so, and a sunny spot not shadowed by trees. Don’t get me wrong, we have trees (and I love them!), but we have a big, open, sunny spot in the middle. Now, if only I knew what to do with that!

We are starting with some boxes with herbs on the deck, since I love me some thyme, tarragon, basil, and rosemary. I’ll keep you posted on my progress, and if you have any suggestions for me as a very beginner wannabe gardener, please email me! webmistress@brattononline.com

Enjoy this week’s video, and we’ll see you again soon!

~Webmistress

...

A GOOD GIRL’S GUIDE TO MURDER. Netflix. Series. (6.8 IMDb) ***-
Another I missed when it first came out last year, but now that the Great Move is over (we just shifted home from Rio Del Mar, to Ben Lomond – complete with our own redwood grove, and our courageous ducks) I’ve had time to get back into this all.

“A Good Girl’s Guide to Murder” follows high school senior Pippa “Pip” Fitz-Amobi (played by Wednesday’s perky werewolf roommate, Emma Mayers, back on her home turf in Britain) as she reopens the five-year-old murder case of older classmate Andie Bell. Though officially closed with boyfriend Sal Singh’s confession and suicide, Pip suspects his innocence and, with Sal’s younger brother, makes it her final academic project. What she uncovers is a web of secrets and dangerous truth, putting herself and those she loves in the crosshairs.

Cozyish, with some modern nastiness (no sex, just real crime stuff), and elevated by strong performances – nods all around for Anna Maxwell Martin as Pip’s mother, torn between wrangling her brilliant, headstrong daughter and recognizing at the same time her fragility as still just a kid. Their dynamic is a standout.

Spoiler and trigger warning: yes, the dog dies. Sorry, but that’s a trigger that needs to be respected. Deal with it.

Based on Holly Jackson’s YA mystery series, the show has already been renewed for a second season, adapting the next book

~Sarge

FANTASTIC FOUR: FIRST STEPS. In theaters. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****
The First Family of comics finally feels like a real family. Since their 1961 debut, the Fantastic Four have always centered on family dynamics, and this adaptation leans fully into that core. Reed Richards (Pedro Pascal), Susan Storm (Vanessa Kirby), her brother Johnny (Joseph Quinn), and Reed’s lifelong friend Ben Grimm (Ebon Moss-Bachrach) share a life-changing space accident that leaves them with strange powers. Thankfully, the film skips the typical origin sturm und drang and instead drops us years after their transformation. The characterizations stay true to their comic counterparts, and the retro-futurist design (evoking the TVA from Loki) is pure visual delight.

Much like Superman earlier this year, this film is more concerned with who these people are than with non-stop action. The Fantastic Four are inherently decent, and the film allows their personalities and relationships to breathe. There’s even a non-human, non-speaking comic sidekick (H.E.R.B.I.E., filling the Krypto slot from Superman), and it works. Some may feel the superhero action is a bit light (Reed’s stretchy powers, for instance, are used sparingly, perhaps to avoid full Jim Carrey territory) but it strikes a fair balance. There’s a ton of CG, particularly in the beautifully realized retro Manhattan, but it blends so well you barely notice.

No bad performances, standout production design, and a few genuinely epic set pieces make this one a win. And for those complaining about woke gender flips: there have been many heralds over the years, male and female, including Shalla Bal. It’s faithful where it counts, fresh where it needs to be, and, most importantly, it finally gives us a Fantastic Four that lives up to their name.

THIS IS SPINAL TAP. Vudu, Google Play, Amazon. Movie (7.9 IMDb) ****
When I was chronologically less-endowed (the ’80s) and UA owned almost all the screens in town (Del Mar, Rio, River Street Twin, Aptos Twin, and the 41st Ave Playhouse), I worked at the Del Mar and the Rio. I’d catch free movies all over town every week. Obviously, you only have so much mental storage, so with a lot of films, I just filed away whether I liked them or not.

So imagine my surprise when I went to see a Fathom Event 4K restoration of “This Is Spinal Tap” (in anticipation of the upcoming “Spinal Tap 2: The End Continues”) and realized I remembered everything, despite the 41 years between my first viewing and now.

For the uninitiated, this 1984 self-described “mockumentary” by Rob Reiner follows the later years of fictional band Spinal Tap. Told in loose documentary style, it also dives into their earlier phases as a Beatles-style quartet and later a psychedelic rock act. The core trio – Michael McKean, Christopher Guest, and Harry Shearer (who later reunited for “A Mighty Wind”) – are backed by a rotating cast of ill-fated drummers. Most of the dialogue is improvised, and the music manages to be both hilarious and genuinely good.

If you’ve never seen it, track down a copy or be ready to rent or buy it on Amazon. It’s worth going out of your way for a watch.

Sorry if I seem a little hyperbolic. You see, it goes to 11.
~Sarge

SUPERMAN. In theaters. Movie. (7.7 IMDb) ****
First off, let’s address the Kryptonian Drang in the room: Yes, Superman has always been an immigrant – rocketed to Earth as a baby without “doing it the right way.” But this film doesn’t touch that theme at all. It’s not part of the plot. Nor do they change or even reference the classic “truth, justice, and the American Way” slogan. (In fact, in the comics, at one time he renounced his American citizenship as Superman so his global actions wouldn’t reflect on the U.S.) That, however, is relevant to the plot. Also, the twist with his biological parents WAS NOT Gunn’s creation – it has been off-and-on a part of the character’s backstory for decades, in different revisions, and in different media. Gunn isn’t tugging on Superman’s cape here.

Superman (2025), directed by James Gunn and starring David Corenswet as Superman, Rachel Brosnahan as Lois Lane, and Nicholas Hoult as Lex Luthor – plus Krypto, the super-goodest boy – introduces a new take. Gunn brings back heart and humor that, while sometimes overlooked, are absolutely comic-accurate. Yes, the grim Snyderverse tone was also pulled from the comics, but comics contain multitudes. We’ve been telling Superman stories for over 80 years – different eras, different writers, different vibes.

Thankfully, this movie skips the origin story. We meet a Superman already established in the role, with a working relationship (and chemistry) with Lois Lane. Without giving too much away, the central conflict revolves around how Superman operates on a global scale – and how his idealism runs up against Lex Luthor’s cynicism, technocracy, and media manipulation. Lex plays dirty, and Clark’s just a big honest dope who wants to save people.

Nathan Fillion has fun as Guy Gardner – the canonically bowl-cutted Limbaugh-dittohead Green Lantern everyone loves to punch (there are several Earth-based Green Lanterns – it’s a Corps – so you will likely see him alongside the two who will be featured in the forthcoming “Lanterns” series). His appearance, along with Mr. Terrific and Hawkgirl, may serve as a backdoor introduction to what might become Gunn’s version of the Justice League.

And then there’s Krypto. He often steals the show. First introduced in the ’50s, Krypto has drifted in and out of continuity as Superman’s dog, and here, he’s like the Rocket Raccoon of this universe: A whimsical element, that can hit you deep in the feels.

The story? It’s fine. It touches on serious issues without digging too deep – more Donner Superman in tone than Man of Steel, and blessedly free of Christ imagery. If you’re attached to a particular version of Superman, this one might not click – or it might… some people swear by Adam West’s Batman or Lynda Carter’s Wonder Woman! Don’t get me wrong, I love them both. Nostalgia shapes expectations. YMMV.

Definitely worth a watch.
~Sarge

BUT I’M A CHEERLEADER. Paramount+. Series (6.8 IMDb) ***-
Take a featherweight romcom, toss in some John Waters camp, a dose of LGBTQ satire, and you get “But I’m a Cheerleader” (1999) – a pastel-colored romp through the “hilarity” of forced conversion therapy. It’s a sign of progress, I suppose, that we now have banal lesbian romcoms.

Natasha Lyonne (in her baby-faced era) stars as Megan, a perky, clueless high school cheerleader blindsided when her friends and family stage a gay intervention. She’s promptly packed off to True Directions, a pastel repressed “rehabilitation” camp where gender roles are weaponized like power tools. There, despite the best efforts of the staff (including RuPaul as Mike, an aggressively straight-coded “ex-gay”) Megan starts to figure out who she really is.

It’s not exactly deep, or all that clever, but it is fun enough. The cast helps: Lyonne sarts to blossom, Clea DuVall does her patented broody-outsider-in-crisis (a ‘90s staple), and RuPaul chews the scenery with glee. It was recommended after reviewing Lyonne in “Poker Face”. Worth a watch if you’re in the mood for some light, queer, candy-coated fluff with a subversive wink.

~Sarge

...

Taking a break this week.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
DEADLINE FOR FELTON FIRE DISTRICT BOARD TO ACT

The Director of Santa Cruz County LAFCO (Local Agency Formation Commission) has issued a Felton Fire District Governance Options Analysis Report, with a deadline to Felton Fire District Board to take action by October 6, 2025 or a threat that LAFCO will take over.
[Felton Fire Protection District GOVERNANCE OPTIONS ANALYSIS REPORT]

I find the LAFCO threat curious, because Mr. Serano has always clearly stated that he cannot force any agency to do anything.  Hmmm…

I attended the Felton Fire Board’s meeting last Friday to hear their discussion.  The new Chief Isaac Blum feels the Report is not entirely accurate, and that the status of the number of volunteers responding has improved.  He feels that Volunteer departments tend to ebb and flow naturally, and that Felton Fire has had its share of problems, but things are looking up.  He has been volunteering his time to act as Felton Fire Distrct’s Chief, juggling his work as a fire captain with the NASA Ames Fire Department, formerly known as the Moffett Field Fire Department.

There were a few members of the public attending.  One wanted to know when the last District’s tax increase occurred?  Amazingly, the answer was not in the last 30 years.  
 
Others wanted to know how things are going with District response to calls?  The Chief described an incident  on the previous day at the Garden of Eden on the San Lorenzo River. handled by Felton Fire Volunteers, rescuing the person from the River, closing Highway 9, and coordinating the landing of a medic helicopter.  The Volunteers responded quickly and handled the incident well. 
 
So, what will happen in the future?  New Board member, Mr. Winters, has been added and brings great energy to rally the Community. As a FireWise leader, he and his Forest Lakes Community has organized a Community event to discuss the matter.  He recently posted this on the FireWise Forum:
 

“As you may be aware there are some very important decisions around the corner for the Felton Fire Protection District that will affect all SLV communities given that our volunteer departments in Felton, Zayante, Boulder Creek and Ben Lomond often rely upon each other. We are having a Forest Lakes Firewise event at the Felton Community Hall this Saturday, August 16, 6-8:00 pm to inform Felton and SLV residents about how our departments operate and respond to calls and why every minute matters. Learn how Felton FPD, in addition to our residential communities, covers Highway 9, Henry Cowell State Park, Roaring Camp and the many rescues at Garden of Eden. Did you know that 75% of Felton calls are medical?

Please help promote this event to your community and strongly encourage all of your Felton friends to make it a top priority – because summer fun aside, this is as important as it gets for fire and safety.

Tickets are free but we need signups to plan the event. Please share/promote the link:
givebutter.com/feltonfirerevival

Thanks!

For any questions, please feel free to email me at craig@forestlakesfsa.org or you can email our board at info@forestlakesfsa.org

Craig”

FILE A COMPLAINT NOW WITH THE GRAND JURY TO INVESTIGATE
The new Santa Cruz County Civil Grand Jury has been empaneled and is in the process of considering complaints submitted from the public that they want to investigate.  NOW is the time for people to submit issues regarding local city and county government and special districts (schools, hospital, fire, water, cemetery) that you feel should be investigated in order to make recommendations that will improve the situation.  You can
submit a complaint here.

CTV recorded a 30 minute episode with last year’s Grand Jury Foreman Mike Weatherford discussing the Jurors’ six reports. You can see it on YouTube here.

The program will begin playing on Community TV’s channels next week. CTV will run it in sequence with the previous program about the Grand Jury, Non Profit Spotlight, where the previous Foreman, Kim Horowitz, discussed what the Grand Jury does with host Steve Pleich.

MANY THANKS TO SUPERVISOR CUMMINGS FOR VOTING TO PRESERVE LOCAL HISTORY
Despite all the empty words of Supervisors saying that they regretfully needed to side with the developer to delist and demolish the historic Redman-Hirahara Farmstead, when people testified that another assessment should be done, and that funding opportunities for preservation exist, it was only Supervisor Justin Cummings who had the will to vote NO, and support preserving local history.

Last Tuesday’s Board of Supervisor meeting went long, due to two items pulled by Supervisor Koenig, but members of the public waited patiently for their opportunity to speak up to keep the historic Redman-Hirahara Farmstead on the National Historic Registry, urging the Supervisors to require another assessment of the building’s condition, and offered new funding sources to help save it.

Staff’s reply was “Well, if it could have been saved, it would have happened by now.”

Neither the County’s Historic Resources Commission nor the Board had any appetite for considering the 2024 scholarly paper by Jacob Stone, discussing the important story the Redman-Hirahara Farmstead tells about the Japanese-American citizens being incarcerated during WWII and how most lost all their property while away.  The people of the Pajaro Valley paid the property taxes for the Hiraharas, and maintained their farm and home…so when they were able to return, it was there for them to resume their lives.  Constructing Context After Internment: Japanese American Incarceration and the Historic 20th Century Redman-Hirahara House

The barn was converted to apartments for two families who lost everything.   Dr. Stone’s dissertation describes the archaeologic work conducted by Cabrillo College professor Rob Edwards and his students at the barn and around the historic house, one of the few remaining farm houses designed by famous William H. Weeks.

The current owner, Juggy Tut of Elite Development,  demolished the barn a few months ago, without permit.

With the exception of Supervisor Cummings, the Board voted to allow the building to be delisted from the National Historic Registry, and allow Mr. Tut to demolish history.  NONE made any request for archaeologic evaluations, renderings or any nod to the significance of the Redman-Hirahara Farmstead.  As an afterthought, Supervisor DeSerpa said “oh, and there should be a plaque put somewhere.”  

It was disgusting.
You can watch the proceedings here, clicking directly on Item #8

I had written Mr. Paul Lusignan, Director of the National Historic Registry, asking for guidance.

Here is what he offered:

The National Register program will have the opportunity to weigh in on the determination to remove the property from the National Register when and if the documentation is presented to us as required under federal regulations.  As noted previously, there are very specific requirements for removing a property from the National Register, not just the wishes of the property owner.  All factors, not just setting are taken into consideration when evaluating whether a property has lost those characteristics and features which made it significant and originally eligible for listing in the National Register.  Part of the delisting process involves consulting with the State Historic Preservation Officer on any removal request.  State review is completed prior to submission of requests to our offices here in Washington, DC.   More specific information on the “delisting” process can be found here: eCFR :: 36 CFR 60.15 — Removing properties from the National Register.

36 CFR 60.15 — Removing properties from the National Register.

If the property is a locally designated landmark, under a city or county preservation ordinance, they may be able to pursue local “delisting” under local planning provisions.  Again, this is outside the purview of the federal National Register program.   The agenda appears to indicate this is the case: Hold a public hearing to approve a proposed resolution to delist the Redman-Hirahara House from the Santa Cruz County Historic Inventory, approve the CEQA Notice of Exemption, and take related actions (Community Development and Infrastructure).   The National Register program has no role in the county designation program or planning decisions, nor the State’s CEQA regulations.

I suggest you contact for the CA State Historic Preservation Office for additional information regarding the CEQA programs. 

Paul R. Lusignan
Historian, National Register of Historic Places
National Park Service
1849 C Street, NW – Mail Stop 2013
Washington, DC 20240
(w) 202-354-2229
(C) 240-606-5977

Here are the contacts for the California State Historic Preservation Office… Please request they deny delisting the Redman-Hirahara Farmstead and at the very least, require a full archaeologic assessment of the property and renderings of the house to document it.

Local Government and Environmental Compliance Unit

Shannon Pries (Supervisor)
Cultural Resources Management
shannon.pries@parks.ca.gov

Michael McGuirt (Supervisor)
Cultural Resources Management
michael.mcguirt@parks.ca.gov

WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  ATTEND A PUBLIC HEARING AND SPEAK UP.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY DOING JUST ONE THING THAT REALLY MATTERS TO YOU.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Cotoni Coast Dairies BLM Land Opens to Public

The opening ceremony for public access onto the Federal Bureau of Land Management’s Cotoni Coast Dairies property is on August 15, a grim day for those who have followed this travesty, which will only worsen with the planned public access.

Building on a Tragic History

Nothing good led up to this moment. There is no one left who speaks the language of, or can show direct descendance from, the native people of this property. There are rich archeological sites illustrating that this land was settled for thousands of years. So, as with every spot in California we must see this property and how it has been and will be used as a colonialist endeavor. There is no attempt to give the land back to any coalition of First Peoples who represent those ancestors or to respect them in any way that approaches restorative justice. Oh, but there’s the name…(!)

After the genocide, the land has seen one extractive use after the next with little regard for conserving nature. The ‘Coast Dairies’ portion of the name points to cows, and cows there still are. The grazing regime has never focused on restoring the very endangered coastal prairies on the property and, even now, there is no plan to do so. This recreational use is a new, highly impactful extractive use. The property is rare for the Santa Cruz Mountains in having had very few human visitors for the last 100 years, so wildlife has been accustomed to roaming without disturbance. Cougars and badgers are especially wary of humans when setting up dens. A million visitors a year will soon be visiting and wildlife will flee.

The consortium of people responsible for so many other, better outcomes for conservation tried hard, won some concessions, but have seen great loss with how this property came to be open to the public. We tried to get anyone but the Federal Government to manage the property, but the Open Space Illuminati had other things in mind…’The Great Park’…a handful of boomers wanted their legacy in a wide swath of the area becoming a National Park. They stopped at nothing to achieve that legacy. The activists, biologists, conservationists, and regular citizens, were even sued to strike fear into them, to make them capitulate.

Money Made it Happen

The Wyss Foundation bankrolled cash-strapped ‘conservation’ organizations to create a fake grassroots campaign that culminated in Obama signing a Monument Proclamation adding 5 properties across a wide swath of coastal California to the California Coastal National Monument.

Then, the BLM routed hundreds of thousands of dollars, sole-sourcing a contract to a mountain biking advocacy organization to build the kind of trails their users wanted to see. That business quickly changed their name to a ‘trails’ organization. Instead of supporting good paying local jobs, the BLM paid this organization to rally volunteers to do the work of installing trails that were placed across a landscape without regard for the wildlife written into the President’s Proclamation for protection. When asked about how they could do such things when the property’s designation required favoring conservation over visitor use, BLM cynically snickered that the majority of the property, 51%, is set aside without public access. The rest, apparently, is a sacrifice zone.

What We Wanted and Will Pursue

Those of us who care about the native peoples, the nature of the property, and the experience of future visitors have a vision, which we will pursue despite setbacks. The land should not be Federal land – if you wonder why, you need to look at the current situation with federal lands nationwide. We always knew this, but now others are starting to understand our concerns. The current administration is selling federal land for real estate development and other extractive uses. If, after cutting the federal workforce, there are any staff remaining to manage the land at all, that will be a surprise. The Administration has said Federal lands will remain open to visitors even if there is no staffing or budgets. Oh no- could my dystopian vision for the property be closer to reality?!

If there is a chance, California should buy Cotoni Coast Dairies. Then, let’s envision taking Canada’s Indigenous Guardian’s project to this place, giving tribal people primacy in stewardship, use, and oversight. Perhaps the State could give the land back, as it has just accomplished with the Yurok.

If the property is to remain a public park with visitor access, there needs to be a radical shift in how that is approached. The regulatory designation for first managing the property for conservation needs to apply even to the areas with public access. This will require altering use patterns, even closing the trails occasionally, for the benefit of the soil, streams, wildlife and plants that Obama clearly intended to protect. There will need to be lots of monitoring and enforcement to adequately protect natural resources. The BLM will need to do a ‘carrying capacity analysis‘ to determine ‘limits of acceptable change’ – thresholds that, if surpassed, trigger altered management of visitor use to bring the use into alignment with conservation.

Next Steps

It will soon be possible for visitors to monitor the situation first hand. Those of us who asked to do baseline monitoring of wildlife and plants were refused the opportunity many times. When we asked how small children and the elderly could possibly co-recreate on trails overrun by fast-moving mountain bikes, our concerns were dismissed. We will be able to help document how well BLM’s rules are working and if there is enough enforcement. We will be able to see the spread of diseases introduced by bike tires and hiking shoes ravage the amphibians, the trees, and the soil, and we will recall how BLM staff predicted those impacts in writing, with administrators choosing to ignore even the simplest measures that hundreds of other parks managers have employed to address those concerns.

We will listen carefully on August 15, expecting no humility or recognition of this terrible legacy by the BLM or the Open Space Illuminati who made this happen. We hope to be surprised.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Tuesday, August 12, 2025

The Wall Street Journal has reported that Defense Department officials will not be allowed to participate in cybersecurity conferences if such conferences are sponsored by an organization that the Trump Administration has determined doesn’t “support the president.” In addition, the boycott of such conferences will be extended to any organization that the Trump Administration has decided “promotes globalism.”

The significance of what is being reported here goes beyond a simple observation about the president’s personal preferences – and about his personal petulance about those who disagree with him, or who have different priorities. In fact, as The Wall Street Journal article makes pretty clear, our national security is being compromised.

There is not much doubt, I think, that our current president is properly categorized as a “narcissist.” The article I have just linked defines and discusses “narcissism” as follows:

In analytical terms, a narcissistic personality is typified by a core self that is overwhelmingly self-referential — rather than being defined through contact with the world around it.

The narcissistic self is engaged in a constant struggle for self-confirmation. That becomes the compelling, overriding goal of life whatever pursuits the narcissist undertakes, whatever prosaic gratifications he seeks, whatever the social circumstances in which he finds itself.

With a grandiose sense of self-importance, he feels a powerful entitlement to admiration and special treatment.

Incapable of critical self-reflection
The narcissist is incapable of critical self-reflection. The only errors admitted are tactical ones, things that fell short in failing to bring the outer world into conformity to demands of the self.

Above all, there is the demand that the individual be allowed to do whatever he pleases at all times, without restraint or criticism or punishment. Everything is interpreted, judged and explained on that basis.

Unaccommodating persons are punished, places and circumstances that do not readily give approval are to be avoided (emphasis added).

I think some compassion for our current president is not necessarily misplaced. His narcissism is a terrible affliction under which to suffer, and so having some personal sympathy for the toll that his narcissism imposes upon the president is justified. The problem, however, is that the president’s pathology adversely affects the nation as a whole – meaning each and every one of us. To return to The Wall Street Journal article, and to quote Jeff Moss, whom The Journal identifies as a “cybersecurity expert,” the president’s pathological narcissism “creates a narrative of us and them, instead of us together.”

I have previously commented that our current president acts as if “reality” is what he, personally, determines that it is. This claim by our current president, I believe, is another manifestation of the president’s pathological narcissism. This disfunctionality on the part of our current president is serious. While the “narcissist” may be driven by his pathologies to believe that he, and he alone, can say what is true, and what isn’t true, that is actually just not the case.

“Reality” exists independently of our wishes and our perceptions, so our current president’s distorted perceptions – distortions occasioned by his pathological narcissism – puts us all in jeopardy. We are, in fact, “in this together” (in so many ways), so a distorted view that insists that reality is really just “us and them,” can lead to some very bad decisions, with some very bad consequences resulting.

Let’s see how those massive tarrifs work out for us, for example. Experts are worried that they will possibly NOT work out to the benefit of the nation. And let’s see if our government’s refusal to work on cybersecurity issues, in collaboration with those whom our current president has decided don’t “support” him, doesn’t end up making us more vulnerable to cyber attacks by those hostile to the United States.

It may well be appropriate to “Pity The Poor President,” to allude to a relevant Bob Dylan song that uses a word not much liked by our current chief executive, in lieu of the word “president.” Still, pity for the president doesn’t eliminate the need for our nation to look out for itself, as a first priority.

If our current president’s psychological pathologies put our nation in potential danger, we should, I would say, begin thinking about how to compensate for that.

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
MAKING THINGS RIGHT, SILLY WALKS, DEBT SPIRAL

David Rothkopf writes on The Daily Beast that great national leaders dedicate their time in office to strengthening the countries they serve — the worst do the opposite. They suck the strength out of the institutions, economies and resources they have been entrusted with protecting and cultivating — and take the wealth, status and influence for themselves — which is exactly what Donald Trump is doing to the US. Rothkopf designates this as vampirism, a term he only wishes were an overstatement. Vampire Trump is sucking the blood out of our country, and if he continues at this pace, when he is done “there will be nothing left but the pale, lifeless husk of the America that was. He is using the office of the presidency to openly enrich himself as has no other president or public official in US history,” says the author. “He has created elaborate schemes by which they and others who seek his favor can purchase crypto currency in ways that have already made him billions of dollars richer this year alone.” He is demanding gifts from other nations, as we are witnessing in our government’s acceptance of the ‘flying golden palace‘ from the nation of Qatar, destined to become Air Force One after its multi-million-dollar refitting, then onward to Trump’s presidential library — between the Little Golden Books section and the Grimm’s Fairy Tales wing. This is burdening the taxpayer with more debt resulting from tax cuts and sweetheart deals for his rich donors and the corporate world, which will bring more environmental despoliation, and an increase in health and safety conditions. The president is using the power of the government and the court system to squeeze corporations and institutions to settle lawsuits in ways that don’t benefit the country, but serve to enrich his future library with millions of dollars. Resources sucked from governmental departments and agencies that once served the people, such as health care, health research, or offices that endeavored in various ways to keep us safe, are now diverted to those agencies that increase his power and that of his mushrooming police state.

The masked, militarized forces of Homeland Security, now heavily funded by former FEMA funds, only serve to target his enemies, and to support the cruel white supremacist agenda toward the satisfaction and glee of his MAGA reactionaries — the “invasion of illegals” ploy serving only to achieve Trump’s goals. The Department of Justice is now protecting Trump personally, as it targets his opponents, enabling his obvious corruption, and aids his patrons. The intelligence community has become so corrupted, our intel assets have lost trust among our allies, making it unlikely that they will cooperate with us in the future. “Every day our government’s purpose shrinks and the power within it is more concentrated in the hands of one man. Every day we are diminished. Every day the resistance of those with strength within our system and around the world appears to grow weaker. The only comfort we can take is from the knowledge that in the end, sunlight kills vampires. You know that’s true because Trump fights so hard to bury the truth and keep the country in the dark,” writes Rothkopf. He concludes that despite the mainstream media being muzzled, and complicit in some cases, new platforms are coming to life which will enable us to work toward overcoming the “blood-sucking regime,” and to reject all those complicit in bringing on the darkness in every election until they are banished.

Monitoring use of taxpayer funds is being done by The Dekleptocracy Alliance in an attempt to expose the illegal infrastructure Trump is building to reward his allies and normalize political alliance. Examples of such payoffs are the DOJ settlement of the lawsuit brought by the family of Ashli Babbitt who was killed as she stormed the Capitol building during the January 6, 2021 insurrection; in June, five Proud Boys leaders filed a $100 million lawsuit against the DOJ and FBI for “violating their rights” while committing seditious conspiracy; and in May, Trump met with Enrique Tarrio of the Proud Boys, telling him he is “working to make things right.” The Alliance says it looks coordinated, raising the concern that the DOJ is being used to quietly funnel taxpayer money to convicted insurrectionists. In March, Trump floated the idea of a compensation fund for the J6 rioters, but asking Congress for that kind of funding would be a political nightmare, which leaves civil settlements as a workaround — fast, quiet, and no media headlines. Tom Manger, former Capitol Police Chief, points to the Babbitt settlement as sending a “chilling message” to law enforcement nationwide. If these actions are being encouraged or coordinated quietly, it could mean DOJ attorneys are participating in a scheme to pay off Trump’s white nationalist base using public funds. One unsettling occurrence that the Trump administration seems to take pride in, is the appointment of J6 rioter, Jared Wise, who had encouraged rioters to kill police. Wise, now a senior adviser in the office of the deputy attorney general, was videoed yelling at police, “You are the Nazi. You are the Gestapo,” following up with admonitions to rioters, “Kill ‘em, yeah! Kill ‘em, kill ‘em!” The new appointee is described as “a valued member of the Justice Department and we appreciate his contributions to our team.” Go team, law and order, rah-rah!

Rolling Stone magazine has detailed a few of the flamboyant and opulent efforts Donald Trump has initiated at taxpayer expense to boost his ego and flatter his wonderfulness. The recent, awkward birthday/military parade in DC was laughable — and a drag on your 401k — earning Trump a double-cream-pie-in-his-clown-face, and a kick in JD Vance’s butt for failing to requisition gold-plated military vehicles, and preventing the troops from marching in Monty Pythonesque-silly-walks. Quatar’s golden, bedecked jumbo jet (for which only Trump will hold the gold library card) is being completely repurposed at our expense and that of descendants yet unborn. And now we have, following the destruction and paving of Jackie Kennedy’s rose garden, the promise of a $200 million ballroom in which even more invitees can watch the president boogie to ‘YMCA‘ or other pirated recordings during the long evening. Trump has promised to foot the bill for construction, but yet another contractor is likely to get stiffed — unless taxpayers or donors step up.

Jesse Mackinnon posts on Common Dreams that Trump’s new ballroom plan for the White House grounds is “not just a monument to narcissism, but is stagecraft by spectacle, financed by national rot.” Architectural self-glorification for the ruling executive, fiscal starvation for the governed after slashing Medicaid, food stamps, public housing, and climate programs, all while inflating the national deficit past $40 trillion, is a juxtaposition not of innovation, but a rerun of Versailles. “Louis XVI’s France operated on the principle of dépense utile, or ‘useful splendor’ — the idea that royal extravagance was a form of political investment. Gold leaf and crystal chandeliers weren’t indulgence. They were instruments of authority. Versailles was never merely a residence. It was theater. It showcased the king’s ability to dominate not only his nobles but the metaphysical order of the kingdom itself. Every garden vista, every mirrored hallway, whispered the same thing: Obedience is beautiful and beauty belongs to the crown. This logic broke the country. Charles-Alexandre Calonne, Louis XVI’s finance minister in the 1780s, argued with sincerity that royal pageantry had diplomatic utility. France, he said, could not afford to be poor. To reduce spending would be to lose face, both at home and abroad. It would risk undermining the delicate myth of royal omnipotence that kept the aristocracy groveling and foreign rivals guessing. So he doubled down. The state borrowed to cover Versailles’ operating costs. The result was a debt spiral so vast that it cracked the ancien régime wide open,” Mackinnon writes. The US, in 2025, now faces annual payments nearing $2 trillion, about a third of our federal revenue. 1789 France had a tax-exempt aristocracy — the US has tax-exempt billionaires; and instead of court ballet, we have cable news. But the fiscal structure is no less absurd — Trump’s budget performs the same dark magic: redirecting public funds toward elite vanity while accelerating structural collapse, maintains Mackinnon.

The ballroom is only a symptom. The marble-and-gold performance space, modeled loosely on Versailles’ Hall of Mirrors, will sit at the center of Trump’s renovated West Wing, hosting foreign dignitaries, Republican fundraisers, and presidential photo ops. This is how kleptocracy dresses itself — in borrowed grandeur, gilded walls, and florid illusions of permanence, designed to shrink the public sphere until only the strong, the connected, and the loyal remain. The money isn’t gone. It’s just moved — upwards. There is a bitter historical irony here, says Mackinnon — the French Revolution did not erupt because peasants lacked bread, because bread shortages had existed for centuries. What changed was the visibility of the farce. The illusion cracked. People saw a monarchy bleeding the treasury dry for glitter and pride, while demanding austerity from everyone else. The palace at Versailles, once a symbol of majesty, began to look grotesque. The line between luxury and insult collapsed. Americans are now watching that same shift in real time, with a president who calls himself ‘king’ on social media, while receiving thunderous applause from his MAGA base, as he throws gala dinners while food pantries are deprived of funds. Royal France justified its excess as necessary for order and prestige; Trump justifies it with the language of branding. Both are the same: obscene pageantry disguising political decay with the people footing the bill. The rituals of accountability have vanished — no one will explain why America can afford a golden ballroom, but not insulin. Only theater remains, with a lineage from the Roman circuses, to Versailles, to Trump’s ballroom — all psychological, with the same ending. The French monarchy failed because people eventually realized they were not guests at the party — they were the bill.

The glitziness and the glam is about more than simply placating the president, according to political scientists. Instead, the whole spectacle is attached to Trump’s authoritarian leanings. “They have to do with a president who needs to be not only at the center of the media circus, but who needs to be told ritualistically over and over how great he is,” Anthony DiMaggio, author of ‘Rising Fascism in America: It Can Happen Here,’ told Rolling Stone. “What’s interesting to me about this, as a political scientist, is that it’s not just a personality-based thing or a defect. It’s a broader pattern that has to do with behaviors that are overlapping with authoritarian politics and ideology.” At Cabinet meetings and press briefings, officials from across the political landscape are quick to puff up the president, and no none dares correct him if he presents something with flawed information. Ellie Quinlan Houghtaling of The New Republic says, “The result is a Trumpian loyalty more akin to a religion than a political ideology; even Congressional Republicans, who are supposed to be detached from Trump’s influence, have repeatedly kowtowed to the president’s will.” Virginia Canter of Democracy Defenders Fund told Rolling Stone, “The sycophantic displays between Trump and his advisers give off ‘Dear Leader’ vibes, similar to what you would see with Kim Jong Un or Vladimir Putin, noting that the president treats his Cabinet members as his ‘personal staff.’ They’re there to stroke his ego.”

President Trump turned up on the roof of the White House last week along with a gaggle of his entourage, and Seth Meyers on his NBC show found it hard to absorb, unable to even laugh at the situation. “This looks like one of those human-interest stories where firefighters have to rescue a dog that got stuck on the roof,” he offered. “If Joe Biden had been seen wandering around on the roof one day, all hell would have broken loose, even though we all know he insists he is capable of cleaning the gutters himself.” The president even tried to field questions from the reporters on the ground, but Meyers suggested he couldn’t answer them if he was unable to hear them on his rooftop perch, and if poll numbers worsen he may try press conferences from atop the Washington Monument. Meyers joked, “Trump did eventually come down, thanks to firefighters luring him with a Big Mac on a string.” On ‘The Tonight Show,’ Jimmy Fallon noted that Apple CEO Tim Cook “joined President Trump at the White House to announce another $100 billion investment in the US. Cook said they plan to make it all back by selling six iPhones.”

Trump action that was expected for weeks finally came to pass when he announced the federalizing of WashingtonDC’s police department, and the deployment of several hundred National Guard troops in his attempt to “liberate” the city from crime. It just happened to be the first day of arguments in California’s lawsuit against the Trump administration, arguing that the chief executive acted illegally when he commandeered California’s National Guard to conduct immigration raids. By law, this unilateral takeover of the DC forces will require Congressional approval to continue, so we can bet that Speaker Johnson is pedaling as fast as he can to come up with justification(s) for the move since data shows that violent crime in the capitol city is down dramatically. Trump’s targeting of a majority-Democratic led city, bypassing local leaders, and using federal troops as a show of force is just another step in his attempt to acclimate such actions to portray it as necessary and normal in the eyes of the public. His occupancy of an LA neighborhood with troops firmly under his belt, was only a prelude to a takeover of a whole city — a small one, but larger populations are on his list as he aspires to eradicate home rule in all our states as he doubles down. A normal Congress has the constitutional power AND the responsibility to check our lawless leader by holding oversight hearings, examining all subpoenaed documents, and pass legislation to strictly define domestic troop deployments, a line we cannot afford to let Trump cross. As Josh posts on Civic Shout, “It erodes the separation of powers, undermines local authority, and violates the principles behind the Posse Comitatus Act.”

The Sunday preceding his actions, Trump issued a warning to the unhoused in DC, telling them to “move out immediately,” even in light of an increased homeless population. “We will give you places to stay, but FAR from the Capital (sic). The criminals, you don’t have to move out. We’re going to put you in jail where you belong,” Trump posted. Jesse Rabinowitz, spokesperson for the National Homelessness Law Center, wrote on Bluesky, “The billionaires at the Cicero Institute have their hands all over these shameful steps. Again, Republicans are using DC as a sandbox for their failed, racist and backwards policies. Pay attention to what happens here, because it will soon happen everywhere.” Steve Berg, chief policy officer at the National Alliance to End Homelessness, posted on LinkedIn, “I hardly see anybody on the streets in DC these days. If there are encampments, they’re hiding. Could it be somebody thinks he can prove how tough he is by threatening people who are homeless?” Melanie D’Arrigo of the Campaign for New York Health, wrote on X, “Trump is going to traffic homeless people. Many won’t have ID, and will likely end up incarcerated with immigrants who are being arrested, trafficked and detained, without due process.” The Washington Legal Clinic, also posted on X: “People are not criminals or dangerous, by virtue of their unhoused status. People are struggling to afford rent and food in an expensive city. We should not have homelessness in our nation’s capitol. But the path to ending homelessness is housing, not displacement.”

As the president rambled on about roving gangs of teens attacking locals and visitors, comparing crime in DC to cities around the globe, MSNBC posted a bright red graphic next to him that proved his numbers incorrect, that he was making things up on the fly — lies #4501? or #5501?, for his second-term quota — based on the former Washington Post’s lie count of 21 or so lies per day from his first term. CNN also displayed a graph during Trump’s presentation, showing a 35% drop in DC violent crimes — a blatant put-down of the president’s “bloodthirsty criminals, drugged out maniacs and homeless people” claim. Trump raged on with, “We’re not going to let it happen. It’s becoming a situation of complete and total lawlessness. And we’re getting rid of slums, too. We have slums here. We’re getting rid of them. I know it’s not politically correct. You’ll say, oh, so terrible. No, we’re getting rid of the slums where they live.” Got that? He’s getting rid of slums! Yes, slums! Trump had posted on Truth Social on Friday preceding his formal takeover announcement, “Washington DC will be LIBERATED today! Crime, Savagery, Filth, and Scum will DISAPPEAR. I will, MAKE OUR CAPITAL GREAT AGAIN! The days of ruthlessly killing, or hurting, innocent people, are OVER! I quickly fixed the Border (ZERO ILLEGALS in the last 3 months!), DC is next!!! Thank you for your attention to this matter. President DJT” Tom Boggioni of Raw Story wrote: “Trump’s latest post follows a Truth Social flurry on Monday morning where, in one, he raged at the New York Times, and in another attacked the intelligence of female Democrats while boasting about the cognitive tests he has “aced” — both at a time when he is being scrutinized over his friendship with convicted pedophile Jeffrey Epstein.” Just another Epstein cover-up distraction? Plus, he’s getting rid of slums!

Curiously, as we all remember, Mr. Trump refused to call up the National Guard in DC on January 6, 2021, when the rioting was completely out of control, blaming it on Democrat Nancy Pelosi’s failure to do so, because he “didn’t have the power.” And, as we have seen the president has pardoned those convicted of violent crimes during that insurrection. Former DC police officer, Daniel Hodges, who was present on that fateful day says, “As a former National Guard member and of the DC police, if Trump’s edict comes to pass, the vast majority of the troops are just going to stand around. They are not trained law enforcement. Extremely expensive photo op, and you’re paying for it.”

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

Conservation

“The development of civilization and industry in general has always shown itself so active in the destruction of forests that everything that has been done for their conservation and production is completely insignificant in comparison.”
~Karl Marx

“A hypocrite is the kind of politician who would cut down a redwood tree, then mount the stump and make a speech for conservation.”
~Adlai Stevenson

“We have to prove to the disinherited majority of the world that ecology and conservation will not work against their interest but will bring an improvement in their lives.”
~Indira Gandhi

“Conservation is a state of harmony between men and land.”
~Aldo Leopold

“Conservation means the wise use of the earth and its resources for the lasting good of men.”
~Gifford Pinchot

...

This album is a perennial favorite, but there’s a lot I didn’t know about it. I can still sing along to all the songs though…


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

August 5- 11, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on saving the Town Clock heritage redwoods: the time is now!… Steinbruner… back next week… Hayes… on a short break… Patton… Now, There’s A Suggestion!… Matlock… rigging the caddy…buying into the spin…authoritarian fluff… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Miniature design… it’s a thing! Quotes on… “Competition”

...

CONSTRUCTION OF CVS (LONG’S ) DRUG STORE. This was taken July 22,1965. You can see The Del Mar Theatre on the far left. Van’s Super Market in the photo is about where Oswald’s Restaurant and that ugly three story parking structure is located on Front Street.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: August 6, 2025

COMPETITION. I’m torn on competition, personally. Sure, it’s fun to watch in many cases, although sportsball has never been my thing. I like competitions like the RuPaul’s Drag Race and The Great British Bake-Off, where there’s a whole lot of cameraderie between the contestants, although the heartbreak when people get eliminated one by one is real…

My video this week is the whole season of Great Big Tiny Design Challenge, which is very like the baking show, but with people making miniatures for doll houses, etc. Some of the stuff they make is really impressive! I enjoyed watching this, and I hope you do too.

See you next week! Oh, and write the city council about the heritage trees right now! See Gillian’s piece below.

~Webmistress

...

FANTASTIC FOUR: FIRST STEPS. In theaters. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****
The First Family of comics finally feels like a real family. Since their 1961 debut, the Fantastic Four have always centered on family dynamics, and this adaptation leans fully into that core. Reed Richards (Pedro Pascal), Susan Storm (Vanessa Kirby), her brother Johnny (Joseph Quinn), and Reed’s lifelong friend Ben Grimm (Ebon Moss-Bachrach) share a life-changing space accident that leaves them with strange powers. Thankfully, the film skips the typical origin sturm und drang and instead drops us years after their transformation. The characterizations stay true to their comic counterparts, and the retro-futurist design (evoking the TVA from Loki) is pure visual delight.

Much like Superman earlier this year, this film is more concerned with who these people are than with non-stop action. The Fantastic Four are inherently decent, and the film allows their personalities and relationships to breathe. There’s even a non-human, non-speaking comic sidekick (H.E.R.B.I.E., filling the Krypto slot from Superman), and it works. Some may feel the superhero action is a bit light (Reed’s stretchy powers, for instance, are used sparingly, perhaps to avoid full Jim Carrey territory) but it strikes a fair balance. There’s a ton of CG, particularly in the beautifully realized retro Manhattan, but it blends so well you barely notice.

No bad performances, standout production design, and a few genuinely epic set pieces make this one a win. And for those complaining about woke gender flips: there have been many heralds over the years, male and female, including Shalla Bal. It’s faithful where it counts, fresh where it needs to be, and, most importantly, it finally gives us a Fantastic Four that lives up to their name.

THIS IS SPINAL TAP. Vudu, Google Play, Amazon. Movie (7.9 IMDb) ****
When I was chronologically less-endowed (the ’80s) and UA owned almost all the screens in town (Del Mar, Rio, River Street Twin, Aptos Twin, and the 41st Ave Playhouse), I worked at the Del Mar and the Rio. I’d catch free movies all over town every week. Obviously, you only have so much mental storage, so with a lot of films, I just filed away whether I liked them or not.

So imagine my surprise when I went to see a Fathom Event 4K restoration of “This Is Spinal Tap” (in anticipation of the upcoming “Spinal Tap 2: The End Continues”) and realized I remembered everything, despite the 41 years between my first viewing and now.

For the uninitiated, this 1984 self-described “mockumentary” by Rob Reiner follows the later years of fictional band Spinal Tap. Told in loose documentary style, it also dives into their earlier phases as a Beatles-style quartet and later a psychedelic rock act. The core trio – Michael McKean, Christopher Guest, and Harry Shearer (who later reunited for “A Mighty Wind”) – are backed by a rotating cast of ill-fated drummers. Most of the dialogue is improvised, and the music manages to be both hilarious and genuinely good.

If you’ve never seen it, track down a copy or be ready to rent or buy it on Amazon. It’s worth going out of your way for a watch.

Sorry if I seem a little hyperbolic. You see, it goes to 11.
~Sarge

SUPERMAN. In theaters. Movie. (7.7 IMDb) ****
First off, let’s address the Kryptonian Drang in the room: Yes, Superman has always been an immigrant – rocketed to Earth as a baby without “doing it the right way.” But this film doesn’t touch that theme at all. It’s not part of the plot. Nor do they change or even reference the classic “truth, justice, and the American Way” slogan. (In fact, in the comics, at one time he renounced his American citizenship as Superman so his global actions wouldn’t reflect on the U.S.) That, however, is relevant to the plot. Also, the twist with his biological parents WAS NOT Gunn’s creation – it has been off-and-on a part of the character’s backstory for decades, in different revisions, and in different media. Gunn isn’t tugging on Superman’s cape here.

Superman (2025), directed by James Gunn and starring David Corenswet as Superman, Rachel Brosnahan as Lois Lane, and Nicholas Hoult as Lex Luthor – plus Krypto, the super-goodest boy – introduces a new take. Gunn brings back heart and humor that, while sometimes overlooked, are absolutely comic-accurate. Yes, the grim Snyderverse tone was also pulled from the comics, but comics contain multitudes. We’ve been telling Superman stories for over 80 years – different eras, different writers, different vibes.

Thankfully, this movie skips the origin story. We meet a Superman already established in the role, with a working relationship (and chemistry) with Lois Lane. Without giving too much away, the central conflict revolves around how Superman operates on a global scale – and how his idealism runs up against Lex Luthor’s cynicism, technocracy, and media manipulation. Lex plays dirty, and Clark’s just a big honest dope who wants to save people.

Nathan Fillion has fun as Guy Gardner – the canonically bowl-cutted Limbaugh-dittohead Green Lantern everyone loves to punch (there are several Earth-based Green Lanterns – it’s a Corps – so you will likely see him alongside the two who will be featured in the forthcoming “Lanterns” series). His appearance, along with Mr. Terrific and Hawkgirl, may serve as a backdoor introduction to what might become Gunn’s version of the Justice League.

And then there’s Krypto. He often steals the show. First introduced in the ’50s, Krypto has drifted in and out of continuity as Superman’s dog, and here, he’s like the Rocket Raccoon of this universe: A whimsical element, that can hit you deep in the feels.

The story? It’s fine. It touches on serious issues without digging too deep – more Donner Superman in tone than Man of Steel, and blessedly free of Christ imagery. If you’re attached to a particular version of Superman, this one might not click – or it might… some people swear by Adam West’s Batman or Lynda Carter’s Wonder Woman! Don’t get me wrong, I love them both. Nostalgia shapes expectations. YMMV.

Definitely worth a watch.
~Sarge

BUT I’M A CHEERLEADER. Paramount+. Series (6.8 IMDb) ***-
Take a featherweight romcom, toss in some John Waters camp, a dose of LGBTQ satire, and you get “But I’m a Cheerleader” (1999) – a pastel-colored romp through the “hilarity” of forced conversion therapy. It’s a sign of progress, I suppose, that we now have banal lesbian romcoms.

Natasha Lyonne (in her baby-faced era) stars as Megan, a perky, clueless high school cheerleader blindsided when her friends and family stage a gay intervention. She’s promptly packed off to True Directions, a pastel repressed “rehabilitation” camp where gender roles are weaponized like power tools. There, despite the best efforts of the staff (including RuPaul as Mike, an aggressively straight-coded “ex-gay”) Megan starts to figure out who she really is.

It’s not exactly deep, or all that clever, but it is fun enough. The cast helps: Lyonne sarts to blossom, Clea DuVall does her patented broody-outsider-in-crisis (a ‘90s staple), and RuPaul chews the scenery with glee. It was recommended after reviewing Lyonne in “Poker Face”. Worth a watch if you’re in the mood for some light, queer, candy-coated fluff with a subversive wink.

~Sarge

...

August 5, 2025

Your Help Now Needed to Save these Downtown Heritage Redwoods.

In mid-June I wrote about the effort to save these two healthy heritage redwoods. They are located immediately behind the town clock next to the sidewalk on Knight St. They have the misfortune to be growing on property now owned by developer Workbench. The city Planning Commission voted approval on June 6 for Workbench to build a six-story mixed-use project on the site. When built, this high-rise will tower over existing downtown buildings. The popular Asti Dive bar will be torn down as will the other small businesses. Also on the chopping block are the two heritage redwoods.

Heritage trees are supposedly protected in our city. There are clear, written criteria for their removal. Even with protection, most applications for permits to remove heritage trees are granted by the city. The criterion to grant a heritage tree removal permit when a building project is involved states that such removal is permitted only “if a construction project design CANNOT be altered to accommodate existing heritage trees” (emphasis added). The city has a history of ignoring this criterion. Heritage tree removal permits for building projects are handed out like candy at Halloween.

A prime example is the upcoming removal of all the heritage trees on Lot 4 downtown. No effort was made to design the library/garage/housing project to preserve any of the trees, even though the city was in control of all aspects of the project design. And so it is with this Workbench project. The record shows no attempt by the city to discuss design alterations to preserve the trees as required by the Criteria and Standards for heritage tree removal.

The tree appeal will be heard at the August 12th city council meeting. Workbench has also filed an appeal of the Planning Commission’s denial of its balconies projecting into public space. The city has decided to hear both appeals concurrently.

If you want to help save the two heritage redwoods, and we do stand a chance, write to the city council by Monday August 11th. Reference the Tree Appeal. When I write to council, I send the email to all council members by name plus the generic citycouncil@santacruzca.gov. The latter gets into the public correspondence file. The former gets to the council members attention more quickly.

Please act. The trees’ future depends on you.

For your convenience, here are all the email addresses:

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...

Becky will be back next week. In the meantime:

MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER.  ATTEND A PUBLIC MEETING ON A TOPIC THAT MATTERS TO YOU AND ASK QUESTIONS.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY JUST DOING ONE THING.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...

Short break, back soon!

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Tuesday, August 5, 2025

This sign along a highway somewhere (which I scooped up from an online posting) does suggest a way to deal with many of our most difficult social, economic, and political problems.

If it is true that we are “all in this together,” then the resources we have available, collectively, to address our collective problems, needs to take into account all of the resources that could be mobilized to address those problems. Given the immensity of the wealth generated within the United States of America – wealth that is mostly treated as “individual,” but which derives, in fact, from collective, as well as individual, contributions and efforts – we need to mobilize that wealth to deal with (for instance) the health care, housing, and educational needs of everyone.

To pick out one of our well-known billionaires, how did Jeff Bezos get to be so wealthy? Answer (it’s easy): Amazon.

Amazon’s online business model was a terrific idea, and kudos to Jeff Bezos (and his then wife) for coming up with it, but Amazon is an economic success story because so many individual people use that service. There is no reason that the “consumers,” whose consumption makes some people into billionaires, shouldn’t be able to enjoy the benefits of the economy that they, in fact, have caused to generate such wealth.

I, personally, think that some redesigned tax policies would allow us to “balance the budget,” while also providing housing for everyone, and health care for everyone, and educational opportunities that would allow everyone to learn, and grow, to their maximum individual potential.

Not to mention hiring park rangers, scientists, and air traffic controllers!

Think about it! That’s not a bad suggestion!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

ECONOMIC FABULISM, ORWELLIAN EXERCISE, PETULANT CHILD

If you’ve been paying attention, by now you know that all future jobs numbers will be coming from the guy who says he’s 6’3″ tall and weighs 215 pounds…oh, and is a complete master at the game of golf — with a proper caddy. George Stephanopolous on ABC’s This Week said President Trump’s administration resembles the authoritarian regimes of Venezuela and Turkey after he fired the head of the Bureau of Labor Statistics for releasing a “RIGGED” report for JulyBLS Commissioner Erika McEntarfer’s report showed only 73,000 jobs were added to the employment rolls, after the White House had estimated 109,000 jobs would be added, with Trump claiming it was meant “to make Republicans, and ME, look bad. I’ve had issues with numbers for a long time, but today’s — we’re doing so well. I believe the numbers were phony just like they were before the election, and there were other times. So you know what I did, I fired her.” Stephanopolous said, “Suppressing statisticians is a time-honored tool for leaders trying to solidify their power and stifle dissent. It’s happened throughout history. Most recently in Venezuela and Turkey, where presidents punished officials and economists who do not toe the party line.” McEntarfer was appointed by Joe Biden in 2023 to compile the closely watched employment report, as well as consumer and producer price data, and the Democrats were quick to criticize the firing as an attempt by the administration to manipulate data, warning of lasting damage to the economy. The BLS also revised sharply downward the data from May and June, showing 258,000 fewer jobs were created than had previously been reported. Economists attributed the sharply slower job growth to Trump’s trade and immigration policies, saying uncertainty about tariff levels had made it difficult for businesses to plan for the future according to Reuters.

The satirical Borowitz Report disclosed that the president had found a replacement for Commissioner McEntarfer: “In one of the most stunning political comebacks in American history, on Monday Donald J. Trump picked the disgraced former congressman George Santos to lead the Department of Labor Statistics. ‘This is such an honor,’ Santos told reporters. ‘I really didn’t think I’d get pardoned before Ghislaine.’ The new DLS chief hit the ground running, revising the job figures from every month of Trump’s presidency. ‘The American economy added a million new jobs in May and a billion new jobs in June,’ Santos declared. ‘President Trump is creating jobs like crazy — he even gave on to Pete Hegseth.’ The unprecedented job growth has boosted Trump’s approval rating, which Santos said currently stands at 140 percent.”

Mike Nellis writes on Endless Urgency, “It’s the mistake of thinking you can spin people out of their own lived experience. That you can gaslight the country into believing the economy is strong…when it’s clearly, tangibly not.” He recalls an interview on Fox News when the host and another guest laughed at his statement that everything is more expensive under Trump, only a few days later to have a Fox poll showing Trump with a -30% rating on inflation. Nellis says, “People aren’t stupid. Prices are still high and they’re getting more expensive, not less — largely because of Trump’s own tariffs. Americans aren’t buying the spin. They’re living the struggle. And now, Trump has fired the head of the Bureau of Labor Statistics — not because the numbers were wrong, but because they didn’t flatter him. He wants a ‘single source of truth,’ and that source is him. His ‘truth’ is whatever serves his ego. Even when it’s a lie. This is more that authoritarian fluff. It’s economic gaslighting. Just like claiming there have been ‘zero border crossing’ in the last three months. It’s not even a good lie. It’s just lazy. You can get away with gaslighting people on stuff they don’t track. But you can’t tell them they’ve ‘beaten inflation’ while their rent’s going up, their groceries cost more, and their credit card balance is rising. And it’s not just working-class families feeling the squeeze. A recent report from VantageScore found that even people making $150,000 a year are falling behind on their bills. And yet, the GOP and their media echo chamber keep pushing this fantasy that Trump fixed the economy. Two weeks ago, he said it from the White House lawn. It’s nonsense — and it’s not going to work.”

CNN’s Stephen Collinson says, “One big danger now is that Trump’s economic fabulism will gather its own momentum and infect confidence in government statistics that will long outlive his presidency. If Trump appoints a politicized official to head the BLS with an incentive to please him, the pressure on officials to produce corrupted data would be intense. If job numbers are worse next month, will he fire someone else? And if the numbers improve, will anyone believe in their integrity?” Collinson wrote that Trump infamously told supporters, “Just remember, what you’re seeing and what you’re reading is not what’s happening.” This was the mantra that guided his COVID-19 response and culminated in his ‘Big Lie‘ about the 2020 election, and many observers call Trump’s actions an ‘Orwellian‘ exercise in rewriting reality. Former New Jersey governor, Chris Christie, called President Trump a “petulant child” upon his firing of Commissioner McEntarfer. “When he gets news he doesn’t like, he needs someone to blame because he won’t take the responsibility himself,” Christie said on ABC. “It seems to me from everything I learned over my years as governor, that it would be almost impossible for anyone to try to rig these numbers because so many people are involved in putting them together, and in the end, when it comes to the director of BLS, all she’s doing is being a conduit of the information.”

To back up Christie’s summation, former Treasury Secretary Larry Summers told George Stephanopolous, “This is way beyond anything that Richard Nixon ever did. I’m surprised that other officials have not responded by resigning themselves, as took place when Nixon fired people lawlessly. This is a preposterous charge. These numbers are put together by teams of literally hundreds of people following detailed procedures that are in manuals. There is no conceivable way that the head of the BLS could have manipulated this number. This is the stuff of democracy giving way to authoritarianism. Firing statisticians goes with threatening the heads of newspapers. It goes with launching assaults on universities. It goes with launching assaults on law firms.” Stephanopolous disclosed that the White House had declined to provide a guest for his Sunday show to respond to the firing and the “rigged jobs report,” even as Trump’s cronies scrambled to defend the situation. White House Economic Council Director Kevin Hassett said, “The president wants to see his own people there so that when we see the numbers, they’re more transparent and more reliable.” Senator Elizabeth Warren told CNBC in an interview, “Well, look, you know, you get bad data, you kill the messenger, right? And that’s Donald Trump because he thinks he can bend reality. If he can just tell a different story, then everyone will have to believe his story.”

The New York Times’ Zolan Kanno-Youngs believes that Trump’s knee-jerk firing of McEntarfer is a sign of his increasing agitation when things don’t go his way. Trump was relatively buoyed by his recent trip abroad, only to return home to be “confronted with foes and facts the he could not easily control, displaying another side of himself, responding with disproportionate intensity and a distinct impatience,” along with saber-rattling volatility over comments made by Russia’s Dmitri Medvedev. Former Trump administration official John Bolton said no one should be surprised at this uglier turn with Trump no longer able to tolerate facts and people refusing to “bend to his will.” Bolton told The Times, “I think he deliberately surrounded himself with ‘yes’ men and ‘yes’ women. It’s more evidence he’s not fit to be president. This is not the way a president responds to either one of these situations.” About Trump’s increased agitation with Russia, which Bolton believes Trump hasn’t thought through, he says, “He many not even understand what he’s doing. It’s so natural to him to say outrageous things that he’s incapable of thinking about the strategic consequences. Trump is not deterred by reality. He just says what the wants to say.” “You can wear a mask and paint your face; You can call yourself the human race; You can wear a collar and a tie; One thing you can’t hide, is when you’re crippled inside,” — John Lennon said that.

Donald Trump’s frequent bizarre public appearances, which have seen him claim that his uncle knew the Unabomber, or that windmills cause a litany of health problems — not to mention a plethora of problems for the petroleum industry, of course, raising questions about his mental acuity. His odd behaviors at campaign events, during interviews, and spontaneous remarks at press conferences, or drifting off-topic as he did at a cabinet meeting last month when he spent fifteen minutes talking about decorating; and, we are all familiar with his misremembering facts about government and his own life. Trump has been excused from the same scrutiny received by Joe Biden despite bouts of confusion and unusual behavior as seen in his recent meeting with European Commission president, Ursula von der Leyen, when he sidestepped from their immigration discussion to ranting about windmills for two minutes. Harry Segal, lecturer at Cornell University’s psychiatry department, and at Weill Cornell Medicine, calls the abrupt changes in conversation an example of Trump’s “digressing without thinking — he’ll just switch topics without self-regulation, without having a coherent narrative.” A questioner approached him regarding aid toward the famine in Gaza, with his response being that the US gave $60 million “two weeks ago — no other country gave anything,” not realizing or remembering that the UK allocated $80 million, and the European Union allocated $195 million, the Guardian finding no evidence that the US had given anything in the past two weeks. Last month the US State Department approved a $30 million grant to the Gaza Humanitarian Foundation, a group backed by Israeli and US interests which has been criticized by Democrats as “connected to deadly violence against starving people seeking food in Gaza.” No response from the White House questioning the claimed $60 million donation!

Harry Segal brought up another characteristic of Trump’s questionable mental acuity — confabulation. “It’s where he takes an idea or something that’s happened and he adds to it things that have not happened,” — the Unabomber story. Aside from the confabulation, there have been times when Trump seems unable to focus, such as during the 2024 campaign when he spent 40 minutes swaying to the music after a medical emergency occurred at the rally, and he called a ‘timeout’. His rambling speeches, drifting between topics, which he terms “the weave,” also draws scrutiny. Segal adds, “If a patient presented me with the verbal incoherence, tangential thinking, and repetitive speech that Trump regularly demonstrates, I would almost certainly refer them for a rigorous neuropsychiatric evaluation to rule out a cognitive illness.” John Gartner, psychologist and author who was an assistant professor of psychiatry at Johns Hopkins University Medical School for 28 years said, “What we see are the classic signs of dementia, which is gross deterioration from someone’s baseline and function. If you go back and look at film from the 1980s, Trump actually was extremely articulate. He was still a jerk, but he was able to express himself in polished paragraphs, and now he really has trouble completing a thought and that is a huge deterioration. I predicted before the election that he would probably fall off the cliff before the end of his term. And at the rate he is deteriorating, you know…we’ll see. But the point is that it’s going to get worse. That’s my prediction.”

Travis Gettys on Raw Story reports that there may be good news about drug prices!: “The president sent letters last week to the heads of 17 major pharmaceutical companies demanding they cut prices to levels paid by other countries, but he repeated a claim last week to reporters that he would reduce the cost for prescription medications by a whopping 1,500 percent — which many social media users pointed out was absurd.” Health policy professor Miranda Yaver posted: “The thing about lying about cutting prescription drug prices is that while a lot of economic policy is too complicated for the average American to understand, Americans know whether they’re paying more/less for their prescriptions when they go to the pharmacy.” Don Moynihan mockingly posted: “We are going to cut prices by 1500% and I fired the head of the Bureau of Labor Statistics because she is incompetent.” Child psychologist and professor Ellen Braaten wrote: “Today’s best confabulation by our esteemed president.” HuffPost White House correspondent S.V. Dáte posted: “This is how this works: The prescription costs $100. You go to the drug store to pick it up, and instead of paying the pharmacist, the pharmacist gives you the medicine AND $1,400! Why didn’t any previous president think of this!?” “Tomorrow, it’ll be eleventy thousand percent, and the media will report it without question, and we’ll all shake our heads and move along, and it’ll be just another day of reality eroding before our eyes,” posted author Jennifer Erin Valent.

A few weeks ago, on ‘The Jim Acosta Show,’ Democratic strategist James Carville was asked whether he was worried about potential vote tampering from President Trump and senior aide, Stephen Miller. Carville said he wouldn’t “put anything past” Trump to prevent Democrats from taking back Congress, perhaps going so far as to cancel elections entirely to retain power for himself and MAGA. He feels that Trump fears what may happen in Virginia and New Jersey, and with retirements, or office holders distancing themselves from him, he will panic, and in Carville’s words “try to steal another one,” especially in light of possible impeachment proceedings being launched by a Democratic Congress. Acosta was taken aback by Carville’s predictions, but agreed that Trump has determination to stay in power. “He can think of things like that, that we can’t, because we’re not accustomed to thinking like that. We always assume there’s going to be an election, in your case, ‘How do I cover the election?’ My case, ‘How do I affect the election?‘ said Carville. “This is a whole new thing. You have every reason to be scared. Don’t kid yourself,” he warned.

Mike Nellis provides further insight into Trump’s furtiveness: “When gaslighting stops working, Republicans reach for their favorite tool — rigging the rules. Texas Republicans introduced a radically gerrymandered congressional map designed to hand them five more House seats in 2026. It’s not subtle. It’s not legal (yet). But it is strategic. Why? Because Donald Trump asked for it. And today’s GOP doesn’t resist Trump — they obey him. Let’s be clear: this map isn’t about governing or fairness. It’s about fear. Fear of a changing electorate. Fear of suburban voters, young people, and Black and brown Texans. Fear of competition. And above all — fear of losing. So instead of trying to win votes, they’re trying to erase them. They’re cracking and packing districts, slicing up communities of color, and drawing lines so surgically partisan it would make a corrupt Tammany Hall boss blush. This isn’t confidence. It’s cowardice. Texas Republicans are trying to redraw reality to protect themselves from accountability. Because they know they’re losing — and instead of improving, they’re cheating. And if that weren’t authoritarian enough? When Democratic legislators fled the state to block the vote, Republicans didn’t stop to reflect what they were doing to democracy. They threatened legal action. Floated arrests. Anything to force a vote on a map that serves Trump — not Texans. That’s not democracy. That’s hostage politics.”

Nellis says the map is being dictated straight from Mar-a-Lago, a national redistricting scheme orchestrated by a man who couldn’t name a Texas county if his life depended on it — this isn’t conservatism. It’s autocracy with a Southern accent. This tactic is being taken to other states, because the way to hold onto power is by rigging the system — redraw the map, change the rules. Nellis believes the GOP can’t be saved this way — gerrymandering doesn’t pay the grocery bill, doesn’t make one forget that the monthly paycheck is depleted by mid-month, doesn’t reduce the rent, or get proper meals at school for the kids. Kicking 20 million off health care and cutting food assistance for 18 million kids simply to give billionaires yet another tax cut shows Americans that the Republicans don’t care. It’s not leadership — it’s theft. MedicaidMedicare, and Social Security aren’t handouts if we all pay into it. Our contributions to our economy, paid with taxes from our hard work is part of the deal — we are supposed to get some payback, but Republicans have once again broken their part of this agreement, and are digging their own political graves. The GOP isn’t governing. They’re not planning. They’re not solving. They’re lying, cheating, and redrawing the board. Tariffs are wrecking the economy, and Trump has no plan to fix it — only looking after himself and his inner circle with ill-gotten riches.

Satirist Andy Borowitz has posted a fictitious letter that Texas Governor Abbott MAY have sent to his fellow Americans (read Republicans): “My fellow Americans: As you may know, 51 cowardly Democrat legislators are on the run from Texas. They are shirking their duty to rid our glorious state of the representative government that has plagued us for far too long. These Democrats could be anywhere. They could be in your town. They could be hiding under your bed. More likely, they are at a farmer’s market, selecting artisanal pickles. The following tips to help you identify Democrats in your midst: 1) Democrats are often seen carrying tote bags featuring the logos of PBS, NPR, Doctors Without Borders and other subversive organizations. 2) Democrats do not eat cats and dogs, but they do rescue them. 3) Someone driving a car with a bumper sticker that says ‘RELEASE THE EPSTEIN FILES’ could be a Democrat, but it could also be a member of QAnon. If the car stereo is playing Bruce Springsteen, it’s a Democrat. If you see someone with any of these identifying characteristics, remember: Democrats are dangerous. Some may be armed with concealed pocket Constitutions. To help bring these fugitives to justice, immediately report your sighting to Texas Attorney General Ken Paxton. He will be standing by at one of his three primary residences. God Bless America, Gov. Greg Abbott.”

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

Competition

“Competition has been shown to be useful up to a certain point and no further, but cooperation, which is the thing we must strive for today, begins where competition leaves off.”
~Franklin D. Roosevelt

“Competition is a sin.”
~John D. Rockefeller

“Competition is the best form of motivation.”
~Cordae

“Competition brings out the best in products and the worst in people.”
~David Sarnoff

“Competition must be replaced by cooperation.”
~Lucio Tan

...

Here’s the Great Big Tiny Design Challenge – do enjoy!


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

July 30 – August 5, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on Why are all new developmental units Rentals? What’s the impact?… Steinbruner… Hirahara House, Santa Cruz County Fair business, Rule 20?… Hayes… Fardening… Patton… … Rebutting The Case For Monarchy… Matlock… clipboards & traffic safety…just the cash, please…1984… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Peter Kay… Quotes on… “August”

...

The once Santa Cruz County Bank. This was taken January 4, 1965. Now the bank has become Pacific Wave Surf Shop.You can see Montgomery Ward’s catalog store on the left of the Bank. Down Cooper Street behind the bank was where Logo’s bookstore used to be. Upstairs from that store was where I spent the first few minutes of the 1989 earthquake.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: July 30, 2025

AUGUST IS HERE! Did we get much of a summer this year? I kinda don’t feel like we did… which is the same way I’ve felt for a few years at this point. I seem to be a little off with regards to time in general, like I feel like I’m heading into summer when in fact it’s August and summer’s ending. The Christmas spirit usually hits me in January… It’s a little disconcerting, to be honest.

Either way, this is my first summer in Ben Lomond, and I’ve found it to be quite a bit warmer than Aptos! Also, Ben Lomond has Swedish pastries, baked right here! I think I’ve mentioned this before, but it bears repeating: Fika Bakeshop in Ben Lomond is worth visiting! Her schedule changes, but for August, Susan, the proprietess, puts out her bake cart on Thursday mornings at 9am. Stop by, grab a pastry, and leave the money in the tin (or send by Venmo)!

She has a couple of other events in August as well – check out the website for the current schedule!

Enjoy August! We’ll be back with the next issue in a couple of days!

~Webmistress

...

FANTASTIC FOUR: FIRST STEPS. In theaters. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****
The First Family of comics finally feels like a real family. Since their 1961 debut, the Fantastic Four have always centered on family dynamics, and this adaptation leans fully into that core. Reed Richards (Pedro Pascal), Susan Storm (Vanessa Kirby), her brother Johnny (Joseph Quinn), and Reed’s lifelong friend Ben Grimm (Ebon Moss-Bachrach) share a life-changing space accident that leaves them with strange powers. Thankfully, the film skips the typical origin sturm und drang and instead drops us years after their transformation. The characterizations stay true to their comic counterparts, and the retro-futurist design (evoking the TVA from Loki) is pure visual delight.

Much like Superman earlier this year, this film is more concerned with who these people are than with non-stop action. The Fantastic Four are inherently decent, and the film allows their personalities and relationships to breathe. There’s even a non-human, non-speaking comic sidekick (H.E.R.B.I.E., filling the Krypto slot from Superman), and it works. Some may feel the superhero action is a bit light (Reed’s stretchy powers, for instance, are used sparingly, perhaps to avoid full Jim Carrey territory) but it strikes a fair balance. There’s a ton of CG, particularly in the beautifully realized retro Manhattan, but it blends so well you barely notice.

No bad performances, standout production design, and a few genuinely epic set pieces make this one a win. And for those complaining about woke gender flips: there have been many heralds over the years, male and female, including Shalla Bal. It’s faithful where it counts, fresh where it needs to be, and, most importantly, it finally gives us a Fantastic Four that lives up to their name.

THIS IS SPINAL TAP. Vudu, Google Play, Amazon. Movie (7.9 IMDb) ****
When I was chronologically less-endowed (the ’80s) and UA owned almost all the screens in town (Del Mar, Rio, River Street Twin, Aptos Twin, and the 41st Ave Playhouse), I worked at the Del Mar and the Rio. I’d catch free movies all over town every week. Obviously, you only have so much mental storage, so with a lot of films, I just filed away whether I liked them or not.

So imagine my surprise when I went to see a Fathom Event 4K restoration of “This Is Spinal Tap” (in anticipation of the upcoming “Spinal Tap 2: The End Continues”) and realized I remembered everything, despite the 41 years between my first viewing and now.

For the uninitiated, this 1984 self-described “mockumentary” by Rob Reiner follows the later years of fictional band Spinal Tap. Told in loose documentary style, it also dives into their earlier phases as a Beatles-style quartet and later a psychedelic rock act. The core trio – Michael McKean, Christopher Guest, and Harry Shearer (who later reunited for “A Mighty Wind”) – are backed by a rotating cast of ill-fated drummers. Most of the dialogue is improvised, and the music manages to be both hilarious and genuinely good.

If you’ve never seen it, track down a copy or be ready to rent or buy it on Amazon. It’s worth going out of your way for a watch.

Sorry if I seem a little hyperbolic. You see, it goes to 11.
~Sarge

SUPERMAN. In theaters. Movie. (7.7 IMDb) ****
First off, let’s address the Kryptonian Drang in the room: Yes, Superman has always been an immigrant – rocketed to Earth as a baby without “doing it the right way.” But this film doesn’t touch that theme at all. It’s not part of the plot. Nor do they change or even reference the classic “truth, justice, and the American Way” slogan. (In fact, in the comics, at one time he renounced his American citizenship as Superman so his global actions wouldn’t reflect on the U.S.) That, however, is relevant to the plot. Also, the twist with his biological parents WAS NOT Gunn’s creation – it has been off-and-on a part of the character’s backstory for decades, in different revisions, and in different media. Gunn isn’t tugging on Superman’s cape here.

Superman (2025), directed by James Gunn and starring David Corenswet as Superman, Rachel Brosnahan as Lois Lane, and Nicholas Hoult as Lex Luthor – plus Krypto, the super-goodest boy – introduces a new take. Gunn brings back heart and humor that, while sometimes overlooked, are absolutely comic-accurate. Yes, the grim Snyderverse tone was also pulled from the comics, but comics contain multitudes. We’ve been telling Superman stories for over 80 years – different eras, different writers, different vibes.

Thankfully, this movie skips the origin story. We meet a Superman already established in the role, with a working relationship (and chemistry) with Lois Lane. Without giving too much away, the central conflict revolves around how Superman operates on a global scale – and how his idealism runs up against Lex Luthor’s cynicism, technocracy, and media manipulation. Lex plays dirty, and Clark’s just a big honest dope who wants to save people.

Nathan Fillion has fun as Guy Gardner – the canonically bowl-cutted Limbaugh-dittohead Green Lantern everyone loves to punch (there are several Earth-based Green Lanterns – it’s a Corps – so you will likely see him alongside the two who will be featured in the forthcoming “Lanterns” series). His appearance, along with Mr. Terrific and Hawkgirl, may serve as a backdoor introduction to what might become Gunn’s version of the Justice League.

And then there’s Krypto. He often steals the show. First introduced in the ’50s, Krypto has drifted in and out of continuity as Superman’s dog, and here, he’s like the Rocket Raccoon of this universe: A whimsical element, that can hit you deep in the feels.

The story? It’s fine. It touches on serious issues without digging too deep – more Donner Superman in tone than Man of Steel, and blessedly free of Christ imagery. If you’re attached to a particular version of Superman, this one might not click – or it might… some people swear by Adam West’s Batman or Lynda Carter’s Wonder Woman! Don’t get me wrong, I love them both. Nostalgia shapes expectations. YMMV.

Definitely worth a watch.
~Sarge

BUT I’M A CHEERLEADER. Paramount+. Series (6.8 IMDb) ***-
Take a featherweight romcom, toss in some John Waters camp, a dose of LGBTQ satire, and you get “But I’m a Cheerleader” (1999) – a pastel-colored romp through the “hilarity” of forced conversion therapy. It’s a sign of progress, I suppose, that we now have banal lesbian romcoms.

Natasha Lyonne (in her baby-faced era) stars as Megan, a perky, clueless high school cheerleader blindsided when her friends and family stage a gay intervention. She’s promptly packed off to True Directions, a pastel repressed “rehabilitation” camp where gender roles are weaponized like power tools. There, despite the best efforts of the staff (including RuPaul as Mike, an aggressively straight-coded “ex-gay”) Megan starts to figure out who she really is.

It’s not exactly deep, or all that clever, but it is fun enough. The cast helps: Lyonne sarts to blossom, Clea DuVall does her patented broody-outsider-in-crisis (a ‘90s staple), and RuPaul chews the scenery with glee. It was recommended after reviewing Lyonne in “Poker Face”. Worth a watch if you’re in the mood for some light, queer, candy-coated fluff with a subversive wink.

~Sarge

POKER FACE. Peacock. Series (7.8 IMDb) ***-
Poker Face is one of those shows I always meant to watch… and didn’t. Until now.
Starring Natasha Lyonne (Russian Doll, Orange is the New Black) at her most raspy and sardonic, she plays Charlie Cale—a woman with an uncanny, almost supernatural ability to tell when someone is lying. After calling out the shady son of a Vegas mobster (who promptly offs himself), she ends up on the run, wandering the backroads of America like a Gen Z Columbo in denim.

The series, created by Rian Johnson (Knives Out, Glass Onion, and yes, The Last Jedi), wears its love of ’70s detective shows on its sleeve—from the “mystery-first” format (you see the crime, then watch Charlie unravel it) to the delightfully retro opening credits, complete with roman numerals production date, drop shadows, and that plain, dead-serious typeface that screams 1976 CBS drama hour.

It’s part The Fugitive, part Incredible Hulk, and all charm—with a healthy dose of dry humor, shaggy-dog clues, and Lyonne’s lovable weirdness gluing it all together. She’s not a cop, not a PI, and not trying to be either—she just knows when you’re full of it, and can’t help but get involved.

If you miss the days when TV detectives had weird tics, old cars, and zero respect for protocol, Poker Face is your new weekend binge. Second season just dropped on Peacock. Worth a Watch.
~Sarge

SNOW WHITE. In theatres. Movie (1.7 IMDb) ***
I’m not one of those people who worships at the altar of Disney. I’ve been watching their films for over 50 years, so my ambivalence isn’t from lack of exposure. I genuinely enjoy many of their movies; The Jungle Book was a childhood favorite (though I’m still salty that Mowgli ditched the jungle for a girl…).

That said, changes to Snow White don’t bother me. Disney has been rewriting traditional tales since day one! Remember the stepsisters slicing off toes and heels to fit in the glass slipper in the original story of Cinderella? Yeah, that didn’t make the cut.

The music? Pleasant enough, but nothing that stuck with me. The dwarves (yes, Tolkien says that’s the plural) veer into uncanny valley territory… not stylized enough to feel intentional, but not realistic enough to work. Visually odd.

Otherwise, it’s Snow White. Rachel Zegler gives a solid, competent performance—and no, I’m not bothered that she’s Colombian and Polish. If she can sing, act, and dance, we’re good.

Overall? It’s a “meh” from me. Harmless, and musical fans will probably have a good time. Worth a watch if that’s your thing. (the 1.7 on IMDB is likely heavily skewed by anti-woke snowflakes sitting at the their keyboard, listing multiple negative votes. Adaptions always reflect the world they come from. Deal with it.)
~Sarge

...

July 28, 2025

Why all Rentals?

Have you ever wondered why all the new high-rise housing being built in Santa Cruz is rental?  Neither had I, until I was discussing housing development with my best friend who lives in Australia. Sydney is experiencing similar housing cost increases, although their housing prices are higher than ours as are their wages. I was sharing with her the details of a recent public hearing on yet another out of scale development project and she was sharing what is happening near her. At one point she asked, “are yours all rentals?” “Why yes”, I answered since that is the norm in Santa Cruz. She was astonished, could not believe it was true and said it would not happen in Sydney where home ownership is a big deal and drives the housing market.

That got me thinking. Why is all this housing in Santa Cruz only for rent and not for sale? As the old saying goes, follow the money. Investors and developers make more money from renting than from selling, both for market-rate and below. They do their research. Working families looking for a first-time home is not where the profit lies. It lies in renting to students and single professionals. Hence the unit size and amenities. Many UCSC students come from well-off families who can afford the high price of these new rentals. We are lulled into denial with feel-good, propaganda slogans such as “workforce housing.” It is bogus and bad planning.

What does a small town look like without families, with mainly students and single, highly paid professionals? That’s an important question. I doubt our city planners and city council have asked that question and assessed the answers. So long as money flows to the city seems the main concern. But there are other important issues they should discuss in public. Besides schools closing, the demographics of all the new renters change the very character of the town. There will be fewer family places in the commercial areas. The amenities in our parks will shift towards the active adult professional class and away from children.

An example of this trend is the city’s proposal to get rid of the very popular duck pond in San Lorenzo Park. This shift is to make way for adult amenities. Keeping the duck pond, they say, doesn’t allow space for the proposed new sports. If you examine the proposed new sports, they are not geared for children. This, despite the survey that showed most respondents strongly favored keeping the duck pond. So much for democratic process.

The duck pond issue has not yet gone to council. But it will be soon. Keep track and plan to have your voice heard.

**********************************************************

Senate Bill 79: Very disappointing to receive no takers on the Senate Bill 79 issue. We have until August 18 to arrange meetings with John Laird (supports SB79) and Gail Pellerin. Believe me, if you think development impacts in Santa Cruz are bad now, you won’t like the exponential impacts if SB 79 passes.

gilliangreensite@gmail.com

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
A FINAL CALL FOR HELP TO PRESERVE THE REDMAN-HIRAHARA FARMSTEAD AND SUPPORT THE JAPANESE-AMERICAN CULTURE IN PAJARO

Next Tuesday, the County Board of Supervisors agenda will likely have an action to take the Redman-Hirahara Farmstead off the National Historic Registry so that the developers across the street can build a strip mall and maybe another big hotel.

Fate of Watsonville’s Redman-Hirahara House to be decided in August

A golden story of the people in Watsonville rallying to save the home and farmland for the Hirahara family while they were imprisoned during WWII will be lost if this is allowed to happen.

Can you help save this treasure by contacting a prospective buyer that would be willing to revitalize the Redman-Hirahara Farmstead, following the model of the Emma Prusch Farm Park in San Jose? 

Please contact me, or contact the County Board of Supervisors.

Matthew Sundt <matthew.sundt@santacruzcountyca.gov>  Staff for the Historic Resources Commission.

In my opinion, this is being driven by a cozy deal between the developer and a member of the Historic Resources Commission who supports the Watsonville City 2050 General Plan to gobble this area and vast areas of farmland to create the “Gateway Project”.  Take a look at Attachment #4

We owe this effort to save a bright spot in the tragic story of what our Country did to the Japanese-American citizens …and never allow such a travesty to occur again.

SANTA CRUZ COUNTY FAIR BOARD CHANGES AND CONTINUED QUESTIONS
The Santa Cruz County Fair Board met this week.  I continue to be concerned.
The Board approved last month the request and direction by Director Jody Kolbach that President Rachel Wells and Interim Fair Manager Ken Alstott (who gets paid thousands of dollars monthly to do this job from his home in Tennessee) to return the $338,000 she had discovered past Fair Manager Zeke Fraser had loaned to the Junior Livestock Committee last fall, but was never repaid.  Director Kolbach asked that the money be placed into a high-interest-earning account.

Curiously, no action has been taken to address that issue, and there was no explanation in the agenda packet financials as to why.  Director Kolbach asked again for the problem to be corrected, to which President Wells explained she just had not been able to get everybody together to set up the account.  Hmmm…couldn’t she just get the money returned to the 14th DAA Fair cash account from whence it came?????

Interim Manager Alstott, participating via Zoom, was silent.

On a later matter regarding the Fairgrounds’ insurance policy, President Wells explained that she had been forced to take emergency executive action to prevent the Fairgrounds from losing insurance coverage and having to cancel all reservations and events.  She explained that the Board had not been informed at the time of their meeting last month when voting to postpone taking action on the policy renewal because of problems identified, that the policy would be cancelled in three days if not acted upon.  Hmmmm…..

Who allowed that to happen, I wanted to know.  Silence from the Board and silence from Interim Alstott on Zoom.  Silence from the two California Dept. of Food & Ag (CDFA) legal staff that had come from Sacramento and were in the audience.

The final head-scratcher happened near the end of the meeting when the Board was asked to approve a new Delegation of Authority for the new incoming Fair Manager, Ms. Dori Rose Inda.  It was explained that she would begin July 31, and the document would be dated as such.  “Where is she?” I wanted to know…there had been no introduction of her at all by the Board.  I was informed that she was in the audience.  Hmmm….

Oddly, Ms. Inda was allowed to stay and participate in the Closed Session, even though it seemed that she was not officially hired on yet. When Director Kolbach and a member of the public questioned this subsequently, President Well said “Well, she is actually working part-time, so she is an employee of the Fairgrounds.”

Hmmm…

Ms. Inda was not introduced until the very end of the meeting, and said very little at the podium.  This was followed by Director Nick Calubaquib announcing his resignation.  Another Director, Tony Campos, has been absent for nearly all meetings, and was not present this month, either.

Although not announced, I learned that July 30 is Interim Manager Alstott’s last day to get paid to run the Fairgrounds remotely from his Tennessee home.  He is a CalPERS annuitant, and his allowable employment time is up.

Stay tuned…The County Fair is happening the second week of September. See the  Santa Cruz County Fair Official Website

INSURANCE MODELS APPROVED…WILL POLICIES RETURN?
Just wondering how the State Insurance Commissioner’s actions will help all those who have lost insurance and have to pay ridiculous sums to enroll in the California FAIR Plan for really no coverage?  I think this merits a town hall meeting with local elected officials.  Please ask for this to happen!

Reform made real — California Department of Insurance completes final evaluation of innovative forward-looking model to address California’s coverage crisis

BIG DEVELOPMENT ON OCEAN STREET BACKS OUT
This has been in the news, but merits attention.  This monstrous project would be a disaster, in my opinion.
Developer backs out of 389 apartments on Ocean St. in Santa Cruz – Santa Cruz Local

PG&E UNDERGROUNDING IN SANTA CRUZ COUNTY?  JUST A LITTLE!
A friend is battling with PG&E to save a heritage tree on her property that is an active Acorn Woodpecker granary and nest.  PG&E is becoming increasingly aggressive and intimidating.  I wanted to know when PG&E might be undergrounding the power wires in her area, so researched the issue.  Their progress to put wires underground is not very promising in general, but it is interesting to see how little is actually being done, especially in the rural CZU Fire areas and other fire-prone areas.
Take a look

WHAT ABOUT RULE 20 FUNDS?
I remembered hearing the County Board of Supervisors discuss funding available for undergrounding utilities in the County.  I wondered what progress the County is making on this, and if it might help my friend, who lives on a major evacuation route in the County. On March 23, 2021, the Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors approved Resolution 70-2021, identifying critical evacuation routes in all Districts except #4 to receive this financial support, under Rule 20.

RESOLUTION NO. 70-2021
Page-2
BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED AND ORDERED THAT this Board finds, determines, and declares that Pacific Gas and Electric Company be requested to pay from the County’s existing allocation of funds for utility undergrounding for the conversion of electric service panels to underground services up to $1,500 per service entrance, excluding permit fees, in accordance with Paragraph A.3.b of California Public Utility Commission Electric Rule 20 for the Underground Utility Districts No. 20 thru 25

The public hearing and Board action associated added County Code Chapter 9.74: Chapter 9.74 UNDERGROUND UTILITY DISTRICTS

Here is what the staff report stated:

Executive Summary
On August 18, 2020, the Board accepted a list of proposed utility undergrounding projects under Rule 20A and directed Public Works to return with a resolution of intention to declare which underground utility districts shall be formed, with a noted priority for underground utility districts along critical evacuation routes. Background Six districts on that list have been chosen which provide geographic equity throughout the county. No critical evacuation routes were identified for District 4. Projects are listed in order of priority of which the most recent project was completed in District 2 in the Seacliff Drive area.

District 1 – Soquel San-Jose Road
Project Site Corridor Limits
a. 1.13 miles Laurel Glen Road to Olive Springs Road
b. 0.73 miles Olive Springs Road to Hoover Road
c. 1.19 miles Hoover Road to Amaya Ridge Road

District 5 – Bear Creek Road
Project Site Corridor Limits
a. 1.73 miles Harmon Gulch Road to Starr Creek Road

District 3 – Empire Grade
Project Site Corridor Limits
a. 1.94 miles Pine Flat Road to Alba Road

District 2 – Trout Gulch / Valencia Road
Project Site Corridor Limits
a. 1.44 miles Quail Run Road to Martha’s Way

In accordance with Rule 20A guidelines, the boundary for the proposed underground utility district includes all full parcels that are served by utility poles within the proposed district. Parcels that are served by a pole that is outside of the proposed district are excluded from the boundary.

Section A of the California Public Utility Commission’s Electric Rule 20 requires electric utility companies to allocate a portion of their revenue to Cities and Counties to fund the undergrounding of overhead utilities. Creating underground districts for each project site will place these projects in the queue for funding.

Analysis
As of May 31, 2020, the work credit balance for Santa Cruz County is $17,510,210. Approximately $500,000 per year is added to the work credit balance. It is estimated that undergrounding electric utilities along a rural route costs approximately $500 per linear foot or $2,640,000 per mile. Additionally, Rule 20A allows for a 5 year “borrow forward” type loan of approximately $2,500,000 for approved utility districts that have been passed by the Board with a resolution.

Soooo, what has been done????  Hmmm….. Contact your County Supervisor and ask: Board of Supervisors

Here is information about Rule 20:

CPUC Rule 20 Undergrounding Programs — FAQs

What is the total length of above-ground power lines served by the electric investor-owned utilities?

California has approximately 25,526 miles of transmission lines, and approximately 239,557 miles of distribution lines, of which approximately 147,000 miles of distribution lines are overhead.

(Source: CPUC Undergrounding Programs Description (ca.gov))

CPUC Undergrounding Programs Description

Conversion of Overhead Electric Lines to Underground Facilities and Construction of New Underground Electric Lines

How do cities participate in Overhead Conversion Program? Is it the utility or the city that determines whether a city needs to convert overhead lines?

For Rule 20 Program, Cities identify overhead lines that they wish to convert to underground and in consultation with their investor owned utility (IOU) determine if the conversion project qualifies for any of the Rule 20 A, B, C or D programs.  If qualified utility ratepayer funds will cover between 0 and 100% of the costs of the conversion project as detailed below.

Communities interested in overhead conversion identify a project and work with the utility to determine whether it qualifies for utility funding.

How are the credits allocated to each local government? Is it yearly? Is there a formula? Is one credit equal to $1? How many credits are local governments currently banking

The electric utilities annually allocate funds to each of the cities and unincorporated counties (collectively referred to as communities) that the utilities serve in their service territories. Yes, there is a formula and 50 percent of the work credit allocation is based on the proportion of overhead meters in the community to the total overhead meters in the service territory, and the other 50% is based on the total meters in the community (above and below ground) to the total meters in the service territory. Each work credit is equal to $1. The local governments across the state which are served by the investor-owned electric utilities currently have $950,627,101 collectively in unused funds that have been banked.

Under the current Electric Rule 20A Tariff, there is no limit to the number of years a community may accumulate Rule 20A work credits.

COUNTY TAX ASSESSMENTS AT ALL-TIME HIGH
I don’t need to tell you, the reader, that it is expensive to live in Santa Cruz County, but owning property is becoming a real economic challenge.  Every ballot holds at least one more economic wound when local sales tax and parcel taxes get added…all for good causes, but the wound bleeds more for those who are on fixed incomes, or barely able to pay basic expenses.  How long can this happen without forcing more to leave?

Thank goodness for Prop 13.  Otherwise, all would be lost for the Commons, and super-wealthy investors from “over the hill” and abroad would take all. Think about this as you read the recent Santa Cruz County press release below:

SANTA CRUZ COUNTY ASSESSMENT ROLL SETS NEW RECORD
Assessor-Recorder Sheri Thomas announced that the 2025-26 Assessment Roll has reached a new all-time high of $64.7 billion, an increase of$3.6 billion, or 5.95 percent over the prior year. The 2025–26 property tax roll reflects the net assessed value of all real, business, and personal property in Santa Cruz County as of January 1, 2025, after applying exemptions for homeowners, disabled veterans, and qualifying nonprofit organizations. The primary drivers of this year’s growth were changes in property ownership and new construction. While the total roll increased by 5.95%, the vast majority of property owners will see only a 2% increase in assessed value, thanks to the protections guaranteed by Proposition 13. “The property tax roll helps fund the local services our residents rely on—like public schools, fire protection, and libraries—and it remains one of the largest sources of discretionary revenue for the County’s general fund,” said Assessor-Recorder Sheri Thomas.

[link to PDF on the county website]

THIS AB 470 LEGISLATION WOULD ELIMINATE LANDLINES
Contact your local elected representatives today to ask for their NO vote on AB 470.

When electricity goes out, most all of the people in my rural neighborhood have no telephone service, unless they held onto their hard-wired copper landline phone service.  Many “landlines” still disappear when the power goes out, because they depend on internet service, which also disappears when the power goes out.

AT&T is again attempting to convince the California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) to allow dropping this critical lifeline service, but now Assemblymember Tina McKinnor’s AB470 threatens to give AT&T what the corporate magnate wants…eliminate having to provide Carrier of Last Resort (COLR) landline service to areas deemed to have an alternative service…such as the likes that disappears in emergencies.

Senator John Laird: Contact Us

Calling all Senate Appropriations Committee members takes only about five minutes of your time: Members | Senate Appropriations Committee

Here is a link to the AB470 legislation: California AB470 | 2025-2026 | Regular Session

California AB470 | 2025-2026 | Regular Session
Bill Text (2025-07-17) Telephone corporations: carriers of last resort. [Re-referred to Com. on APPR.]

Many thanks to Ms. Nina Beety for the information below:

AB 470 goes to the Senate Appropriations Committee on Aug. 18. This is its last committee hearing before the full Senate votes. The California Assembly has already approved the bill.

Senate Appropriations Committee
Agenda
Hearing: Aug 18 @ 10:00 am in 1021 O Street, Room 2200

Then it will go to a full Senate vote.

This committee’s jurisdiction is on costs, not consumer protection, coverage, safety, etc. Talk about issues on COLR and landlines in terms of costs to the public, the taxpayers, and the state, as well as your personal costs to have COLR and landline taken away. 

When you write to the Committee and your state senator, the letter should start with a heading that says something like “AB 470 – OPPOSE”
Then the first sentence should state that you respectfully oppose AB 470, and the last line should urge their rejection/ or a “no” vote on AB 470. 

This is the last chance any community organizations have to oppose this bill in the official record.

If anyone has contact with Sen. Anna Caballero, formerly mayor of Salinas, please reach out to her. She is a very powerful, senior member of the legislature. She previously voted yes in the Energy and Telecom committee.

Please take action on this urgent issue including contacting your cities and county to send a letter opposing AB 470. If there are town hall meetings or a chance to meet with your state senator during this summer recess, please talk to them about this bill, explain what’s at stake, and ask for their no vote.

COTONI-COAST NATIONAL MONUMENT OPENS AUGUST 15
This is from Supervisor Justin Cummings’ July 2025 Newsletter:

Cotoni Coast Dairies Grand Opening Celebration

  •  Friday, August 15th
  •  10:30-12 PM
  •  12:30- 3pm Inaugural Hike

Zachary Ormsby, BLM Field Manager, officially invites the residents of Davenport to the grand opening celebration of The Cotoni-Coast Dairies Unit of the California Coastal National Monument, which is scheduled to open this summer, hosted by Sempervirens Fund at the Cotoni-Coast Trailhead, Cement Plant Road, Davenport. Parking is limited; please carpool.
Please RSVP at: info@pfwconsulting.org

MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER.  ATTEND A PUBLIC MEETING ON A TOPIC THAT MATTERS TO YOU AND ASK QUESTIONS.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY JUST DOING ONE THING.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Fardening

If there is a possibility for both farming and gardening, the term would be fardening. Fardening is far from farcical; the concept is important to contemplate. Let’s first consider the unique aspects of farming versus gardening.

Farming

There are few characteristics of farming that seem to approach rules. Farms take up a tremendous part of the world, totaling 15% of the terrestrial land mass. In our country, farming is about making money, but in some places, about 30% of farming globally, farming is about eating (aka ‘subsistence agriculture’). To make money or to feed their families, farmers largely remove much of what is natural on the land that they manage for crops. And so, most farmers are not environmentalists.

Gardening

Likewise, there are some traits that one can assign to most gardeners. Gardens occupy a miniscule portion of the Earth, even if you count large botanical gardens. Most gardeners don’t make money. The for-profit profession that approaches gardening has become known as ‘landscaping,’ but one would not call those workers gardeners. When gardeners raise food, they aren’t so hungry as to need to subsist on it; if they raise a lot of food, they don’t sell it, they give it away. Gardeners increasingly are attuned to nature, welcoming pollinators and birds. Gardeners enjoy the seasons and accept the variability of nature; if they don’t get some type of harvest this season, they roll with it.

Difficulties

It is becoming more difficult to both farm and garden. Climate change is affecting both practices as droughts and extreme storms cause havoc. Farming is also becoming more difficult in the developed world as regulatory burdens require a fair amount of time and money…with a profession that was already marginally profitable. Most farmers are having to increase the scale at which they operate to make enough money to support a family. But, good agricultural land is more and more scarce and so expensive. Much cropland has been poorly managed in the past, soil has been lost and degraded, fertility is low, and, for farmers, time is of the essence so long term investment in improving soil is mostly beyond reach.

Gardening is becoming more difficult for many other reasons. As housing costs rise, many homes don’t have gardening space. Some people have no time to garden, anyway. They are too busy having to earn money to pay the bills. The COVID pandemic made many more people into gardeners, though, and now over half of US households report having gardens. Almost half of those are growing food, probably because produce is becoming so darned expensive (and tasteless!).

The Space In Between

There are a fair number of highly productive gardeners who give away or trade their crops. And, there are a fair number of farmers who aren’t making any money. I suggest that both qualify as fardeners. Their commonalities: producing lots of food for the joy of it and being good stewards of the Earth. They revel in production. The way they produce food is akin to art. They are gentle, kind, and generous. Fardeners would love to tell you about the nature intertwined with the land that they tend. They love it when others enjoy the food they create.

Farmers would say that fardeners aren’t serious farmers and gardeners would say that fardeners are too serious about producing food. Fardeners are stuck in between. They deserve recognition and appreciation. And, with food scarcity, their movement needs to accelerate.

Ask Not

Ask not what fardeners can do for you, but what you can do to help fardeners. Such endeavors take real work. First off, if you know someone like this, recognize them for what they are. Perhaps they don’t know that they are fardeners – let them know! Second, thank them for producing food. Third, if there is an offer to give you food, ask what you can do in return – barter, money, work-trade…all are good propositions to encourage them to keep going. Fardeners need breaks – for vacation, for illness – so, maybe you could help water when they’re gone.

Chances are good that you know a fardener. Make a resolution to reach out and thank them this week.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Monday, July 28, 2025

#209 / Rebutting The Case For Monarchy

Our current president, who appears to have monarchial ambitions, has supporters who are ready unabashedly to advocate for monarchy, out loud and unrestrained. One of those advocates for “monarchy” is Curtis Yarvin. I was pleased to see that Danielle Allen, a professor at Harvard, has been willing to take on Yarvin and his argument in favor of jettisoning our system of democratic self-government in favor of a frank, out-front “monarchy.” The New York Times had a nice write-up on the debate.

Does this seem outlandish to you? I mean, advocating for “monarchy” in America? Well, maybe we should take seriously the idea that some people are willing to mount a revolution in favor of “monarchy.” Professor Allen certainly takes that possibility seriously!

I am providing you with a link to Allen’s May 7, 2025, column in The Wall Street Journal, “Why I Debated Curtis Yarvin At Harvard.” If you can’t get access to that column in The Journal, paywall protections being what they are, try this link, which will take you to a website maintained by Harvard. Allen says, among other things – I am citing to the column in The Wall Street Journal – that “we have allowed political parties to capture our institutions, and to govern for their own sake rather than the public good.” Supposing that this is true (and there is some legitimacy to such a claim), “Monarchy” is not the answer – at least according to Allen. Instead, she says, “we need to renovate our democratic institutions, starting with party reform.”

Allen and I, in other words, are singing the same tune. I published a blog posting just a few days ago that I titled, “Is The Party Over?” We can’t expect the Democratic Party, or any other political party, to carry the full weight of what we generally call, “Democracy,” though I like to call our system “Self-Government.” I think my phrasing sends the right message. If we want to preserve the kind of democratic self-government established after the American Revolution – our “Democracy” – we need to get involved in government “ourselves.”

Here is another way to put it: “We, the people,” are supposed to be “running the place.”

WE are supposed to be in charge, not some “Monarch!”

If we aren’t “running the place,” or if we aren’t doing that in any effective way, then that’s on us, and we’d better hop to the task of getting on top of our responsibilities. If we don’t…. Well, check that image at the top of this blog posting. Somebody who looks just like that might want to fill the vacuum.

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
REALITY & LEVERAGE, MONUMENTS, BIAS MONITOR, TOSCA

The fallout from the Paramount/CBS News settlement with Donald Trump still echoes with the charges of bribery since most legal experts termed Trump’s lawsuit as baseless, succeeding only because a merger with Skydance Media was dependent on the FCC, a la the Trump administration, resulting in final approval of the $16 million payoff. That money won’t go directly to Trump, but to his future presidential library — a political monument touting his name, and forever to be recognized as part of his legacy, and his ability to shakedown his victims. As Michael Cohen writes on MeidasTouch“If American democracy were a deer, it would be standing in the middle of the highway trying to reason with an oncoming semi. That semi, of course, is President Trump. And the Democrats? They’re standing on the shoulder with a clipboard, giving speeches about traffic safety. It’s been a decade since Trump first took a wrecking ball to our political institutions, and still — still — Democrats haven’t figured out how to contend with a president who doesn’t break rules so much as bend them until they no longer resemble anything that could be called a law.” Thus, we have the $16 million payoff by Paramount Global to Trump over a ‘60 Minutes‘ interview with Kamala Harris that was edited much like any other television interview — no “deliberate manipulation,” no “election interference,” and hardly “the biggest scandal in broadcast history.” Cohen reminds us that Trump’s original demand was for $10 billion before bumping it to $20 billion — not being one to allow reality to get in the way of leverage.

Press freedom groups called the suit “beyond frivolous,” and the CBS/60 Minutes release of raw footage and transcripts showed nothing diabolical was afoot. Cohen says the finality achieved its purpose: intimidation, silence, and compliance. A similar shakedown was paid by Disney/ABC after Trump sued George Stephanopoulos for defamation which resulted in a payout to avoid political and regulatory aggravation — no apology required, no admission of guilt sought, just the money will do! Cohen sees this as a new model of media control, which is not about censorship, but consequence. Trump won’t have to muzzle the press if he makes it expensive, risky, and exhausting to be truthful, with valid journalism becoming a liability. And those Democrats with the clipboards find they are no match for Trump’s second term, with no strategy to parry with a president who views the law as a tool, using litigation not as a means to justice, but as a tool to jimmy the works for political power and monetary benefit. Victims of the fallout brought the resignations of ’60 Minutes’ executive producer Bill Owens, and CBS News President Wendy McMahon. Owens cited loss of editorial independence, and McMahon said she disagrees on “the path forward,” — a path of compliance, timidity, and self-censorship facing legal intimidation and regulatory blackmail. Cohen says we are watching not only the erosion of the First Amendment coupled with monetization of fear, but Trump’s proving our guardrails are only as strong as the will to defend them. That will is lacking in media companies, law firms and the Democratic Party, allowing setting of the precedent that a president can and will sue the media into silence, funneling the proceeds into a personal monument, and skate away sans inquiry, with the opposition stumbling over whether to resist or concede. Cohen concludes that though Democrats are writing letters, making speeches, and asking America to believe that norms and decency are enough — not so, not anymore, and perhaps never again. The most noteworthy monument standing at present is the one to Paramount’s surrender.

As reported on The Hartmann Report, in the wake of the Paramount/CBS payoff, CBS is installing a ‘monitor‘ to look for ‘leftwing bias.’ Such as facts. Hartmann writes, “Reality has a well-known leftwing bias because much of the rightwing ideology out there is based, simply, in lies. Trickle-down economics benefits working class people. Immigrants are more likely to be criminals. Women lover getting abortions, particularly late-term. Unions steal from their workers to make ‘union bosses’ rich. Global warming is a hoax. The fossil fuel and chemical industry aren’t poisoning us and our environment. Green energy is more expensive than gas, oil, or coal. People on Medicaid and food stamps are lazy. Unemployment insurance discourages work. Raising the minimum wage increases unemployment. People only value a college education if they go into debt to get it. Healthcare for all Americans is too complicated for any government to create and administer. America was created as a Christian nation. Every single one of those statements is a demonstrable lie, but when they pop up on CBS News going forward don’t expect any push-back. As part of Skydance’s deal with Trump and the FCC, they not only gave the president a personal $16 million bribe (and apparently also offered a similar amount in free advertising) but also agreed to install in the CBS operations a ‘monitor’ to catch and kill any semblance of ‘leftwing bias.’ This is the sort of thing that routinely happens when nations lose their democracy, and is a flashing red sign that we’re in the actual process of losing ours.”

Joyce Vance writes on Civil Discourse that the CBS ‘bias monitor‘ prompts her to comment on George Orwell’s novel, ‘1984,’ which she quotes from in her upcoming book, ‘Giving Up Is Unforgivable.’ She calls Orwell’s novel ‘illuminating‘ as it looks at the risks of succumbing to fascism. “It underscores the vital role of open, truthful dialogues. It’s about the protection of democratic institutions against the corrosive effects of misinformation and attempts to rewrite history. A bias monitor. Accepted by a major news network. Not a huge public outcry as Trump brings the thought police of fiction into fact. We are overdue to read, or reread, 1984.” In the words of George Orwell: “Every record has been destroyed or falsified, every book rewritten, every picture has been repainted, every statue and street building has been renamed, every date has been altered. And the process is continuing day by day and minute by minute. History has stopped. Nothing exists except an endless present in which the Party is always right.” In July of 2024, Kevin Roberts, president of the Heritage Foundation, the conservative think tank that spawned Project 2025, and one of that document’s chief architects, said on Steve Bannon’s podcast, “We are in the process of the second American Revolution, which will remain bloodless if the left allows it to be.” Vance tells us that after that announcement, Trump disclaimed all knowledge of Project 2025, and most people moved on. Four months later, Americans returned Donald Trump to office, and now we’re living under Project 2025 — lots of parallels to 1984. FBI deputy director, Dan Bongino tweeted that he knows things that you don’t — a dark brooding vibe, insinuating that there’s more, enflaming any conspiracy theory MAGA may wish to revisit.

In this same vein, Steven Asarch writes on MSNBC, “Franklin Roosevelt mastered the use of radio. John F. Kennedy and Ronald Reagan were top of the game on TV. And Donald Trump is the first AI slop president. Since January, Trump’s administration has used artificial intelligence to churn out a steady stream of fake images on social media, from alligators in ICE hats to crying members of Congress, while the official White House account on X has used it to portray the president as Superman, the pope and a villain from ‘Star Wars.'” Asarch brings up the AI-generated clip showing President Obama being forcibly detained by the FBI, and another showing various Democrats in orange prison jumpsuits tagged as the ‘Shady Bunch.’ He says it’s not harmless, necessarily, but it’s mostly just lame trolling usually done by a 14-year old boy, or someone who acts like one. It becomes another thing entirely when Trump does it, as he muddies the waters of reality, encouraging his MAGA horde to believe everything and nothing — to a Trumper steeped in these memes, the answer may not even matter. Past presidents may have lied or presented false evidence on occasion, but Trump at this stage of his political presence, has made us all so tired of his commonplace mission to blame everyone else for the problems he’s created, that it’s easily overlooked. Two risks: One is that malevolent forces disseminate a fake video that is widely believed, leading to real-world consequences. The other is that people stop believing video entirely — the next video leak of prisoners being tortured or a presidential candidate bragging about his sexual assaults, may lead Americans to shrug it off, saying it’s fake. Trump is creating a world in which you can’t trust anyone, facts are fungible and the truth is whatever your political team says it is.

MSNBC’s columnist, Michael A Cohen, writes that the biggest political story in the country is the Jeffrey Epstein saga, but that the hidden story is the cratering popularity of President Trump, with Real Clear PoliticsNate Silver, and Elliott Morris all agreeing that Trump has fallen to the lowest point in his tenure, and that the numbers are still in free fall. The populace is souring on his campaign promises, the very issues his zealotry has visited upon the country. Seeing and hearing stories about his ICE secret police and their unmerciful tactics, the construction of Alligator Alcatraz and a promise to build many more, and most of all, the economy and the threat of even higher prices with his new tariffs aren’t passing muster. If we are fortunate enough to hold midterm elections next year, and the president can’t move the needle into a more favorable position in the interim, the GOP could be in a world of trouble — and it’s difficult to see him dramatically changing his mind about any of his agenda items. In MAGA’s realm, the Epstein situation weakens Trump, and even if he can somehow maintain support in this area, he is taking his party into treacherous political waters. With his Big Beautiful BillImmigration and Customs gets a huge infusion of money with which he has promised to double down on mass deportation cruelty, and the tariffs have become his mantra, so voters can expect more Republican trickle-down in the form of pain. If Democrats can get it together, they should have an easier chore at recruiting viable candidates to pit against Republicans, while raising the money to compete successfully. Even the campaign slogan, ‘We’re not President Donald Trump,’ which was a midterm success during Trump’s first term, might work for them again.

It’s the Epstein files that are driving WashingtonDC’s Republicans and the MAGA bunch, into insanity, prompting the House Speaker to call for the August recess despite unfinished business. And Trump took a cue from Johnson’s action, hotfooting it to Scotland on a business/pleasure trip — the business part being a combination of Trump Golf course business and US government business, all courtesy of the US taxpayer, of course. Scotland’s newspaper, ‘The National‘, greeted him with the headline: ‘CONVICTED US FELON TO ARRIVE IN SCOTLAND.’ Hordes of demonstrators with appropriate signs are welcoming him as well, so he will do his utmost to avoid them, but the Scottish press hasn’t let him forget about his pedo-buddy Epstein. It would probably be his preference to remain on his golf courses until September when Washington comes back to life. Nobody seems to know where JD Vance is hiding out, but he’s saying very little about Jeffrey Epstein in an effort to salvage his political future according to Trump biographer, Michael Wolff. Wolff says, “JD Vance cannot, for his own political future, lose the MAGA base, but at the same time he cannot lose Donald Trump. Go figure.” Some see Vance as the heir apparent to Trump, but the president may have a different view — “We’ll see,” he has said. JD hasn’t been in the White House spotlight lately, which some see as a diminished role in Trump’s hierarchy, with New York Times columnist, Jamelle Bouie describing his function as the ‘president’s official fanboy,’ able to effectively communicate his leader’s vile messages to the base. “And in addition to acting as cheer captain for his boss, Vance also works to give the administration a veneer of intellectualism to cover its cruelty, corruption, and incompetence — a spokesman for the president’s brand of national populism,” Bouie argues.

Even the First Lady is in the middle of the Epstein drama according to Michael Wolff, being “very involved” he commented to Joanna Coles of The Daily Beast. “She was very involved in this Epstein relationship,” Wolff says, adding that Melania was introduced to Trump through model agent, Paolo Zampolli, who had a relationship with both Trump and Epstein. “This is another complicated issue in this — where does she fit into all this? Where does she fit in the Epstein story? Into the whole culture of models of indeterminate age?” asks Wolff. The president has frantically tried to cast off the Epstein tie, trying to blame the DemocratsObama and Biden, calling it a “witch hunt” and a “hoax.” But with the numerous stories in magazines, tabloids, and the shoeboxes full of photos online, Musk’s revenge won’t be an easy one to turn aside. If doing humiliating and irreparable damage to his former Oval Office buddy was the point with his infamous X post — “Trump is in the Epstein files” — Musk has succeeded beyond his wildest dreams. The Washington Post’s Cat Zakrzewski wrote, “If Musk’s goal was merely to stoke the controversy without necessarily settling it, his mission has been accomplished — and then some.” Musk has danced around the periphery of the hidden files, and while not directly attacking Trump since then, he has lent no support either, simply remaining a potent political risk with his reaping of the spoils of his DOGE gleanings. Zakrzewski notes that the X hashtag ‘#TrumpIsAPedoRapist,’ has been popular, and that, “Allies of Musk serving in the Trump administration have had to tread carefully, largely declining to comment on the feud between the president and one of the world’s most powerful business leaders.” Trump posted on Truth Social that he wishes Elon and all US businesses well, for the good of the country, but Elon chose to ignore the post since he still carries a grudge toward the president and the administration for slashing tax credits for electric vehicle purchases, yet retaining subsidies for the petroleum industries.

The House Republican proposal that The Kennedy Center opera house should be renamed to honor Melania Trump— ‘First Lady Melania Trump Opera House‘ — may be on tenterhooks as the Epstein revelations come to light. A House panel voted 33-25 to approve the push to pay homage to the first lady, following President Trump’s takeover of the ‘woke’ institution and naming himself as board chairman. It’s unknown at this time when the GOP plans to bring the legislation to the House floor for a vote by the full chamber, and it’s also unknown if Melania is in rehearsals for the role of Floria Tosca to headline a premiere performance.

Satirist Andy Borowitz writes of his own take on the opera house action in ‘The Borowitz Report‘: “Millions of Americans support renaming of the John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts after the writer E. Jean Carroll, according to a poll released on Wednesday. Conversely, poll respondents opposed naming the venue after First Lady Melania Trump, strongly agreeing with the statement, ‘An arts center should not be named after someone who finds blood-red Christmas trees aesthetically pleasing.’ At the White House, press secretary Karoline Leavitt defended the decision to rename the Kennedy Center after Mrs. Trump, stating, ‘Since President Trump took it over, the Kennedy Center has been just like the First Lady: renovated and vacant.'”

Broadcast TV’s late night hosts were quick to jump on Trump and his Jeffrey Epstein troubles. The Late Show’s Stephen Colbert began his monologue with, “It’s a great day to be me, because I’m not Donald Trump. That guy has got a lot of problems…the Epstein scandal just won’t kill itself.” About the thousand FBI agents who scoured approximately 100,000 records related to Epstein in order to flag any mentions of Trump, Colbert said, “That is a suspiciously Herculean effort. All the king’s horses and all the king’s men couldn’t hide who Dumpty humped with his friend. You cannot blame Trump and his allies for being scared here, because the more we know about Trump’s relationship to Epstein, the more WE wish we didn’t.” Court records show that Trump flew on Epstein’s plane, the ‘Lolita Express‘, at least seven times, about which Colbert commented, “That doesn’t mean he did anything illegal, but it’s not a great look when you fly on the pedophile’s plane enough times to earn Diamond Pervert status.” ‘Late Night‘ host Seth Meyers referenced Trump’s Truth Social post about hitting the six months mark of his second term, “Wow, time flies.” “Does it though? Its’ been six months of this term, but we already did four years of you, and even when Biden was president, you were still the president of every news cycle. It feels like you’ve been president forever. I think it goes Washington, Jefferson, Adams, and then you,” Meyers responded. Meyers also quipped that Trump has finally named First Lady Melania as his emergency contact.

Speculation is high that a pardon for Jeffrey Epstein’s partner, Ghislaine Maxwell, is in the works, with Trump’s former personal attorney, Todd Blanche — now his personal attorney AND now deputy attorney general of the US — has been assigned the task of ‘interviewing‘ Maxwell to ‘garner more information‘ about the Epstein files. A former official who worked with Attorney General Pammy Ann Bondi in Florida predicted that Blanche would work out a “hidden pardon,” and in light of the firing of Maurene Comey who was handling the case for DOJ, it seems that any obstructions are being cleared. Dave Aronberg, Bondi’s former border czar, called this move “extraordinary” leading him to believe a lot of politics is involved, which might get Maxwell some immunity now and a pardon of sorts in the future — if she claims that Trump is innocent of any wrongdoing in the whole mess. Senator Adam Schiff says, “Clearly, this errand that Todd Blanche, the number-two at the Justice Department, is going on now is in his capacity as Trump’s defense attorney. He wants to know what this convicted child sex trafficker has to say about Donald Trump. And, certainly, she wants a pardon. This whole thing stinks to high heaven.” Attorney Ben Meiselas of ‘MeidasTouch‘ believes Trump is giving Ghislaine a golden ticket for a retrial.

With all this activity, Andy Borowitz has a hit upon where VP JD Vance might be found, his theory datelined from Edinburgh, Scotland: “Donald J Trump revealed on Monday that JD Vance has agreed to serve the remainder of Ghislaiine Maxwell’s prison sentence for her. ‘JD wasn’t thrilled about it, quite frankly,’ Trump told reporters. ‘He was crying like a dog. I told him to be a man. It’s only 20 years.’ As for Maxwell, Trump said, ‘I wish her well,’ adding that he expects her to be a ‘terrific vice president’.”

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

August

“Every year, the bright Scandinavian summer nights fade without anyone’s noticing. One evening in August you have an errand outdoors, and all of a sudden it’s pitch-black. It is still summer, but the summer is no longer alive.”
~Tove Jansson

“Dear August, the end of Summer. Golden Sand is wetty by the rain water. Can I call it rainy season? No I can’t. What is the reason behind chilly and windy tan? Three shades of weather, conglomerate together. Whatever! I cannot define, It is my favourite, the August time!”
~Radhika Vijay

“You can’t buy happiness, but it’s Sunday, it’s August, the seas are working, your passport is valid, and your tooth doesn’t hurt – that’s enough for the wise.”
~Djura Kelj

“August is a gentle reminder for not doing a single thing from your new year resolution for seven months and not doing it for next five.”
~Crestless Wave

“The children start school now in August. They say it has to do with air-conditioning, but I know sadism when I see it.”
~Rick Bragg

...

A small compilation of Peter Kay. I much enjoy his “misheard lyrics” bits…


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

July 16 – 29, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on the new Mission Street high-rise project … Steinbruner… landlines, lithium battery storage, and the Whale Bridge… Hayes… Jewel of the Prairie… Patton… “Fake News” About Heat Waves Everywhere… Matlock… what’s that smell?..best buds…client list…losing control… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Agnes Sandström, Titanic survivor Quotes on… “Wishful Thinking”

...

EASTSIDE KIDS PARADE. October 20,1950. I believe this became the annual Eastside Halloween Parade. Looking at Soquel Ave. now you’ll find Saffron & Genevieve’s where the two bay windows are, and on the far right is the parking lot of Western Appliance.. History buffs might notice that our controversial once mayor Ernie Wicklund’s Photo Studio is just down Soquel Avenue a bit about at the center of this photo.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: July 23, 2025

WISHFUL THINKING. I thought wishful thinking was a good topic for the quotes of the week. I’ve been full of it lately – a whole bunch of “if only” and “why didn’t I”… Long story short, I just said goodbye to my loyal and adoring dog, Kira, a Corhuahua (Corgi-Chihuahua mix) who made it to the quite respectable age of 15. She was love covered in fur, and I miss her.

YOUTUBE STRIKES AGAIN. Sometimes I start thinking that YouTube is a pointless destination on the net, and I will never find anything interesting there, ever again. Invariably, that’s when I find something that I was totally not expecting, like this week’s video: an interview from Swedish Television in 1962 with a Swedish survivor of the Titanic disaster. Let me know if you find it interesting as well!

~Webmistress

...

FANTASTIC FOUR: FIRST STEPS. In theaters. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****
The First Family of comics finally feels like a real family. Since their 1961 debut, the Fantastic Four have always centered on family dynamics, and this adaptation leans fully into that core. Reed Richards (Pedro Pascal), Susan Storm (Vanessa Kirby), her brother Johnny (Joseph Quinn), and Reed’s lifelong friend Ben Grimm (Ebon Moss-Bachrach) share a life-changing space accident that leaves them with strange powers. Thankfully, the film skips the typical origin sturm und drang and instead drops us years after their transformation. The characterizations stay true to their comic counterparts, and the retro-futurist design (evoking the TVA from Loki) is pure visual delight.

Much like Superman earlier this year, this film is more concerned with who these people are than with non-stop action. The Fantastic Four are inherently decent, and the film allows their personalities and relationships to breathe. There’s even a non-human, non-speaking comic sidekick (H.E.R.B.I.E., filling the Krypto slot from Superman), and it works. Some may feel the superhero action is a bit light (Reed’s stretchy powers, for instance, are used sparingly, perhaps to avoid full Jim Carrey territory) but it strikes a fair balance. There’s a ton of CG, particularly in the beautifully realized retro Manhattan, but it blends so well you barely notice.

No bad performances, standout production design, and a few genuinely epic set pieces make this one a win. And for those complaining about woke gender flips: there have been many heralds over the years, male and female, including Shalla Bal. It’s faithful where it counts, fresh where it needs to be, and, most importantly, it finally gives us a Fantastic Four that lives up to their name.

THIS IS SPINAL TAP. Vudu, Google Play, Amazon. Movie (7.9 IMDb) ****
When I was chronologically less-endowed (the ’80s) and UA owned almost all the screens in town (Del Mar, Rio, River Street Twin, Aptos Twin, and the 41st Ave Playhouse), I worked at the Del Mar and the Rio. I’d catch free movies all over town every week. Obviously, you only have so much mental storage, so with a lot of films, I just filed away whether I liked them or not.

So imagine my surprise when I went to see a Fathom Event 4K restoration of “This Is Spinal Tap” (in anticipation of the upcoming “Spinal Tap 2: The End Continues”) and realized I remembered everything, despite the 41 years between my first viewing and now.

For the uninitiated, this 1984 self-described “mockumentary” by Rob Reiner follows the later years of fictional band Spinal Tap. Told in loose documentary style, it also dives into their earlier phases as a Beatles-style quartet and later a psychedelic rock act. The core trio – Michael McKean, Christopher Guest, and Harry Shearer (who later reunited for “A Mighty Wind”) – are backed by a rotating cast of ill-fated drummers. Most of the dialogue is improvised, and the music manages to be both hilarious and genuinely good.

If you’ve never seen it, track down a copy or be ready to rent or buy it on Amazon. It’s worth going out of your way for a watch.

Sorry if I seem a little hyperbolic. You see, it goes to 11.
~Sarge

SUPERMAN. In theaters. Movie. (7.7 IMDb) ****
First off, let’s address the Kryptonian Drang in the room: Yes, Superman has always been an immigrant – rocketed to Earth as a baby without “doing it the right way.” But this film doesn’t touch that theme at all. It’s not part of the plot. Nor do they change or even reference the classic “truth, justice, and the American Way” slogan. (In fact, in the comics, at one time he renounced his American citizenship as Superman so his global actions wouldn’t reflect on the U.S.) That, however, is relevant to the plot. Also, the twist with his biological parents WAS NOT Gunn’s creation – it has been off-and-on a part of the character’s backstory for decades, in different revisions, and in different media. Gunn isn’t tugging on Superman’s cape here.

Superman (2025), directed by James Gunn and starring David Corenswet as Superman, Rachel Brosnahan as Lois Lane, and Nicholas Hoult as Lex Luthor – plus Krypto, the super-goodest boy – introduces a new take. Gunn brings back heart and humor that, while sometimes overlooked, are absolutely comic-accurate. Yes, the grim Snyderverse tone was also pulled from the comics, but comics contain multitudes. We’ve been telling Superman stories for over 80 years – different eras, different writers, different vibes.

Thankfully, this movie skips the origin story. We meet a Superman already established in the role, with a working relationship (and chemistry) with Lois Lane. Without giving too much away, the central conflict revolves around how Superman operates on a global scale – and how his idealism runs up against Lex Luthor’s cynicism, technocracy, and media manipulation. Lex plays dirty, and Clark’s just a big honest dope who wants to save people.

Nathan Fillion has fun as Guy Gardner – the canonically bowl-cutted Limbaugh-dittohead Green Lantern everyone loves to punch (there are several Earth-based Green Lanterns – it’s a Corps – so you will likely see him alongside the two who will be featured in the forthcoming “Lanterns” series). His appearance, along with Mr. Terrific and Hawkgirl, may serve as a backdoor introduction to what might become Gunn’s version of the Justice League.

And then there’s Krypto. He often steals the show. First introduced in the ’50s, Krypto has drifted in and out of continuity as Superman’s dog, and here, he’s like the Rocket Raccoon of this universe: A whimsical element, that can hit you deep in the feels.

The story? It’s fine. It touches on serious issues without digging too deep – more Donner Superman in tone than Man of Steel, and blessedly free of Christ imagery. If you’re attached to a particular version of Superman, this one might not click – or it might… some people swear by Adam West’s Batman or Lynda Carter’s Wonder Woman! Don’t get me wrong, I love them both. Nostalgia shapes expectations. YMMV.

Definitely worth a watch.
~Sarge

BUT I’M A CHEERLEADER. Paramount+. Series (6.8 IMDb) ***-
Take a featherweight romcom, toss in some John Waters camp, a dose of LGBTQ satire, and you get “But I’m a Cheerleader” (1999) – a pastel-colored romp through the “hilarity” of forced conversion therapy. It’s a sign of progress, I suppose, that we now have banal lesbian romcoms.

Natasha Lyonne (in her baby-faced era) stars as Megan, a perky, clueless high school cheerleader blindsided when her friends and family stage a gay intervention. She’s promptly packed off to True Directions, a pastel repressed “rehabilitation” camp where gender roles are weaponized like power tools. There, despite the best efforts of the staff (including RuPaul as Mike, an aggressively straight-coded “ex-gay”) Megan starts to figure out who she really is.

It’s not exactly deep, or all that clever, but it is fun enough. The cast helps: Lyonne sarts to blossom, Clea DuVall does her patented broody-outsider-in-crisis (a ‘90s staple), and RuPaul chews the scenery with glee. It was recommended after reviewing Lyonne in “Poker Face”. Worth a watch if you’re in the mood for some light, queer, candy-coated fluff with a subversive wink.

~Sarge

POKER FACE. Peacock. Series (7.8 IMDb) ***-
Poker Face is one of those shows I always meant to watch… and didn’t. Until now.
Starring Natasha Lyonne (Russian Doll, Orange is the New Black) at her most raspy and sardonic, she plays Charlie Cale—a woman with an uncanny, almost supernatural ability to tell when someone is lying. After calling out the shady son of a Vegas mobster (who promptly offs himself), she ends up on the run, wandering the backroads of America like a Gen Z Columbo in denim.

The series, created by Rian Johnson (Knives Out, Glass Onion, and yes, The Last Jedi), wears its love of ’70s detective shows on its sleeve—from the “mystery-first” format (you see the crime, then watch Charlie unravel it) to the delightfully retro opening credits, complete with roman numerals production date, drop shadows, and that plain, dead-serious typeface that screams 1976 CBS drama hour.

It’s part The Fugitive, part Incredible Hulk, and all charm—with a healthy dose of dry humor, shaggy-dog clues, and Lyonne’s lovable weirdness gluing it all together. She’s not a cop, not a PI, and not trying to be either—she just knows when you’re full of it, and can’t help but get involved.

If you miss the days when TV detectives had weird tics, old cars, and zero respect for protocol, Poker Face is your new weekend binge. Second season just dropped on Peacock. Worth a Watch.
~Sarge

SNOW WHITE. In theatres. Movie (1.7 IMDb) ***
I’m not one of those people who worships at the altar of Disney. I’ve been watching their films for over 50 years, so my ambivalence isn’t from lack of exposure. I genuinely enjoy many of their movies; The Jungle Book was a childhood favorite (though I’m still salty that Mowgli ditched the jungle for a girl…).

That said, changes to Snow White don’t bother me. Disney has been rewriting traditional tales since day one! Remember the stepsisters slicing off toes and heels to fit in the glass slipper in the original story of Cinderella? Yeah, that didn’t make the cut.

The music? Pleasant enough, but nothing that stuck with me. The dwarves (yes, Tolkien says that’s the plural) veer into uncanny valley territory… not stylized enough to feel intentional, but not realistic enough to work. Visually odd.

Otherwise, it’s Snow White. Rachel Zegler gives a solid, competent performance—and no, I’m not bothered that she’s Colombian and Polish. If she can sing, act, and dance, we’re good.

Overall? It’s a “meh” from me. Harmless, and musical fans will probably have a good time. Worth a watch if that’s your thing. (the 1.7 on IMDB is likely heavily skewed by anti-woke snowflakes sitting at the their keyboard, listing multiple negative votes. Adaptions always reflect the world they come from. Deal with it.)
~Sarge

SINNERS. In theatres. Movie. (8.1 IMDb) ***
Sweat, dust, and sweet, sweet blues pour through this story of twin brothers returning from WWI—veterans-turned-mob-enforcers in Chicago—who head back to their Mississippi hometown to open a juke joint. It’s part roadhouse, part sanctuary for the Black community, and it becomes the stage for the rise (and fall) of “Preacher Boy” Moore, a young blues guitarist with something close to magic in his fingers.

There’s a stunning musical stretch in the middle where the film lets the music breathe—past, present, and future all moving together, dancing in time. It’s pure poetry.

And then… there are vampires.

Honestly, the movie would’ve been stronger without them. They don’t matter until the third act, and when they show up, it’s like a genre switch that crashes the vibe. The first two-thirds are rich and immersive. The final third? Not bad exactly, but it turns the film into something less interesting than it started out as.

Michael B. Jordan does solid double duty as the twins, Smoke and Stack, and newcomer Miles Caton is fantastic as Preacher Boy. You believe every note he plays.

So I’m torn. I can wholeheartedly recommend the first two-thirds. The final act? I can tolerate it—but I wouldn’t push it on anyone else. Taster’s choice.
~Sarge

LOVE, DEATH + ROBOTS. Netflix. Series (8.4 IMDb) ****
This show first dropped in 2019. I ignored it. Then two more seasons came and went — I still didn’t watch. But when I heard a fourth season was finally on the way, I figured it was time to see what the fuss was about.

Now I get it.
And so should you.

It’s an anthology, so technically you can jump in anywhere. But honestly? Start from the beginning. There’s so much to see here, and the clunker-to-gem ratio is shockingly low. Nearly every segment hits—hard.

Unlike most anthologies that reuse the same look and crew across episodes, Love, Death + Robots is a true anthology. Every short is handled by a different animation team, each with its own distinct style. Some look like high-end video game cutscenes. Others are pure painterly dreamscapes. Some mix live action and animation. There’s hand-drawn 2D, hyperreal 3D, and everything in between. There’s a Red Hot Chili Peppers video, done entirely as marionettes.

As the title suggests, every segment centers on love, death, robots—or some mix of the three. What you get ranges wildly: dark comedy, cosmic philosophy, dystopian morality tales, sci-fi speculation, brutal war stories, existential horror, and moments of real beauty. It’s a refreshing, unapologetic mix of graphic violence, sex, and nudity (there is a difference) —sometimes all at once, sometimes none at all. I reiterate: sometimes none at all. Some just go for a vibe, or something sweet, or funny.

And yes, there’s equal-opportunity nudity. If you’re cool with boobs but squirm at male parts waving about (or vice versa), maybe keep the skip button handy.

Think of it as a more mature, mostly less juvenile Heavy Metal — or Black Mirror – with no censors and a better visual imagination.

Very much worth a watch.
~Sarge

...

July 21, 2025

Whose Side Are You On?

Yet again, state housing laws impose a dense, six story, seventy-five feet tall mixed-use project on a single-story Santa Cruz neighborhood; this time on Mission St. bordered by Dufour and Palm Streets. The project was presented to the Planning Commission on July 17 and was approved with a unanimous vote from the four commissioners present with three absences. The small houses on the left will be demolished.

Prior to the state density bonus and a plethora of other state housing bills that gut local control, a project at this site would be a maximum of three stories, with required onsite parking and setbacks from adjoining properties. Now, state laws require the city to grant a doubling of allowed height and density with no required onsite parking because a major bus stop is within half a mile.

Neighbors spoke ardently about their loss of privacy along with the traffic and loading vehicle impacts-there is a Starbucks on Dufour that creates its own traffic impacts. Some commissioners expressed an understanding of the negative impacts and regrets that their hands are tied by state laws. They and staff acknowledged that the developer for this project has made several design changes and concessions, including the provision of fourteen parking spaces in response to neighbors’ input, a rarity for recent high-rise projects, but the mass and scale are non-negotiable. The developer requested eleven waivers, eight variations and numerous concessions and all were granted as required by state law.

The commission chair, while expressing his understanding of the neighbors’ concerns, especially the loss of privacy, stated what he saw as the trade-off. He asked, “are we going to benefit ourselves or benefit the group?” By the “group” he meant the people who will move to Santa Cruz and occupy the sixty-seven housing units. By “ourselves”, he meant the people who spoke at the meeting and who currently live in the adjacent small single-family houses, many having lived there all their lives, born and raised in Santa Cruz, some with young families. I didn’t understand why future residents and current residents both are not “groups.” The former don’t yet live here, the latter do. Aren’t elected officials and advisory bodies supposed to represent the community’s interests? Not a potential community but an existing one? And why the either/or question?  If the state left land use decisions under local control, we would have new housing projects at a reasonable height, with parking, with setbacks, with design review under the Ocean St. and Mission St. Urban Design Plans, with far less neighborhood impacts and objections. The tension is caused by the state housing laws that are developer driven, out of scale with existing neighborhoods, creating significant negative impacts, adding nothing to housing affordability, in fact making affordability worse by raising the Area Median Income. There is a reason we are the town with the highest rents to wages ratio for the third year. One speaker summed it up well when he said of the project, “this is not for our community. It’s for a future population that doesn’t yet live here at the expense of those who do!”

And who are these newcomers? The location and size of the units are clues. These days, developers are upfront about the demographic who will be the future residents. The Workbench representative said that the most likely occupants will be students. He said that recent UCSC graduates have a particularly hard time finding housing. He did add “working individuals” into the mix but I doubt that means “workforce housing” and it almost certainly does not mean working families. If you add up the recently approved big projects, many if not most will be student housing. Frankly, if there’s a trade-off, I say we should benefit the neighbors who live here, who have contributed to the community, who pay taxes and fees and let UCSC either provide housing for all its students or institute a growth moratorium. I guarantee that would take us out of the number one spot for cost of rents. It may also temper the high-rise project line-up at the Planning Department.

Update on Senate Bill 79. If you recall, this is the state bill that will bring high-rises deep into single family neighborhoods. Within a quarter and a half-mile radius of any bus stop or train stop, developers can by right build housing projects up to 65 and 75 feet tall respectively, with no public input. Radius makes a circle; this is not linear distance. What has just been approved on Mission St. can then be built next to you even if you live well off a main thoroughfare. The bill passed by one vote in committee. After the July recess it will go for a vote in the Assembly and Senate. Senator John Laird has indicated support. I do not know about Assembly member Pellerin. I suggest organizing meetings with both while they are on home turf during the recess. If you are interested, email me at gilliangreensite@gmail.com.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
AB 470 LAND LINES

Write your elected representatives today.  Preserving landline service is critical for rural resident safety. [AB 470: Telephone corporations: carriers of last resort.]

PEOPLE WANT INFORMATION ABOUT COUNTY’S PLAN TO INSTALL THREE GRID-SCALE LITHIUM BATTERY STORAGE FACILITIES
Last week, the large room at Simpkins Center Community Room was filled (150-200 people) who were eager to know more about the County’s plan to install grid-scale lithium battery energy storage systems (BESS) in Watsonville neighborhoods, and near Dominican Hospital and Aptos High School.   
 
The organizers, Stop Lithium BESS in Santa Cruz County, is a grassroots group of concerned local residents.  They are funding all of this on their own in order to inform the public because none of the County Supervisors will hold town hall meetings on the subject.  The Board is set to consider the County’s new Ordinance to allow BESS at these three sites, with the application for the 90 Minto Road facility in Watsonville already in permit process.  Public Records Act request materials show that developer and their consultants are largely crafting the Ordinance.  Hmmmm…..
 
Learn more here: STOP Lithium BESS in Santa Cruz County
 
 
HOW CAN ANYONE THINK THIS IS CLEAN, SAFE OR GOOD FOR THE PLANET?
Lithium batteries are risky.  There have been many fires reported recently, and the local fire responders are called to electric car fires frequently.
 
15 injured in Kaohsiung lithium cell plant fire – Focus Taiwan
 
New report reveals what caused APS battery explosion that hospitalized eight firefighters
 
The Arizona McMicken BESS Explosion: Key Takeaways – EticaAG
 
Sodium batteries are not prone to thermal runaway and fires that plague lithium battery technology.  China, the largest battery manufacturer, is transitioning quickly to producing sodium batteries.
Consider this:
 
In 2023, here was the latest:

According to the latest released data, sodium battery production capacity is only 2GWh by the end of 2022, and by the end of 2023, sodium battery production capacity is expected to increase to 21GWh, 950% year-on-year increase.

2023 is the first year of large-scale sodium-ion batteries, a number of listed companies cut into the sodium-ion battery track, CATL recently revealed that this year’s sodium-ion battery will be industrialized.Sodium batteries have a good cost advantage, and the total cost of sodium batteries is 30-40% lower than that of lithium batteries. The White Paper on the Development of China’s Sodium-Ion Battery Industry (2023) predicts that the actual shipment of sodium-ion batteries will reach 347.0GWh by 2030.

The capacity of the hard carbon anode is related to the energy density of sodium-ion batteries, which is the biggest difficulty in the current industrialization of hard carbon. Anode material hard carbon manufacturers have successfully developed high-capacity, high-first-effect hard carbon materials and taken the lead in industrialization

 
In 2023,The Production Capacity Of Sodium-Ion Batteries Will Increase By 10x
 
But in April of this year, here is the news:

SHANGHAI, April 21 (Reuters) – China’s CATL (300750.SZ), opens new tab on Monday launched a new brand for its sodium-ion batteries, Naxtra, which it said would go into mass production in December, and a second generation of its fast-charging battery for electric cars.
 
CATL became the first major automotive battery maker to launch a sodium-ion battery in 2021. Unlike other battery materials, sodium is cheap and abundant, and the chemistry has the potential to reduce fire risks in EVs, experts have said.

The first production under the Naxtra brand will be of a new sodium-ion battery with an energy density of 175 watt-hours per kilogram, nearly equivalent to the lithium iron phosphate (LFP) batteries popularly used in electric vehicles and grid energy storage systems.
Sodium-ion batteries may have a cost advantage over lithium-ion batteries as the technology and supply chain develop, said Ouyang Chuying, co-president for R&D at CATL.

Reuters: Chinese battery maker CATL launches second generation fast charging battery
 

Here is more

 
So, why is Santa Cruz County and Central Coast Community Energy (3CE) so anxious to install dangerous lithium battery energy storage facilities in our county’s neighborhoods, and not insisting on SAFE alternative technologies?
  
OPT OUT OF 3CE TO BOYCOTT THEIR RIGID POLICY EMBRACING HAZARDOUS GRID-SCALE LITHIUM BATTERIES 
In the aftermath of the Moss Landing Vistra Battery Fire in January/February, many local residents have been attending Central Coast Community Energy (3CE) Executive, Operations and Policy Board meetings.  We have asked that 3CE leadership slow down the feverish drive to attain 100% renewable energy by 2030, an ambitious goal that is 15 years ahead of California’s 2045 goal for the same.
 
Why the rush?  Why support installation of dangerous grid-scale lithium battery energy storage systems (BESS) when safe alternatives are on the near horizon (see articles above).  What about 3CE’s liability in funding residential lithium BESS units, knowing the technology poses significant public safety problems and environmental problems?
 
No answer.  
 
Except for the representatives of Morro Bay and Salinas, all agents of 3CE have been dismissive and silent.  

It was only at the June 25, 2025 Santa Cruz County Commission on the Environment meeting that it became known, thanks to an astute member of the public, that 3CE Board of Operations approved an exclusivity deal for electricity from a new lithium BESS in Monterey County a new lithium BESS in Monterey County, the Holman BESS, LLC, partnering with Clearway Energy in November, 2024. 
 
3CE has not been forthcoming about this issue and has regarded the public dismissively.  What other lithium BESS facilities are 3CE customer monies funding, but that have not been admitted to the public?
 
Therefore, it is important and necessary to boycott service by 3CE and urge others to do so, because of the unacceptable policy to support and expand hazard-prone lithium BESS facilities in our communities without transparency or respect for the public’s concerns about the risky lithium technology.  
 
Most troubling is the fact that 3CE leadership refuses to re-evaluate their unrealistic goal of 100% renewable energy by 2030 and dismisses any consideration of non-lithium battery storage technology that is SAFE.
 
Boycott the 3CE’s unacceptable policy to promote toxic, explosive grid-scale lithium battery storage.
 
OPT OUT TODAY, and let them know why!

THE WHALE BRIDGE IS OPEN NOW!
Even though the official RTC Ribbon Cutting Ceremony for the Chanticleer Overcrossing (aka the Whale Bridge) is set for July 30, it opened for use last week.  I walked the length and back last weekend to see what I could see!  Many others were doing the same.

Sweeping views of the very noisy PureWater Soquel Project treated sewage water facility (I saw some leaky pipes)

Highway One…not during commute hours!

A hazardous unsignalized cross walk at Chanticleer Avenue and Soquel Frontage Rd.
 

A busy narrow Chanticleer Avenue area near Grey Bears that has no sidewalk or bike lane.
 
 

Many families having fun riding over the long-awaited Whale Bridge!

 

Go check it out!  Bring hearing protection because it is very noisy.

WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  OPT OUT OF 3CE AND LET THEM KNOW YOU DEMAND DIVESTMENT OF ALL LITHIUM GRID SCALE BATTERY ENERGY STORAGE FACILITIES.

DO JUST ONE THING THIS WEEK AND MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Jewel of the Prairie

There is a metallic green and blue gem that exists only in very small patches of coastal prairie around Santa Cruz County. If you look carefully at one, you can see shiny coppery flecks not visible from very far away. This precious gem is so very rare as to be considered endangered. If you find one, you must leave it alone – collecting is illegal. Even without collecting, these jewels fade, dwindle and disappear if people don’t carefully tend the grasslands surrounding them.

For thousands of years, the native peoples stewarded these treasures, passing the wisdom of their care from generation to generation, hundreds of generations sharing their stories, teaching their children the secrets of their craft.

Then came disease followed by genocide. Small pox and other Old-World diseases left much of the human population dead before they even encountered the people who had vectored these deadly illnesses. When these strangely dressed people arrived, they were alien and dangerous, capturing, imprisoning, and enslaving the last of the indigenous people from our area. No one asked or learned how to take care of the prairies and the treasures they held, so they slowly withered, dwindled and disappeared.

Those Gems Have Legs

What I’m talking about is the Ohlone tiger beetle, and it is luckily still hanging on in a very few fairly special places. Sometime in the distant evolutionary past, hundreds of thousands or perhaps millions of years ago, shiny tiger beetles from their more common habitat, fringes of lagoons at the edge of beaches, began exploring further upland, into wet meadows. There, along mastodon and horse trails, they found a new home. They followed these trails further away from their seashore brethren. Eventually, these populations lost contact with one another and a new species evolved…one of the very few tiger beetles of grasslands.

Prairies, Unlikely Habitat

Fast-moving predators that hunt down their prey by outrunning them on bare ground seem unlikely to be successful in grasslands. Take a walk in the coastal prairies of Point Lobos, Fort Ord, Santa Cruz’ Pogonip or Moore Creek greenbelts, or Wilder Ranch and think about where patches of bare soil could support a tiger beetle. Chances are, you are standing on it. The bare soil is only reliably found on trails. Elsewhere where tiger beetles are native, the bare soil is caused by receding salt water, waves, or, on dunes, by wind. Prairie tiger beetles evolved relying on giant mammals…grazers…and their trails. Their biology should tell us much about how to take care of the land to help them survive. They have almost disappeared entirely, forever.

Making Bare Ground

Tiger beetle hunting ground means bare ground, and bare ground takes work to make in the otherwise dense grasslands of our area. How do we mimic the mastodon trails? Tires. Feet. Hooves. Trampling. Also, piles of bare subsoil thrown up by gophers, badgers, and ground squirrels can work. Burrowing animals are hard to manage, and badgers have been driven to near local extinction. What we rely on more than anything is carefully managed livestock used to mimic the evolutionary disturbance regime of trampling – big critters pounding trails. Recreational hiking and biking have also proven fruitful, but only if managed just right so as to keep beetles from being crushed by fast-moving thrill-seeking exercise fanatics.

Different landowners use different approaches to steward tiger beetle grasslands. UCSC and City Parks use carefully planned cattle grazing in places and managed recreational trails in other places to keep the beetles healthy. State Parks uses signs and strings to move recreational trails around the beetle patches, so that tiger beetles can live on yesteryear’s trails where people won’t crush them. The Land Trust uses livestock grazing in areas closed to the public to create tiger beetle habitat. The Center for Natural Lands Management uses mowing and other techniques. The varied approaches to tending beetle habitat appear to work to varying degrees, but no one has analyzed what is working better.

Endangered Species Protections

The US government listed the Ohlone tiger beetle as endangered on October 3, 2001, affording the species the protections under the Endangered Species Act as implemented by the US Fish and Wildlife Service. This means that it is illegal to kill, possess, or harm/harass any individual of the species without a permit. These protections have helped to create 2 preserve areas at UCSC dedicated to conserving the species. The listing also compelled the Land Trust of Santa Cruz and the City of Scotts Valley to set aside and manage a significant portion of super-diverse grasslands. And, because the species is listed as endangered there has been funding to reintroduce the species to a grassland area in Soquel and to manage that habitat so that the species can recover there. In general, the areas of grasslands where the species has been found are better managed than if the species wasn’t listed or wasn’t there. Many other coastal prairie species have benefited from the recognition of the Ohlone tiger beetle as endangered. However, one area of habitat was purposefully destroyed on the eve of the listing of the species, so as to avoid federal regulation on that private land: how sad, such greed!

Saga of the Petition

There is an interesting story behind the listing of the Ohlone tiger beetle. In the past, the State or Federal government would have recognized a species as being rare or endangered and so would prepare their own petition package to examine the science to support or reject the need to protect the species under the Endangered Species Acts. However, neither agency was pursuing listing the Ohlone tiger beetle, so it took private citizens’ efforts to do this. The first petition, prepared by R. Morgan a local expert biologist, was rejected by the Federal government. A biologist-for-hire with few evident ethical standards (aka biostitute), who nonetheless had ‘credentials’ challenged the petition on such grounds as R. Morgan’s failure to search redwood forests for the species and because he was not similarly ‘credentialed.’ Somehow, that challenge held…perhaps also because the client of said consultant threatened legal action if the species was listed. Around this time, a proponent of developing a Scotts Valley parcel containing the species testified in front of the Scotts Valley City Council that the Ohlone tiger beetle was ‘probably the most common beetle in the world,’ echoing both the level of inaccuracy and the stridency of disinformation that would later become much more commonplace in public discourse.

Subsequently, I organized a group of local volunteers and trained them in survey methodologies for the Ohlone tiger beetle. The large group fanned out across the region looking in every grassland for the species. I gathered credentialed expert testimony about such species being limited to certain (aka grassland) habitats. Also, scientists further published on the biology of the species, describing its larval habits. We submitted the petition but didn’t hear back. So, the Center for Biological Diversity legal team wrote the federal government demanding that they act on the legally binding timeline of the Endangered Species Act. That spurred action and the more data-rich petition was accepted by the US Fish and Wildlife Service which then published its findings that the species warranted listing as endangered.

Historical Notes

We owe a lot to various individuals for their help with conserving the Ohlone tiger beetle. Of course, there were hundreds of generations of native people who kept the species healthy. If not for them, the species would have long ago gone extinct as grasslands depend on human management to exist at all. More recently, David Suddjian, an epic birder and general expert biologist, “discovered” the species at the gate between UCSC Twin Gates and the then private Gray Whale Ranch (now Wilder Ranch State Park). He told R. Morgan who then collected some specimens, making others aware of this spectacular find.

Since then, the list of folks who have been important for Ohlone tiger beetle conservation has grown. Dedicated biologists with the US Fish and Wildlife Service who have been instrumental in this species’ conservation include Colleen Sculley and Chad Mitcham. Tara Cornellise and Larry Ford have done amazing research informing local conservation and management. Barry Knisely, the leading tiger beetle specialist in the US, has been particularly generous with his time and talent at informing the conservation of this species…all the way from his home in Virginia! Tommy Williams, a third-generation rancher and lifelong land manager expert at stewarding our local ecosystems, has been tremendously helpful in managing cattle herds to benefit the species, which otherwise would probably have slipped closer to extinction. Many others have played key roles in the salvation of this gem of the coastal prairie. No doubt, many others for hundreds of generations to come will have to keep learning and adapting to keep this and other jewels of the coastal prairie thriving.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Monday, July 21, 2025

#202 / “Fake News” About Heat Waves Everywhere

The cover of the July 21, 2025, edition of The New Yorker is reproduced above. It’s HOT in the Big City! The latest edition of the magazine is “hot off the press” in more ways than one.

It’s hot in India, too, by the way, as reported by The New York Times. To quote from the July 1, 2025, article that I have just linked, “In some parts of the country [India], daytime temperatures have hovered close to 50 degrees Celsius, or 122 degrees Fahrenheit.”

Those who have followed my earlier recommendation, and have read Kim Stanley Robinson’s book, Ministry For The Future, will probably remember that Robinson’s story begins with a heat wave in India. As I recall, the heat wave Robinson describes (in what is, so far, a fictional account of what global warming is doing) killed something like two million people, in just a few days.

Our current president, as we all must know, has opined that what the scientists have called global warming is just some sort of “fake news,” an “evil” plot by Democrats and environmentalists. More offshore oil drilling, oil and gas development in the Arctic, and similar efforts to boost the use of fossil fuels of all kinds is a prescription for disaster (at least if you believe Kim Stanley Robinson, or take seriously flash floods in Texas and the kind of heat waves, almost everywhere, memorialized by The New Yorker’s cover).

If we believe Robinson, when the death toll reaches a million, or more, in a single incident, THEN the world will start doing something about global warming. Think about Robinson’s title (I like to think about grammatical construction, personally). His “Ministry,” which is intended to mobilize resources, worldwide, to confront global warming, is a ministry “For” the future, because if we don’t have a worldwide, coordinated and collective response to the forces we have put in motion there isn’t going to be a future.

Old as I am, I continue to be “future oriented.” If you’d like to get out ahead in favor of the inevitable need for a massive human response, coordinated globally, along the lines that Robinson writes about, you should definitely consider how you can free up some of your personal time to start working towards a solution. This is, essentially, what Greta Thunberg* has done. How much of her personal time has she mobilized?

I’d say, maybe, about 100%, in her case, just based on what I read. If you can’t do that much, you can still start figuring out what you can do – and you can start doing it!

Really, that’s a choice for all of us. We can either dedicate our lives to perpetuating the possibilities that human life can continue on Planet Earth. Or, we can forget about all that, and call the reports of global warming, and its effects, “fake news.”


Greta Thunberg

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

CASE CLOSED, LOYALTIES LIE, SCHLEMIEL, SCHLIMAZEL, SCIENCE

President Trump is probably hoping his new addition to his line of fragrances — ‘Victory 45-47’ — will cover the stench of the rebirth of the Jeffrey Epstein imbroglio into his existence. The Don has a long history of pushing fragrances, introducing ‘Donald Trump, The Fragrance’ in 2004, in a partnership with Estée Lauder‘Empire by Trump’ came along in 2015, and ‘Victory 47’ cologne and perfume was offered in 2024, as well as ‘Fight, Fight, Fight,’ which encompassed scents for both sexes. Promos for the latest addition read, “Trump Fragrances are here. They’re called ‘Victory 45-47’ because they’re all about Winning, Strength, and Success — For men and women. Get yourself a bottle, and don’t forget to get one for your loved ones too. Enjoy, have fun, and keep winning!” The announcement quickly brought forth comments on social media sites: Burt on X joked, “Just spent my entire life savings on his new phone service. Going to take a few payday loans to get this new fragrance;” Drew warned potential buyers, “You are a complete loser if you buy this;” Aaron wrote, “New frontiers of grifting;” former MSNBC host Mehdi Hasan questioned, “How is this legal?” And on X, Jeff remarked, “Trump launching fragrance line called ‘Victory 45-47’ for $199 a bottle. Rumored to be made from ‘essence’ of his ‘precious bodily fluids.’ Appropriate warnings may or may not be listed on label. Use with extreme caution and ideally in the presence of a medical professional.”

Of course, we know Trump has an even longer history as a sexual predator, which led him and Epstein to become ‘best friends for ten or fifteen years,’ documented in interviews, nearly 300 photos and videos posted online, all verified by his many friends and associates. Trump’s promises, during the 2024 presidential campaign, to MAGA and potential voters included his plan to release all files related to the Epstein investigation, his arrest and conviction, and his subsequent prison cell suicide — which the hordes demanded — with the icing on the cake being the rumored ‘client list.’ Asked about it several weeks ago, Secretary Pammy Ann Bondi told the press “everything is sitting on my desk, awaiting review,” with an expected release to follow. It all hit the fan, when at a recent Cabinet meeting, she proclaimed that the files didn’t exist, causing a complete uproar among the MAGAt faithful, and a stream of excuses and what-aboutisms from the panic-stricken White House. Trump had already used one of his highest attention-grabbing Wag-The-Dog diversions by dropping bunker busters on Iran — where could he go from here without starting WWIII? Of course — he could revert to his old tried and true attack of — name calling! That’s the ticket, simply disown the GOP and MAGAts who were calling him out as a liar about the Epstein situation; besides, Elon Musk doesn’t have anything since he didn’t release any details along with his dubious threat, and the fact that his DOGE crew ransacked or copied all the files they got their hands on means nothing — just “don’t believe your lying eyes and ears, only believe what I tell you.” Case closed!

Marc Elias wrote on Democracy Docket that Conspiracy-In-Chief leader Trump has let his self-inflicted crisis on the Epstein Files get out of control and in his attempt to control the debacle he is reduced to expressing his anger in gibberish-filled posts on Truth Social. He has lost control of his narrative, and for the time being, a huge swath of his MAGA base, on an issue of great importance to both Republicans and Democrats, who failed to communicate with voters in 2024. Elias points out that the cultural influencers and podcasters who pushed their audiences into the Trump camp are making their angry voices heard — the most alienated in Trump’s about-face. Should an election actually happen in 2026, the GOP stands to lose many of the current officeholders whose names will be on the ballot once again. The unpopular legislation that Congress is pressured to enact is already the albatross on their shoulders, and the Epstein episode will only add to their burden. Despite Trump’s weakness of his hold on his base, “the elections of 2018 and 2022 are a reminder of how badly the GOP fared in those midterms, with Trump’s attracting and endorsing the worst candidates while offering no increase in voter turnout or enthusiasm,” asserts Elias. Roiling the waters with dismissal of Epstein as unimportant, Trump has brought on the wrath of his former supporters, while bringing momentum to the Democrats who hope that GOPers in both the House and Senate will bear the brunt of the president’s lies and idiocy next year.

Elias urges caution as we watch the impotence of the Congressional Republicans toward this scandal — they call for the release of the files, yet cast votes for the exact opposite. To Elias, “It seems clear that the overwhelming majority of House and Senate Republicans will end up voting to protect Trump and the secrets contained in those files. It’s clear where their loyalties lie — and it’s not with the American people. Finally, the biggest difference is Trump himself. He is selfish and does not care about any of the Republicans serving in Congress. Even as they hav become more obsequious — perhaps because of it — he holds them in contempt. We know — and they know — that Trump will do whatever he deems is in his best interest and will sacrifice any or all of them without a second thought.” Elias recounts the words of his grandmother who taught him, “Learn manners because when you grow up, you don’t want to be a schlemiel — a person who, at a nice dinner party, spills the soup. But even more important, never be the schlimazel — the chronically unlucky person onto whose lap the soup is spilled.” He then concludes, “When it comes to congressional politics, Trump may be a vulgar schlemiel, but congressional Republicans are always the schlimazels.”

At the recent Hill Nation Summit, some Democrats grudgingly complimented Trump’s strategies as they attempt to learn from the November losses as they move toward 2026, attempting to narrow the Republican majorities. California’s Ro Khanna believes Democrats have been “way too judgmental” of Americans who voted for Donald Trump. “We acted as if the problem was the voters; the problem was the party, and we acted with a condescension and a judgment on voters,” he said to NewsNation’s Chris Cillizza. With the Democratic Party showing its lowest favorability ratings in years, and struggling to redefine its image, many are calling for a new generation of leaders, which is adding fuel to intra-party frustrations. Democratic strategist, Fred Hicks said, “You can’t understand how to win by repeating losing behavior; you have to study winners. And the reality is that Trump has won two of his three elections. I think it’s prudent to understand how Republicans have earned the votes of so many people.” Khanna criticized his party for not having a compelling economic vision for years, but suggested he could bring a better economic vision forward, with many speculating he has his eye on a presidential run. Hicks disparages our system in saying, “The problem in American politics right now is that if your team runs the play, then it’s OK; if the other team does it, then it’s not. What that has done is that’s created a deficit of trust in our system, amongst voters, everyday people.”

House Speaker Mike Johnson announced that no vote on a resolution calling for the release of Epstein-related documents will be held before the August recess, despite the growing outcry over the Trump administration’s handling of the case. Johnson says he wants the administration to have time to act on the matter before going ahead with congressional action, though Trump is urging the GOP to just drop the issue. AG Pam Bondi has requested release of grand jury transcripts, with Johnson claiming there is no argument over the need for maximum transparency. “My belief is we need the administration to have the space to do what it is doing and if further Congressional action is necessary or appropriate, then we’ll look at that. But I don’t think we are at that point right now because we agree with the president,” Johnson replied to reporters. Latching on to the frustrations in the Epstein case, Representatives Thomas Massie and Ro Khanna have joined forces on a resolution to release the files — a discharge petition for the legislation in an attempt to force it to the floor, which has at least ten GOP co-sponsors. Representative Marjorie Taylor Greene, one of the critics of Trump’s foot-dragging, said, “Dangling bits of red meat no longer satisfies. They want the whole steak dinner and will accept nothing else — the base will turn and there’s no going back.”

Democratic strategist Antjuan Seawright believes there’s “a lot” for Democrats to learn from Trump’s approach to politics, which has allowed him to “hypnotize his base” along the campaign trail and in office. “Two things happen with elections: You win or you learn. I think there’s certainly a lot to learn from Trump’s political career and his style, and I think more than anything, to learn that we don’t have to continue this idea of doing business as usual, but we must master doing unusual business,” he contends. Maryland Representative Glenn Ivey stressed that his party’s need to keep up with the changing media landscape, which the GOP dominated so effectively in the last election, is a top priority. Ivey feels optimistic about the midterms next year, pointing to President Trump’s falling poll numbers. “He’s hurting himself a lot. If we later on — we being the Democrats — layer on top of that an affirmative message…we could really have very strong gains.” Polls put Trump’s disapproval rating at its highest since the beginning of his second term, and Ivey says, “If you want to turn voters out, get ’em angry, get ’em excited. We’ll see if we can sustain it, but it’s certainly heading in the right direction for us at this point.”

Salon.com has presented why many Americans are put off by the Trump administration’s policies — MAGA hates science! The ongoing destruction of stormy weather wreaking havoc in our communities isn’t convincing enough for them to even consider that climate change is nothing more than a hoax. Measles? Meh, no biggie — shut down research, clinics, and ban vaccines — all medical research, while we’re at it! Salon’s article speculates that it’s because scientific advances don’t discriminate between the ‘worthy’ and those considered ‘unworthy,’ and because some in the billionaire class think they deserve to live much longer than you do. “But it’s not just the small — and small-minded, and small-hearted — wealthy libertarian or right-wing elite. Working people who choose to wear MAGA red caps hate science for their own reasons: It tells them things about disease and environmental destruction and, say, women’s reproductive health that they cannot bear to face. Scientific findings often do not jibe with their religious beliefs. If you believe the Earth is 6,000 years old, were never taught how to distinguish between faith and knowledge, you’re naturally going to have a testy relationship with science,” Salon declares.

The article continues: “By its nature of openness to new ideas, scientific inquiry exemplifies the secular worldview of liberals. Science levels the playing field. It’s woke. Scientists discriminate about the significance of evidence, but they do no discriminate about the significance of different human beings. (That is what the MAGA faithful think their religion is for —because Republicans have spent a long time perverting Christianity, too, to justify their greed and bigotry.) There’s the danger to those who consider themselves superior — by race, color, creed or position on the Forbes list — to the mass of men and women. Scientific advancements make us ever more aware that we are all the same and should enjoy the same basic rights to education, health care, civil liberties like voting, freedom of and freedom from religion, and the freedom to read or otherwise consume whatever opinions or cultural works we choose — the very things that the current occupant of the White House and his MAGA followers are working to take away from us.” History tells us that friction between science and religion could bring imprisonment or death to scientists, and now we see our president calling global warming “a hoax,” as he takes down NOAA and FEMA, while defunding climate research and green technology. What Trump and his party of grifters and religious zealots are accomplishing in taking down universities funding for research will be economically devastating, not only to those now directly involved, but to future generations who could receive advantages from any developments. Make COVID great again!

What our felonious leader wants to see is the destruction of all expertise, as all autocrats are inclined to accomplish. He wishes to be respected for any idiotic public health proposals, or for changing the weather by unleashing nuclear bombs inside a developing hurricane, or simply changing the name of a geographical location to satisfy his delicate ego — or demanding that professional sports organizations change their team’s names. He doesn’t wish to have some Pulitzer Prize-winning economist or historian tell him and his base that his Big Beautiful Bill is a failure, or that he isn’t the greatest president — or the greatest world leader — in all of history. Hating to be questioned, he despises journalists, scientists, or anyone educated enough to be critically challenging; hence, his “Cabinet of white nationalist frat boys, shameless sycophants, and fellow grifters — not to mention a supermajority of right-wing Supreme Court justices who appear ready to hand him absolute power,” the Salon article charges.

A notable President Trump story resulting from his attendance at an energy and technology summit in Pittsburgh, has him claiming that his uncle, John Trump, taught the Unabomber. Uncle John was a professor at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, who Nephew Donald calls “one of the great professors, longest-serving professor in MIT history, with three degrees in nuclear, chemical and math — that’s a smart man.” The ‘longest-serving’ lie has been debunked numerous times over the years, but what can we expect from the least honest president in American history? He asked his audience, “Do you know who Ted Kaczynski was? There’s very little difference between a madman and a genius.” Trump then regaled the assembled with a supposed ‘conversation’ he had with Uncle John, who told him all about student Kaczynski, none of it, however, being true — a complete fabrication. To begin with, Kaczynski attended Harvard, not MIT, and the most damning fact is that John Trump died in 1985, with Kaczynski not being identified and arrested until 1986. MSNBC says that if both Trumps knew of Kaczynski’s role as the Unabomber a decade before his apprehension, that would be quite a newsworthy story. White House press secretary, Katherine Leavitt, was asked about Trump’s whopper, and as usual admonished the reporter who dared to ask such a question “with so many issues going on in the world.” A good follow-up question would have been, “Then why isn’t the president dealing with THOSE issues?”

The Unabomber story bomb seems just another sad event that the mainstream media is ignoring is Trump’s increasing disconnect from reality. One day after he graced the Pittsburgh audience with the story, he again complained about Federal Reserve Chairman Jerome Powell, saying, “I was surprised he was appointed,” obviously forgetting he had made the appointment himself in 2017? Or trying to pass the buck? He resumed his attack on Powell at a White House Faith Office summit, calling the chairman “a knucklehead” and “a stupid guy,” as he went on to deride the intelligence of his former energy secretary Rick Perry, and telling the assembled that President Biden “wasn’t faithful enough and sought to persecute religious leaders.” Those gathered heard his claim that gasoline prices are priced at the lowest level in decades — under $2 per gallon — a claim he has repeated for weeks, while everyone knows the per gallon price has not fallen below the nationwide average of $3 since his inauguration. It seems that most of the time he has no idea what is going on in his own bailiwick, telling House Republicans not to touch MedicaidMedicare, and Social Security if they want to keep winning elections. This admonition just days before he actually signed the Big Beautiful Bill which did those very things, prompting one GOPer to tell him,“But we’re touching Medicaid in this bill.” Surprise, surprise, Donny! Another incident, when asked by a reporter why military aid shipments to Ukraine had been placed on hold, he turned the question to ask if SHE knew who had ordered the halt — “You tell me!” Making up stories, making false claims, attacking other public officials — seems the stuff for a good in-depth story, perhaps? So, where are the reports connecting these incidents? Why only tossed off comments that hardly equate to the “aggressive reporting on President Biden’s cognitive decline,” which won Axios reporter Alex Thompson the Aldo Beckman Award for Overall Excellence at the White House Correspondents Dinner.

Thompson, who teamed up with CNN’s Jake Tapper to write a best-seller that delved into Biden’s alleged decline and the White House’s attempt to cover his difficulties, said in his acceptance speech, “President Biden’s decline and its cover-up by the people around him is a reminder that every White House, regardless of party, is capable of deception. But being truth-tellers also means telling the truth about ourselves. We, myself included, missed a lot of this story, and some people trusted us less because of it. We bear some responsibility for faith in the media being at such lows.” So, he admits the media dropped the ball back then. Where is the media NOW? Where is the team of Thompson/Tapper? Are they resting on their laurels, gloating over their ‘success’? The truth-tellers have chickened out!

A truth-teller who crossed Trump and corporate America last week — Stephen Colbert — learned a hard lesson, which we should all take as a warning. His show was cancelled, and will no longer be in the CBS lineup after May 2026, at the end of his current contract. This has brought forth a cacophony of voices and a few offers, he will surely land in a good spot to continue his pointed commentary — more on this later to be sure. In the meantime send your best wishes to the Trumps, CBS, Skydance, the Redstones, and the Ellisons to let them know how we feel.

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

Wishful Thinking

“If something is true, no amount of wishful thinking will change it.”
~Richard Dawkins

“Wishful thinking is not sound public policy.”
~Bjorn Lomborg

“Stop the habit of wishful thinking and start the habit of thoughtful wishes.”
~Mary Martin

“The existence of life beyond Earth is an ancient human concern. Over the years, however, attempts to understand humanity’s place in the cosmos through science often got hijacked by wishful thinking or fabricated tales.”
~Jill Tarter

“Where there is life there is wishful thinking.”
~Gerald F. Lieberman

...

Agnes Sandström interviewed on Swedish Television in 1962.


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

July 9 – 15, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on the Gutting of CEQA… Steinbruner… Moss Landing, whale crossing, new park in Watsonville… Hayes… Swanton Pacific Ranch at a Critical Juncture… Patton… … Home on the range Matlock… alligator auschwitz…los desaparecidos…sinful…state overreach… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… the sound of dialup! Quotes on… “Letting go”

...

THE MIGHTY SAN LORENZO RIVER circa 1895. Here’s the way the river used to be during the Venetian Water Festivals. They started in 1895 and continued off and on into the 1920’s. Talk about bringing life back to our river!!!

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: July 9, 2025

CULTURE SHOCK? Or is that environment? Climate? I don’t know, but things are different up in the mountains. I thought our power went out quite frequently in Aptos, but here in Ben Lomond it’s a whole other ballgame. Getting an automatic generator set up is moving up the priority list for sure, especially before we go into fall and get rains and what not.

So, why am I even talking about this? Oh, because our power went out just as I was about to post this column, and everything crashed… Live and learn and do it again, that seems to be the way of things 🙂

Life’s an adventure!

~Webmistress

...

THIS IS SPINAL TAP. Vudu, Google Play, Amazon. Movie (7.9 IMDb) ****
When I was chronologically less-endowed (the ’80s) and UA owned almost all the screens in town (Del Mar, Rio, River Street Twin, Aptos Twin, and the 41st Ave Playhouse), I worked at the Del Mar and the Rio. I’d catch free movies all over town every week. Obviously, you only have so much mental storage, so with a lot of films, I just filed away whether I liked them or not.

So imagine my surprise when I went to see a Fathom Event 4K restoration of “This Is Spinal Tap” (in anticipation of the upcoming “Spinal Tap 2: The End Continues”) and realized I remembered everything, despite the 41 years between my first viewing and now.

For the uninitiated, this 1984 self-described “mockumentary” by Rob Reiner follows the later years of fictional band Spinal Tap. Told in loose documentary style, it also dives into their earlier phases as a Beatles-style quartet and later a psychedelic rock act. The core trio – Michael McKean, Christopher Guest, and Harry Shearer (who later reunited for “A Mighty Wind”) – are backed by a rotating cast of ill-fated drummers. Most of the dialogue is improvised, and the music manages to be both hilarious and genuinely good.

If you’ve never seen it, track down a copy or be ready to rent or buy it on Amazon. It’s worth going out of your way for a watch.

Sorry if I seem a little hyperbolic. You see, it goes to 11.
~Sarge

SUPERMAN. In theaters. Movie. (7.7 IMDb) ****
First off, let’s address the Kryptonian Drang in the room: Yes, Superman has always been an immigrant – rocketed to Earth as a baby without “doing it the right way.” But this film doesn’t touch that theme at all. It’s not part of the plot. Nor do they change or even reference the classic “truth, justice, and the American Way” slogan. (In fact, in the comics, at one time he renounced his American citizenship as Superman so his global actions wouldn’t reflect on the U.S.) That, however, is relevant to the plot. Also, the twist with his biological parents WAS NOT Gunn’s creation – it has been off-and-on a part of the character’s backstory for decades, in different revisions, and in different media. Gunn isn’t tugging on Superman’s cape here.

Superman (2025), directed by James Gunn and starring David Corenswet as Superman, Rachel Brosnahan as Lois Lane, and Nicholas Hoult as Lex Luthor – plus Krypto, the super-goodest boy – introduces a new take. Gunn brings back heart and humor that, while sometimes overlooked, are absolutely comic-accurate. Yes, the grim Snyderverse tone was also pulled from the comics, but comics contain multitudes. We’ve been telling Superman stories for over 80 years – different eras, different writers, different vibes.

Thankfully, this movie skips the origin story. We meet a Superman already established in the role, with a working relationship (and chemistry) with Lois Lane. Without giving too much away, the central conflict revolves around how Superman operates on a global scale – and how his idealism runs up against Lex Luthor’s cynicism, technocracy, and media manipulation. Lex plays dirty, and Clark’s just a big honest dope who wants to save people.

Nathan Fillion has fun as Guy Gardner – the canonically bowl-cutted Limbaugh-dittohead Green Lantern everyone loves to punch (there are several Earth-based Green Lanterns – it’s a Corps – so you will likely see him alongside the two who will be featured in the forthcoming “Lanterns” series). His appearance, along with Mr. Terrific and Hawkgirl, may serve as a backdoor introduction to what might become Gunn’s version of the Justice League.

And then there’s Krypto. He often steals the show. First introduced in the ’50s, Krypto has drifted in and out of continuity as Superman’s dog, and here, he’s like the Rocket Raccoon of this universe: A whimsical element, that can hit you deep in the feels.

The story? It’s fine. It touches on serious issues without digging too deep – more Donner Superman in tone than Man of Steel, and blessedly free of Christ imagery. If you’re attached to a particular version of Superman, this one might not click – or it might… some people swear by Adam West’s Batman or Lynda Carter’s Wonder Woman! Don’t get me wrong, I love them both. Nostalgia shapes expectations. YMMV.

Definitely worth a watch.
~Sarge

BUT I’M A CHEERLEADER. Paramount+. Series (6.8 IMDb) ***-
Take a featherweight romcom, toss in some John Waters camp, a dose of LGBTQ satire, and you get “But I’m a Cheerleader” (1999) – a pastel-colored romp through the “hilarity” of forced conversion therapy. It’s a sign of progress, I suppose, that we now have banal lesbian romcoms.

Natasha Lyonne (in her baby-faced era) stars as Megan, a perky, clueless high school cheerleader blindsided when her friends and family stage a gay intervention. She’s promptly packed off to True Directions, a pastel repressed “rehabilitation” camp where gender roles are weaponized like power tools. There, despite the best efforts of the staff (including RuPaul as Mike, an aggressively straight-coded “ex-gay”) Megan starts to figure out who she really is.

It’s not exactly deep, or all that clever, but it is fun enough. The cast helps: Lyonne sarts to blossom, Clea DuVall does her patented broody-outsider-in-crisis (a ‘90s staple), and RuPaul chews the scenery with glee. It was recommended after reviewing Lyonne in “Poker Face”. Worth a watch if you’re in the mood for some light, queer, candy-coated fluff with a subversive wink.

~Sarge

POKER FACE. Peacock. Series (7.8 IMDb) ***-
Poker Face is one of those shows I always meant to watch… and didn’t. Until now.
Starring Natasha Lyonne (Russian Doll, Orange is the New Black) at her most raspy and sardonic, she plays Charlie Cale—a woman with an uncanny, almost supernatural ability to tell when someone is lying. After calling out the shady son of a Vegas mobster (who promptly offs himself), she ends up on the run, wandering the backroads of America like a Gen Z Columbo in denim.

The series, created by Rian Johnson (Knives Out, Glass Onion, and yes, The Last Jedi), wears its love of ’70s detective shows on its sleeve—from the “mystery-first” format (you see the crime, then watch Charlie unravel it) to the delightfully retro opening credits, complete with roman numerals production date, drop shadows, and that plain, dead-serious typeface that screams 1976 CBS drama hour.

It’s part The Fugitive, part Incredible Hulk, and all charm—with a healthy dose of dry humor, shaggy-dog clues, and Lyonne’s lovable weirdness gluing it all together. She’s not a cop, not a PI, and not trying to be either—she just knows when you’re full of it, and can’t help but get involved.

If you miss the days when TV detectives had weird tics, old cars, and zero respect for protocol, Poker Face is your new weekend binge. Second season just dropped on Peacock. Worth a Watch.
~Sarge

SNOW WHITE. In theatres. Movie (1.7 IMDb) ***
I’m not one of those people who worships at the altar of Disney. I’ve been watching their films for over 50 years, so my ambivalence isn’t from lack of exposure. I genuinely enjoy many of their movies; The Jungle Book was a childhood favorite (though I’m still salty that Mowgli ditched the jungle for a girl…).

That said, changes to Snow White don’t bother me. Disney has been rewriting traditional tales since day one! Remember the stepsisters slicing off toes and heels to fit in the glass slipper in the original story of Cinderella? Yeah, that didn’t make the cut.

The music? Pleasant enough, but nothing that stuck with me. The dwarves (yes, Tolkien says that’s the plural) veer into uncanny valley territory… not stylized enough to feel intentional, but not realistic enough to work. Visually odd.

Otherwise, it’s Snow White. Rachel Zegler gives a solid, competent performance—and no, I’m not bothered that she’s Colombian and Polish. If she can sing, act, and dance, we’re good.

Overall? It’s a “meh” from me. Harmless, and musical fans will probably have a good time. Worth a watch if that’s your thing. (the 1.7 on IMDB is likely heavily skewed by anti-woke snowflakes sitting at the their keyboard, listing multiple negative votes. Adaptions always reflect the world they come from. Deal with it.)
~Sarge

SINNERS. In theatres. Movie. (8.1 IMDb) ***
Sweat, dust, and sweet, sweet blues pour through this story of twin brothers returning from WWI—veterans-turned-mob-enforcers in Chicago—who head back to their Mississippi hometown to open a juke joint. It’s part roadhouse, part sanctuary for the Black community, and it becomes the stage for the rise (and fall) of “Preacher Boy” Moore, a young blues guitarist with something close to magic in his fingers.

There’s a stunning musical stretch in the middle where the film lets the music breathe—past, present, and future all moving together, dancing in time. It’s pure poetry.

And then… there are vampires.

Honestly, the movie would’ve been stronger without them. They don’t matter until the third act, and when they show up, it’s like a genre switch that crashes the vibe. The first two-thirds are rich and immersive. The final third? Not bad exactly, but it turns the film into something less interesting than it started out as.

Michael B. Jordan does solid double duty as the twins, Smoke and Stack, and newcomer Miles Caton is fantastic as Preacher Boy. You believe every note he plays.

So I’m torn. I can wholeheartedly recommend the first two-thirds. The final act? I can tolerate it—but I wouldn’t push it on anyone else. Taster’s choice.
~Sarge

LOVE, DEATH + ROBOTS. Netflix. Series (8.4 IMDb) ****
This show first dropped in 2019. I ignored it. Then two more seasons came and went — I still didn’t watch. But when I heard a fourth season was finally on the way, I figured it was time to see what the fuss was about.

Now I get it.
And so should you.

It’s an anthology, so technically you can jump in anywhere. But honestly? Start from the beginning. There’s so much to see here, and the clunker-to-gem ratio is shockingly low. Nearly every segment hits—hard.

Unlike most anthologies that reuse the same look and crew across episodes, Love, Death + Robots is a true anthology. Every short is handled by a different animation team, each with its own distinct style. Some look like high-end video game cutscenes. Others are pure painterly dreamscapes. Some mix live action and animation. There’s hand-drawn 2D, hyperreal 3D, and everything in between. There’s a Red Hot Chili Peppers video, done entirely as marionettes.

As the title suggests, every segment centers on love, death, robots—or some mix of the three. What you get ranges wildly: dark comedy, cosmic philosophy, dystopian morality tales, sci-fi speculation, brutal war stories, existential horror, and moments of real beauty. It’s a refreshing, unapologetic mix of graphic violence, sex, and nudity (there is a difference) —sometimes all at once, sometimes none at all. I reiterate: sometimes none at all. Some just go for a vibe, or something sweet, or funny.

And yes, there’s equal-opportunity nudity. If you’re cool with boobs but squirm at male parts waving about (or vice versa), maybe keep the skip button handy.

Think of it as a more mature, mostly less juvenile Heavy Metal — or Black Mirror – with no censors and a better visual imagination.

Very much worth a watch.
~Sarge

THE MINECRAFT MOVIE. In theatres. Movie (5.9 IMDb) x
Okay, so here’s the deal: I’ve played Minecraft before, so I am familar enough to know the mechanics of its universe, but equally, not SO in love with it that I’m going to freak about any cinematic storytelling compromises. Also, aside from studying film in college, I worked for 15+ years in visual effects for film and tv, as a compositor (I took the cg and the live action and mushed them together, added some blood and dust and blur and film grain etc so that it looked like one image).

This film was an actual disaster. OK cast. Meh story. But the choices made while bringing it all together were BAFFLING. I’ve seen films where janky effects and weird dialoge were a CHOICE – I get it, it can be fun. However, there is no rhyme or reason to the uneven storytelling and effects. In some scenes, the animation does not include mouth movement, and yet later, that same character CAN move their mouth. Some scenes have totally passable blue/green screen extraction, others have completely visible wires and it looks like the crudest animatic. And that’s very much what the film feels like: an animatic. An animatic is a pre-visualization version of a film that may or may not have effects, or rough acting shot to just show what is supposed to happen here – in some cases it’s literally just voices over a series of drawings. What should have been a modestly entertaining b-grade “Jumanji” (real people in a video-game world) instead comes across as Jack Black and friends improv brainstorming, then handing it off to someone’s 15 year old YouTuber nephew to assemble and do … something … with the effects.

NOT worth a watch. Not a “so bad it’s good”, but a “so bad, why am I watching this?”. DO NOT let your kids watch it and have it become their favorite film, because you will end up wanting to strangle them.

I stuck it out for you.

You’re welcome.
~Sarge

DEATH OF A UNICORN. Prime TV. Movie (6.1 IMDb) ***
Thank you, Alex Scharfman, for opening people’s eyes to the truth: unicorns were never sweet, cuddly ponies — they’re magical beasts; basically angry horses with a murder stick on their foreheads.

Paul Rudd and Jenna Ortega star as a father-daughter duo who find themselves in way over their heads after accidentally running over a unicorn. Between the vengeful parents of the mythical creature and the greedy interests of Rudd’s pharma overlords (played with relish by Richard E. Grant, Téa Leoni, and Will Poulter, as the Leopolds), chaos — and carnage — ensue.

A literal “eat the rich” horror/comedy, this film is sharp, absurd, and unapologetically dark. Rudd and Ortega have great chemistry, and the Leopolds are delightfully despicable.

Not for the squeamish, but absolutely worth a watch.
~Sarge

...

July 7, 2025

CEQA Gutted

Lookout’s Christopher Neely moderates a 2024 panel on affordable housing with L. to R. Senator Scott Wiener, Supervisor Manu Koenig and then City councilmember Sandy Brown.

You are no doubt aware that Governor Newsom has signed two bills championed by Senator Scott Wiener and Assemblymember Buffy Wicks to gut significant portions of the CA Environmental Quality Act or CEQA. That goal has been a long-standing aim of Wiener’s but hitherto had not garnered strong support. That is, until the repeated claim of CEQA as a major obstacle to the building of affordable housing gained enough traction for the governor to tie the bills’ passage to that of the state budget. Opposition from a coalition of one hundred environmental groups was swift but largely ignored by the governor and his supporters.

The central question remains: is there evidence to support the claim that CEQA has been a major cause of the affordability crisis in housing in CA? If so, then a scrutiny of CEQA is in order. CEQA critics claim that it is and cite a few extreme examples. However, the examples and claims such as Wiener’s that “anyone who doesn’t like a project for any reason can use CEQA to delay or even kill a project for reasons having literally nothing to do with the environment.”

-LA Times e-newsletter, Essential California- do not stand up when measured against credible research. The 148-page research document, CEQA by the Numbers: Myths and Facts published by the Housing Workshop for the Rose Foundation in May 2023 can be read here.

It counters with empirical research the exaggerated or false claims made by CEQA opponents.  For example, the rate of litigation for all CEQA projects was 1.9 % for a nine-year period from 2013 to 2021. Hardly a tidal wave of litigation. A conclusion in the Executive Summary is instructive. Addressing the claims made by CEQA opponents the authors write, “In many cases, critics had utilized inaccurate data or relied on incorrect assumptions. In others, they had simply overlooked CEQA’s dynamic nature — that the law has been amended to meet changing needs. Their criticisms never recognized the fact that, by 2020, the California Legislature had enacted numerous reforms to the law, streamlining environmental review and expediting CEQA litigation for many projects.”

That part caught my attention. The bills just passed by the governor exempt infill housing from CEQA. But every infill housing project in the city of Santa Cruz in the past five years has been CEQA exempt. That is standard practice. What is going on here? My hunch is that the “infill housing exemption” is a marketing tool or branding since it touches a sympathetic nerve, even though infill housing is already exempt. The other projects that are now CEQA exempt, such as advanced manufacturing may not be so popular, but they are in the same bill. The bills also vastly reduce what is required to be made available in the Administrative Record which an agency, such as the city, is required to present as part of a CEQA lawsuit.

The Administrative Record (AR) prior to now included all electronic internal agency communications and all documents related to a project. Now, the AR excludes electronic internal agency communications that were not presented to the final decision-making body, such as at the city council hearing on the project. The AR would still include communications reviewed by a lead or local agency executive or supervisory administrative official. This is phony assurance. Such “reviews” if they even exist, will quickly disappear.

I have first-hand experience with the AR for the CEQA lawsuit against the city of Santa Cruz Wharf Master Plan. To help keep legal costs down and because I like doing such research, I carefully read the thousand or so pages comprising the AR. There were some very informative emails and some very revealing. None of them would be available under this current legislation.

Most did not play a part in the lawsuit brief, but you had to read all of them to spot the one or two that did. Then there were the emails that revealed the frank views of those heading the project as in, “I’ve gone through the draft Wharf Master Plan and removed as many references to ‘municipal’ as possible.” Such information is now inaccessible.

The claim by Wiener that “anyone can get a lawyer and use CEQA to delay or kill a project for reasons having literally nothing to do with the environment” is not supported by the facts and was not my experience. First off, let’s start by exposing that which is hidden in discussions around CEQA. The first step in the process is that a city or other agency produces a faulty, or inadequate environmental document. That step is the crucial one. Nothing moves if a city or other agency produces a reasonable, adequate environmental document. To go forward with a chance of success a CEQA lawsuit must be strong, meaning the city’s environmental document must have significant, demonstrable inadequacies. The bar is set high, and the timeline is short; some of the changes the Housing Workshop authors referenced.

A CEQA lawsuit does not stop a project. If successful, a big IF, the city or agency is required to redo the parts of the environmental document that the court found unlawful. At worst the project is delayed, at best it is improved by having the agency reveal the environmental impacts that the court found were missing and try to mitigate them. They should have done that in the first place and saved the public the time and expense of holding them accountable. But this is not how the discussion around CEQA evolves. The starting place for anti CEQA voices is to label those bringing a lawsuit as “anti-housing” or “disgruntled homeowners.” Keep repeating that often enough and it appears in every op ed, podcast and interview.

Thanks to Newsom, Wiener, Wicks, and others, CEQA is gutted. Meanwhile the main drivers of the housing affordability crisis are well-shielded behind their portfolios. When housing prices do not drop and environmental effects of the worst projects impact those with the least resources, what else will the real estate industry and its politicians dream up to keep profits high and attention diverted?

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
GREENACTION HELPING MOSS LANDING BESS FIRE VICTIMS HOLD GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTABLE

The folks who have been injured by the Moss Landing Vistra Battery Fire have been abandoned by the agencies, such as the EPA, that are supposed to be helping.  As the Never Again Moss Landing leaders have said…”We realize now that the Cavalry is not coming.” Luckily, however, social and environmental justice groups have stepped up.
One of them is GreenAction.  That group was able to convene a meeting with EPA leaders recently and force them to admit that initial claims of safety regarding the fire were incorrect, but had never been retracted or corrected, yet continue to be relied upon as an informational point.

Here is information about GreenAction:

Greenaction Joins Moss Landing, California Residents Suffering from Battery Fires in Holding Government Accountable – Greenaction for Health and Environmental Justice

In January and February of 2025 two major fires occurred at the Vistra Battery Storage Facility resulting in negative impacts on the health of the surrounding community and environment from the release of highly toxic chemicals into the land, air, and water. Never Again Moss Landing is a fast-response grassroots all-volunteer group of residents that advocates for their community’s voice and interests in response to these Battery Energy Storage System (B.E.S.S.) Fires. Greenaction reached out to the Department of Toxic Substance Control (DTSC) on behalf of Never Again Moss Landing to demand accountability, better testing, transparency, and urgent action to protect the community and environment! We will help hold government agencies and corporate powers accountable,!
Greenaction Environmental Justice Organizer, Skylar Sacoolas, joined the panel discussion “Healing from an Ecodisaster” and shares how Greenaction holds corporate powers and government agencies accountable!

Check out the full panel discussion on YouTube: Power Plant Fire- Healing from an Eco-Disaster with Never Again Moss Landing, CA

Check Out Never Again Moss Landing’s Website for more information.

GREENACTION INTERVIEW THIS FRIDAY ON “COMMUNITY MATTERS”
Listen this Friday at 2pm Pacific Time to “Community Matters” when I will interview Ms. Skylar Sacoolas of GreenAction to discuss what is happening in Monterey and Santa Cruz Counties regarding the Vistra Fire as well as siting of other lithium battery facilities in a Watsonville neighborhood.

Listen from your computer or smart device.  The program will be recorded and posted by 5pm on the Santa Cruz Voice website.

RTC AWARDED $128,7 MILLION FOR SEGMENT 12 WORK BUT WHAT ABOUT PROPERTY OWNERS ADVERSELY AFFECTED?
The RTC now has funding for widening Highway One between State Park Drive and Freedom Blvd, and will include construction of the trail in the rail corridor concurrently.  This means the RTC will take alot of private land along the way, such as the front half of the Bayview Hotel and Caroline’s parking lots,  a significant amount of land adjacent to the tracks along Aptos Street BBQ area and the Aptos Creek crossings.  Some property owners received notice and a purchase offer, but not all.  Hmmm….

One of those left in the dark is Mr. Lee Steinberg, whose home sits adjacent to the tracks near Aptos Creek.  County and RTC staff met with him a year ago to discuss what the new trail viaduct planned to loom over his driveway would look like.  They promised renderings that have yet to materialize.  When asked about the solar impact study for the project, staff replied later that the County Ordinance regarding shading impacts of projects on neighboring properties “was repealed”.  Hmmm…

Meanwhile, the Campaign for Sustainable Transportation has sued the RTC relating to the highway widening piece of this huge project.
I encourage anyone interested in saving the heritage redwood trees that the RTC will cut to contact the Campaign for Sustainable Transportation and get involved to whatever degree you are able.

RTC Receives $128.7 Million from State for Multimodal Projects Connecting Watsonville and Santa Cruz – Mountain Bulletin

CHANTICLEER “WHALE CROSSING” TO OPEN JULY 30
Well, the long-awaited and over-budget pedestrian /bicycle bridge over Highway One (with the whale motif) is scheduled to open July 30.  Soquel Avenue Frontage Road is now paved next to the very wide sidewalk bordering the bridge end at Chanticleer Avenue, but no improvements of substance have been completed at the other side near Grey Bears facility for safe travel of future pedestrians and cyclists.

We will all be treated to a bird’s eye view of the noisy and chemical-intensive PureWater Soquel Treatment Plant adjacent to the bridge.  Soquel Creek Water District has provided NONE of the landscaping promised when the Project was approved.  Aesthetics?  Hmmm…..

NEW PARK OPENS IN WATSONVILLE FRIDAY
This Friday, the new large County Park  on Whiting Road will officially open to the public at 10am.  What once was agricultural land is now going to be used for recreational space, beginning with walking trails…maybe?
New park to open in South Santa Cruz County

Initially, the County bought this shiny new thing with letters of support from the Santa Cruz County Ag History Project leaders who hoped to create a working heritage farm there and invite school groups to tour.  The Superintendent of Pajaro Valley Unified School District at the time, Dr. Rodriguez, also provided a letter of support to the County for the purchase.  There was also discussion of ‘temporary’ athletic playing fields.  Hmmm…

There is a large agricultural well on the property, but it remains to be seen how the County will develop this new park…removing agricultural land use?
Maybe the County Agricultural Policy Advisory Commission (APAC) should weigh in on this, that is if they ever are allowed to meet again.  All of their meetings this year have been canceled by Planning Staff Sheila McDaniels.

Write Supervisor Hernandez and ask him about the issue of removing ag land from that use, in violation of the County’s Measure J statute. Felipe Hernandez <felipe.hernandez@santacruzcountyca.gov> He is the current Chair of the Board of Supervisors.

WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  ATTEND A PUBLIC MEETING AND ASK QUESTIONS. MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY DOING JUST ONE THING.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Swanton Pacific Ranch at a Critical Juncture

The Swanton Pacific Ranch burned in the 2020 CZU Fire and is at a critical juncture: will it become a high use University campus or will it continue its famed reputation of serving as a lower key training center for California’s future land managers? Many people do not know about this important institution or the Scott Creek and Swanton areas where it is located, but these places have been incredibly important to the Monterey Bay area for a very long time.

A Very Special Place

The Swanton Pacific Ranch (SPR) is 3,200 acres of super biologically diverse, privately owned ‘working’ land a little north of Davenport and is affiliated with the California Polytechnic State University in San Luis Obispo. The property occupies a significant portion of the Scott Creek basin, which has the most plant species per acre of anywhere in North America. Scott Creek also hosts the southernmost population of the highly endangered central coast races of coho salmon and steelhead. The Swanton area is home to some pretty special other wildlife species, as well, including the endangered California red-legged frog and the rare central coast mountain lion, California giant salamander, and western pond turtle. Large areas of Swanton Pacific Ranch and the watershed in general host endangered coastal prairie and maritime chaparral plant communities. There are even relict old growth redwoods!

Swanton Pacific Ranch: Privately Owned for a Reason

Those who think they know about Swanton Pacific Ranch are often surprised about its ownership. SPR is not owned by Cal Poly San Luis Obispo, it is owned by a private corporation called the Cal Poly Partners. Cal Poly Partners is ‘a strategic partner dedicated to advancing Cal Poly.’ Its mission includes the statement

‘Through our flexible business model and willingness to take on challenges, we push boundaries to provide university resources and services.’

When Cal Poly wants to build on campus without adhering to state guidelines for prevailing wage or unions, Cal Poly Partners “gets ‘er done.” When Cal Poly wants to bypass hiring union workers for its cafeterias or janitorial services, Cal Poly Partners steps in to hire those workers. (Despite these ‘cost savings’ Cal Poly San Luis Obispo has comparatively expensive tuition, charging more fees than other State Universities.) Likewise, Cal Poly Partners may have been ‘useful’ for bypassing State rules for student accommodation at SPR in terms of housing standards, accessibility, etc. And, because SPR’s employees are Cal Poly Partners employees, there is no accountability to the University for the management or oversight of Swanton Pacific Ranch.

Historical Background

How did Swanton Pacific Ranch end up in this situation? The SPR was assembled from various parcels by Al Smith, as he took over ownership and management of Orchard Supply Hardware from his father, who founded it. Al went to Cal Poly SLO and then was a teacher in Los Gatos, bringing students to SPR to teach them how to manage ‘working land’ – land that produced crops, timber, and livestock. He believed in Cal Poly SLO’s once stronger but oft cited motto “Learn by Doing,” so he bequeathed the property to the Cal Poly Partners with a sizeable endowment. According to Al’s wishes, the property must have a certain (undefined) level of natural resource conservation and have some level of management input (undefined) by Cal Poly’s College of Agriculture, Food, and Environmental Sciences. As to the intended use, they say ‘Al would have loved to have seen….‘ things like students learning how to manage natural resources and steward the land. The endowment, which has grown immensely, presumably is supposed to support the SPR. Once part of Swanton Pacific Ranch, the 617-acre ‘Valencia Property’ was sold in 2019. Shortly afterwards, Al Smith’s name appeared on a big plaque on the side of the newly built Frost Building at Cal Poly. What would Al have thought of that use of his generosity? Are his heirs watching? Are other potential donors aware about how previous donors’ wishes have been respected?

2020 Wildfire Destroys Swanton Pacific Ranch

In 2020, most of the buildings at Swanton Pacific Ranch burned to the ground as the CZU Lightning Complex Fire raged through the area. Five staff people lost their homes and most of their belongings. Teaching facilities, labs, community gathering spaces, and meeting halls burned up. The school’s teaching, research, and demonstration forest, where so many foresters learned how to maintain sustainable timber stands, was charred. Most of the staff left, retiring or moving on. Remaining staff quickly created pop-up, temporary housing for student and faculty visitors and began exploring how insurance and FEMA might combine to create new facilities at SPR.

A Dark Future?

Swanton Pacific Ranch is 1/3 larger than UCSC, and some might think it a good place to build a new campus, complete with subdivisions to house faculty and staff. Perhaps there are ideas circulating of selling various of the SPR parcels once they obtain development permits. Working their “flexible business model,” maybe the Cal Poly Partners will explore usurping local planning oversight by declaring the rebuild of Swanton Pacific Ranch a State University project, leaving only the increasingly weak Coastal Commission to help protect the environment. How soon, then, would hundreds of students be living on Swanton Road? As they rush between classrooms, these elite students might enjoy the views of the North Coast from behind guarded gatehouses. Development of this new campus will fundamentally change the community and destroy much of the biological diversity that has been so well stewarded and studied, for so long.

A Brighter Future?

On the other hand, perhaps the future Swanton Pacific Ranch will build on its legacy to become a globally recognized ‘Learn by Doing’ sustainable land management trade school. Already, graduates of SPR are leaders, fostering stewardship of millions of acres across California. Imagine those leaders working with faculty and staff to train the next generations how to see the land, how to chart its course through management planning, what to monitor, how to respond to climate change, and how to work collaboratively with the increasingly diverse groups that make up our State. Such collaborative natural resource management partnerships were once the hallmark of SPR. This model has great potential to bridge Bay Area brilliance and resources with the agricultural and natural resource management emphasis that have long been Cal Poly San Luis Obispo’s strengths.

Forks, Roads

The choice between the darker or the brighter future hangs in balance. These things are being discussed not with the community, not with alumni, and not with thought leaders in the various fields that would benefit from Cal Poly graduates of SPR. For those of you who gave input at public meetings or in online surveys, I’m sure you are wondering what happened to your input, as am I.

For those of us who care about the magnificent North Coast and the Scott Creek watershed, we await an opportunity for public comment, which will probably come as Cal Poly’s consultants manage the legal processes of such developments. Meanwhile, I encourage you to learn more about how special that area is by reading Jim West’s Traversing Swanton Road essay. Jim spent most of his life studying that area and his knowledge has inspired many.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

#188 / Home On The Range

I have to give credit to Guy R. McPherson. He has provided me with a real change of pace from the kind of advice and observation I was getting when I was growing up.

You probably have to be of a “certain age” to remember this, but a popular song when I was growing up was titled, “Home On The Range.” That song was, in fact, one of my father’s favorite songs. It featured the following, rather optimistic, first verse:

Oh, give me a home, where the buffalo roam
Where the deer and the antelope play
Where seldom is heard, a discouraging word
And the skies are not cloudy all day

Look at that picture, above, provided by Mr. McPherson. He is “updating” that song. Can’t you just see those deer and antelope bounding around on those great plains? Can’t you just marvel at those massive and magnificent herds of buffalo, grazing peacefully in that landscape above?

The illustration at the top comes from a December 6, 2024, posting by Mr. McPherson in his “Nature Bats Last” Substack blog (you can also access it in the form of a video). Here is the “discouraging word” that Mr. McPherson provides readers, to accompany the picture he has provided:

The current Mass Extinction Event is the most severe in planetary history. It will almost certainly cause the extinction of all life on Earth. Its cause is well-known: the collective actions of too many humans for too long a time, primarily through burning fossil fuels (emphasis added).

Allow me to provide you with my personal reaction to the McPherson view of the world in which we are living today. First, I am very much convinced of the reality of “Global Warming.” Second (as my father taught me), I will never stipulate to “inevitability.”

McPherson is absolutely correct that our “world,” our “civilization,” the physical, economic, social, and political arrangements now prevailing, are ultimately dependent on the “World of Nature.” I’ll agree with McPherson that “Nature Bats Last.” In fact, though, my thought is that by trying to prove that “WE Bat Last,” we are taking the exactly wrong approach to our current situation.

Maybe we’re “doomed,” which I think must be Mr. McPherson’s favorite word. We certainly are if we don’t pay attention to the signals that “Nature” is sending us.

However, we could pay attention to those signals, and we could then “change our way of thinking,” as Mr. Dylan advises. If we were to do that, we might end up surviving, but changing our “way of thinking” is just step one. After that, we need to change what we are “doing,” too, based on what our thoughts are then telling us!

If we could pull that off (and I haven’t given up), the deer, and the antelope, and the buffalo might still be with us. The world wouldn’t be on fire, and there would still be some clear-sky days.

So, how about we give it a try? Let’s pay attention to the portents, provided by Mr. McPherson, and to the possibilities, with the advice provided by Mr. Dylan:

Gonna change my way of thinking
Make myself a different set of rules
Gonna change my way of thinking
Make myself a different set of rules
Gonna put my good foot forward
And stop being influenced by fools

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
ENEMY WITHIN, GETTING STARTED, SYCOPHANCY, PSYCO-FANCY

Its title had been staring out from the bedside table for some time, a bookmark jutting out from pages closed years ago — ‘How to Overthrow the Government’ by Arianna Huffington, released in 2000, in retrospect a much simpler time. Pre-9/11, pre-Iraq War, pre-COVID19, pre-internet as we know it today — ancient history almost. Despite its sinister-sounding title, the book is hardly a ‘Mein Kampf,’ or even a ‘Project 2025’ manifesto. All those years ago, Huffington wrote, “Entering the political field has become less appealing than visiting a proctologist with a hangnail,” and citing Sean Connery’s character’s line from the movie ‘The Untouchables’“The other guy pulls a knife, you pull a gun…he sends one of yours to the hospital, you send two of his to the morgue. That’s how you win an election. That’s the American Way!” She termed it the “survival of the unfittest,” as we are subjected to political ads that “are styled as Early Sledgehammer,” which is clearly where we are today, only much more so with the advent of the internet with innumerable podcasts, social media, texts and emails…all of which the GOP/MAGA forces used to their distinct advantage over the Democrats in the last presidential election. In that period when Huffington wrote her book, ‘Campaigns and Elections’ magazine said that 81% of political candidates surveyed believed that press scrutiny keeps qualified people from running for office. Huffington said, “By spotlighting our political leaders’ private weaknesses, we’re in danger of limiting our pool of potential leaders to a group of men and women with no private weaknesses — or, indeed private thoughts or ideas. We’ll eliminate any number of potential Jeffersons or Lincolns and what we’ll get instead will be a parade of smiling, handshaking automatons, programmed with the requisite poll-tested policies and focus group-approved sound bites…personally, I’m willing to countenance a little infidelity in order to expand the field.” And a veritable cornucopia in her wished-for expansion is exactly what we’ve experienced over the past several years!

Huffington laments, “Just as our two-party system is showing unmistakable signs of exhaustion, and the public’s suppressed discontent is ready to be tapped, a disaster in reform’s clothing stands poised to take advantage. Like the townsfolk in an old Western, the millions who feel shut out of our ‘unprecedented prosperity’ may thrill at the sight of a masked man riding to our rescue — until it turns out he isn’t the Lone Ranger, but a racist gunslinger bent on turning them against one another.” Yikes! The racist gunslinger we ended up with is doing his utmost to divide us along racial lines, but also politically as seen by his diatribe in Iowa against Democrats who voted against his ‘Big Beautiful Bill,’ and who don’t really count, being the minority in the chamber — in his estimation. He claims they didn’t support his bill because they hate him, but he hates them right back “because they hate our country!” We must remember  that candidate Trump described Americans he disagreed with as “evil…the enemy within.” His Independence Day comments are worth noting because past elected leaders have never voiced public “hatred” for those who dare disagree with them. Steve Benen of MSNBC writes, “There’s another angle to this that arguably matters more. Different political scientists define the nuances of authoritarianism in different ways, but I think most would agree that a hallmark of any despotic regime is the delegitimization of political opposition. It’s against this backdrop that the incumbent president, using language foreign to American ears, wants the public to believe that his partisan opponents literally don’t count, are inherently unpatriotic, and are worthy of hatred.” Trump may view himself as the Lone Ranger riding to the rescue, but he is unmasked, telling us exactly who he is and how he wants to remake the US into the dream of every tinhorn dictator who ever lived. The masking duties he has left to his Homeland Security Barbie to see that her ICE secret police are outfitted properly to not only hide their faces, but to instill fear in those who are victimized by the un-American raids and kidnappings — los desaparecidos.

President Trump is thrilled at the new facility in Florida being built with $450 million in FEMA funds to imprison more than 3000 immigrants, in reality a concentration camp meant to frighten fearful immigrants into self-deporting to their countries of origin. Ahead of a visit to the detention camp by Trump and Kristi Noem, the Florida Republican Party gave the place the nickname of ‘Alligator Alcatraz’ and began merchandising t-shirts and other items to capitalize on the Everglades location among the “gators and pythons” (“The moral bankruptcy knows no bounds,” – Emily Singer’s Daily Kos post) which supposedly will thwart any attempted escape by prisoners. The name was soon corrupted to ‘Alligator Auschwitz’ by those who see it bearing a resemblance to the Nazi detention centers of WWIIWhite House press secretary Karoline Leavitt touted the facility as, “An efficient and low-cost way to help carry out the largest mass deportation campaign in American history. The only way out is a one-way flight. It is isolated and surrounded by dangerous wildlife.” Trump is known to love inhumane prisons and has a fantasy about using wildlife to dissuade immigrants from entering this country, and as he showed his excitement during a Fox News interview, he said of the possibility that immigrants might be eaten by alligators, “I guess that’s the concept. This is not a nice business. I guess that’s the concept.” Many experts are at odds with Leavitt’s summation of the camp being cost effective. “As someone who has studied the costs of detention centers, I can tell you for a fact that this facility will run at a cost substantially higher than average,” Aaron Reichlin-Melnick posted on X. The senior fellow at the American Immigration Council wrote, “Detention tent camps are always more expensive to operate than brick and mortar facilities with permanent infrastructure.” Trump’s deportation agenda is unpopular with voters, who view him as being too harsh, but ‘Alligator Alcatraz’ fills the bill for the president and his MAGA gang as they seek to be even more cruel to immigrants with their torture tactics.

Inaccurately, concentration camps are compared to prisons but in the US, inmates arrive in penitentiaries after being convicted of serious crimes, under processes determined by the US Constitution. Cases begin with probable cause, not skin tone, followed by an arrest during which one has a right to remain silent. Actual voluntary pleading…no coercion…leads to a formal trial with defendant choosing a bench trial or a jury trial, based only on admissible evidence, all stages under Constitutional constraints. If a court falters, appellate courts stand to intervene. Prior to Donald Trump, wrongful, sloppy, or vengeance-driven criminal convictions of the innocent were the product of flawed men, not a flawed system. Establishment of concentration camps is a reflection of an illegal system — detainment is independent of judicial review — no conviction of any crime, simply pointing to incarceration for political reasons. A human roundup based on maniacal whims doesn’t represent the rule of law, only an autocrat’s lust for power. Father Federico Capdepón, a retired priest from the Miami Archdiocese who has been watching this development, describes both the camp and the inhumanity it reflects as, quite simply, “Sinful.” But hey, Father, what do you say of the six Roman Catholic Supreme Court Justices who paved the way for the Trumpian cruelty with their complicity? Those six justices are aware of the statistics that show immigrants account for low crime rates, comprising 14% of the non-US citizen population with data showing only 3% being jailed. The six are also aware of the sinister methods Trump has devised to dismantle the US Constitution; yet, on June 27, the court outlawed nationwide injunctive relief, removing people’s protection from the president’s lawlessness. So whaddya know…hard to believe that three days later, Trump visited the completed ‘Alligator Alcatraz,’ with more on the way?

Andrea Pitzer, author of ‘One Long Night: A Global History of Concentration Camps,’ writes, “the words ‘concentration camp’ evokes another country, another time, describing a facility operating in the dark of night, away from the prying eyes of an outraged public,” but we now have a camp in Florida’s Everglades that’s hardly a secret. We’ve all seen the video of TrumpNoem, and Ron DeSantis laughing in front of the cages which will hold human beings; and, Pitzer relates that she visited four continents in writing her history — and this one fits the purpose of the classic model for holding masses of civilian detainees. Detainees consisting of vulnerable groups for political gain based on ethnicity, race, religion or political affiliation rather than for crimes committed, all without trials as it points to serious dangers ahead for the country. Projected capacity of 5,000 beds is several times the average detention center occupancy, though billed as a ‘temporary’ camp theorized as a seamless processing center with rapid-fire judicial hearings conducted by National Guardsmen performing as immigration judges — an unlikely fluid process. Some defenders of Trump’s policy claim that arbitrary detention or abuse of foreigners doesn’t resemble Hitler’s treatment of citizens, but the Fuehrer’s goal of stripping Jews of legal protections and having no more rights than aliens, and therefore eligible for his encampments, echo an uneasy refrain from our current administration. The Nazis imagined their targets would self-deport with the tighter restrictions, but when that myth dissolved, their uglier and more punitive measures were initiated. And Kristi Noem said it out loud, if immigrants aren’t frightened enough to self-deport, “You may end up here.”

So, what can we expect? Already, aggressive moves against those residing legally in the US are seen, with legal status of half a million Haitians in the crosshairs. The Department of Justice is fast-tracking cases involving possible revocation of citizenship, working to undo birthright citizenship, and earmarking the citizenship of political enemies. MAGA wants to define who can be an American in ways that appear profoundly racist, with immigrants the most politically advantageous large population to target. US history has precedents and parallels for such abuse of populations not viewed as citizens, as we examine centuries of Native American removal and genocide, or courts wielding the weight of law or executive authority to prop up slavery, allowing cross-border trafficking and detention of humans who are denied lawful rights. The confiscation of property and removal of Japanese Americans to concentration facilities at the outbreak of WWII is just one of the most egregious of such actions, with Trump himself praising the ‘Operation Wetback’ deportations of the Eisenhower years, which included camps noted for their abuse and lethality. As the administration looks toward expanding its concentration camp legacy, we are seeing police-state tactics on our streets, as masked agents who refuse to show their IDs, travel in unmarked cars to sweep people from churches, their homes, their work places, from schools, and Home Depot parking lots — some reemerging after their ordeal, others simply ‘disappeared.’

MSNBC reports that the American Immigration Council believes the budget reconciliation bill is likely to make Immigration and Customs Enforcement “the largest investment in detention and deportation in US history,” an expansion which makes ICE the center of gravity for state overreach. And, Trump seems to lean in that direction as he espouses a multi-state network of sites like ‘Alligator Auschwitz,’ having already sent detainees to El SalvadorPanamaRwanda, and Libya, with deals in-the-making with other countries — the imposition of a global concentration camp network. Members of the Seminole Tribe of Florida have opposed and are protesting the Everglades camp as a threat to their sacred lands, but five Democratic state lawmakers were turned away recently as they tried to inspect the facility. The MSNBC report neatly sums up an untidy situation: “The history of this kind of detention camp underlines that it would be a mistake to think the current cruelties are the endpoint. America is likely just getting started.”

That starting point is seen by Hayes BrownMSNBC writer and editor, as the $150 billion cash infusion toward immigration enforcement which Republicans handed Trump in last week’s ‘Big Beautiful Bill,’ which he needs to carry out his mass deportation policy. Brown writes, “The intended result is as aggressive as it is likely transformative: Immigration and Customs Enforcement is slated to become the largest law enforcement agency in the country as dozens of new detention centers spring up to hold hundreds of thousands of immigrants awaiting expulsion.” Despite all the arrests from the sweeps, White House deputy chief of staff Stephen Miller is still unsatisfied, insisting that he needs more resources to meet his goal of 3,000 arrests per day. To put this into perspective, the budget reconciliation bill funds $45 billion EACH toward the southern border wall, and expansion of immigration detention capacity — thirteen times the current annual ICE budget for detention, and five times more than the entire annual budget of the Federal Bureau of Prisons. The American Immigration Council estimates the money allocation would be enough for ICE to maintain 116,000 beds annually, compared to current support for 41,000 detainees — if one is lucky enough to get a bed. As of June 15, reported inhumane conditions at detention centers now holding around 56,000 immigrants, show the need for rapid escalation in building more facilities — monies which will be spent as quickly as possible with little oversight. Already, ICE has asked contractors for “proposals to provide new detention facilities, transportation, security guards, medical support and other administrative services over the next two years.” Full well we know, that much of that money will go to private companies which have been major political backers of Trump and the MAGA/GOP.

Travis Gettys writes on Raw Story that even though Stephen Miller has become a powerful, and empowered, adviser in Trump’s second term, his ambitions to become national security adviser may be jeopardizing his place in his current lofty position. He has remained in Trump’s inner circle by casting aside former allies like Steve Bannon and Jeff Sessions as they have fallen into the president’s disfavor, while striking up new alliances, as he attempts turning the president against others in his orbit, according to The New York Times’ Jason Zengerle“At the same time, Mr. Miller is a world-class brown-noser. In an administration that puts a premium on sycophancy, he stands out for just how much he sucks up to his boss,” reports Zengerle. “And yet, Mr. Miller’s power could ultimately unravel because of something far more profound than office politics. Translating Trumpism into a coherent ideological doctrine can be a vexing proposition, as MAGA’s isolationist wing recently experienced with the US airstrikes on Iran,” writes Zengerle. Miller has translated Trumpism into public policy as well as anyone by showing a willingness to embrace the president’s contradictions and reversals, yet he isn’t viewed as indispensable because no one his circle ever was, but Trump can’t imagine Miller not working for him at present. Zengerle concludes, “For the moment, though, it seems Mr. Miller and Mr. Trump are aligned — and that means Mr. Miller has achieved a level of success, and satisfaction, that he never dreamed of during Mr. Trump’s first term.”

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

Letting go

“Everything I read about hitting a midlife crisis was true. I had such a struggle letting go of youthful things and learning how to exist and have enthusiasm while settling into the comfort of an older age.”
~David Bowie

“There’s a victory in letting go of your expectations.”
~Mike White

“Some of us think holding on makes us strong; but sometimes it is letting go.”
~Hermann Hesse

“People have a hard time letting go of their suffering. Out of a fear of the unknown, they prefer suffering that is familiar.”
~Thich Nhat Hanh

“Abundance is a process of letting go; that which is empty can receive.”
~Bryant H. McGill

...

As a dinosaur on the internet, I find this VERY interesting! 🙂


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

June 25 – July 8, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on the latest and worst state housing bill… Steinbruner… Measure Q… Grand Jury… Aptos Village … Hayes… Organizers and Goals… Patton… A Turn For The Better / Horror Story Book Club… Matlock… …eating hate…peewee persona…chaos fascism……two weeks…nobody knows…next to nothing…I don’t care… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover… Webmistress serves you… gorgeous explosions …Quotes on… “Fireworks”

...

AT THE FOOT OF OUR 100 YEAR OLD WHARF. The Sea Beach Hotel seen behind the Saloon in the front, opened in 1888 and burned up (or down) in 1912. This wharf, one of our three, was called “the railroad wharf” for obvious reasons.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


Dateline: July 4, 2025
IT’S THAT TIME OF YEAR AGAIN! The 4th of July is upon us! When you read this, I will either be on a barge in the San Francisco Bay (see photo), loading and wiring fireworks for the City’s display, or recovering from the two days of solid work that this venture takes.

I don’t think most people have a concept of exactly how much planning, skill, and labor it takes to put on a large fireworks show. Looking at it from the outside, so to speak, it doesn’t make any sense why we do it. Ask anyone on a crew though, and we wouldn’t give it up for the world! “It’s called fireWORKS, not fireFUN!”, is a common tongue-in-cheek response to anyone complaining at strike time, which is when everything we’ve spent two whole days setting up needs to be taken back down in as little time as possible. Hours after the show. In the dark. Late into the night. I marvel every time at how we manage. Also, I woudn’t change a thing 🙂

I hope you get to see some fantastic fireworks this year! Happy 4th!

Next week I’m hoping to be back on a normal-ish schedule, whatever that actually means…

~Webmistress

...

BUT I’M A CHEERLEADER. Paramount+. Series (6.8 IMDb) ***-
Take a featherweight romcom, toss in some John Waters camp, a dose of LGBTQ satire, and you get “But I’m a Cheerleader” (1999) – a pastel-colored romp through the “hilarity” of forced conversion therapy. It’s a sign of progress, I suppose, that we now have banal lesbian romcoms.

Natasha Lyonne (in her baby-faced era) stars as Megan, a perky, clueless high school cheerleader blindsided when her friends and family stage a gay intervention. She’s promptly packed off to True Directions, a pastel repressed “rehabilitation” camp where gender roles are weaponized like power tools. There, despite the best efforts of the staff (including RuPaul as Mike, an aggressively straight-coded “ex-gay”) Megan starts to figure out who she really is.

It’s not exactly deep, or all that clever, but it is fun enough. The cast helps: Lyonne sarts to blossom, Clea DuVall does her patented broody-outsider-in-crisis (a ‘90s staple), and RuPaul chews the scenery with glee. It was recommended after reviewing Lyonne in “Poker Face”. Worth a watch if you’re in the mood for some light, queer, candy-coated fluff with a subversive wink.

~Sarge

POKER FACE. Peacock. Series (7.8 IMDb) ***-
Poker Face is one of those shows I always meant to watch… and didn’t. Until now.
Starring Natasha Lyonne (Russian Doll, Orange is the New Black) at her most raspy and sardonic, she plays Charlie Cale—a woman with an uncanny, almost supernatural ability to tell when someone is lying. After calling out the shady son of a Vegas mobster (who promptly offs himself), she ends up on the run, wandering the backroads of America like a Gen Z Columbo in denim.

The series, created by Rian Johnson (Knives Out, Glass Onion, and yes, The Last Jedi), wears its love of ’70s detective shows on its sleeve—from the “mystery-first” format (you see the crime, then watch Charlie unravel it) to the delightfully retro opening credits, complete with roman numerals production date, drop shadows, and that plain, dead-serious typeface that screams 1976 CBS drama hour.

It’s part The Fugitive, part Incredible Hulk, and all charm—with a healthy dose of dry humor, shaggy-dog clues, and Lyonne’s lovable weirdness gluing it all together. She’s not a cop, not a PI, and not trying to be either—she just knows when you’re full of it, and can’t help but get involved.

If you miss the days when TV detectives had weird tics, old cars, and zero respect for protocol, Poker Face is your new weekend binge. Second season just dropped on Peacock. Worth a Watch.
~Sarge

SNOW WHITE. In theatres. Movie (1.7 IMDb) ***
I’m not one of those people who worships at the altar of Disney. I’ve been watching their films for over 50 years, so my ambivalence isn’t from lack of exposure. I genuinely enjoy many of their movies; The Jungle Book was a childhood favorite (though I’m still salty that Mowgli ditched the jungle for a girl…).

That said, changes to Snow White don’t bother me. Disney has been rewriting traditional tales since day one! Remember the stepsisters slicing off toes and heels to fit in the glass slipper in the original story of Cinderella? Yeah, that didn’t make the cut.

The music? Pleasant enough, but nothing that stuck with me. The dwarves (yes, Tolkien says that’s the plural) veer into uncanny valley territory… not stylized enough to feel intentional, but not realistic enough to work. Visually odd.

Otherwise, it’s Snow White. Rachel Zegler gives a solid, competent performance—and no, I’m not bothered that she’s Colombian and Polish. If she can sing, act, and dance, we’re good.

Overall? It’s a “meh” from me. Harmless, and musical fans will probably have a good time. Worth a watch if that’s your thing. (the 1.7 on IMDB is likely heavily skewed by anti-woke snowflakes sitting at the their keyboard, listing multiple negative votes. Adaptions always reflect the world they come from. Deal with it.)
~Sarge

SINNERS. In theatres. Movie. (8.1 IMDb) ***
Sweat, dust, and sweet, sweet blues pour through this story of twin brothers returning from WWI—veterans-turned-mob-enforcers in Chicago—who head back to their Mississippi hometown to open a juke joint. It’s part roadhouse, part sanctuary for the Black community, and it becomes the stage for the rise (and fall) of “Preacher Boy” Moore, a young blues guitarist with something close to magic in his fingers.

There’s a stunning musical stretch in the middle where the film lets the music breathe—past, present, and future all moving together, dancing in time. It’s pure poetry.

And then… there are vampires.

Honestly, the movie would’ve been stronger without them. They don’t matter until the third act, and when they show up, it’s like a genre switch that crashes the vibe. The first two-thirds are rich and immersive. The final third? Not bad exactly, but it turns the film into something less interesting than it started out as.

Michael B. Jordan does solid double duty as the twins, Smoke and Stack, and newcomer Miles Caton is fantastic as Preacher Boy. You believe every note he plays.

So I’m torn. I can wholeheartedly recommend the first two-thirds. The final act? I can tolerate it—but I wouldn’t push it on anyone else. Taster’s choice.
~Sarge

LOVE, DEATH + ROBOTS. Netflix. Series (8.4 IMDb) ****
This show first dropped in 2019. I ignored it. Then two more seasons came and went — I still didn’t watch. But when I heard a fourth season was finally on the way, I figured it was time to see what the fuss was about.

Now I get it.
And so should you.

It’s an anthology, so technically you can jump in anywhere. But honestly? Start from the beginning. There’s so much to see here, and the clunker-to-gem ratio is shockingly low. Nearly every segment hits—hard.

Unlike most anthologies that reuse the same look and crew across episodes, Love, Death + Robots is a true anthology. Every short is handled by a different animation team, each with its own distinct style. Some look like high-end video game cutscenes. Others are pure painterly dreamscapes. Some mix live action and animation. There’s hand-drawn 2D, hyperreal 3D, and everything in between. There’s a Red Hot Chili Peppers video, done entirely as marionettes.

As the title suggests, every segment centers on love, death, robots—or some mix of the three. What you get ranges wildly: dark comedy, cosmic philosophy, dystopian morality tales, sci-fi speculation, brutal war stories, existential horror, and moments of real beauty. It’s a refreshing, unapologetic mix of graphic violence, sex, and nudity (there is a difference) —sometimes all at once, sometimes none at all. I reiterate: sometimes none at all. Some just go for a vibe, or something sweet, or funny.

And yes, there’s equal-opportunity nudity. If you’re cool with boobs but squirm at male parts waving about (or vice versa), maybe keep the skip button handy.

Think of it as a more mature, mostly less juvenile Heavy Metal — or Black Mirror – with no censors and a better visual imagination.

Very much worth a watch.
~Sarge

THE MINECRAFT MOVIE. In theatres. Movie (5.9 IMDb) x
Okay, so here’s the deal: I’ve played Minecraft before, so I am familar enough to know the mechanics of its universe, but equally, not SO in love with it that I’m going to freak about any cinematic storytelling compromises. Also, aside from studying film in college, I worked for 15+ years in visual effects for film and tv, as a compositor (I took the cg and the live action and mushed them together, added some blood and dust and blur and film grain etc so that it looked like one image).

This film was an actual disaster. OK cast. Meh story. But the choices made while bringing it all together were BAFFLING. I’ve seen films where janky effects and weird dialoge were a CHOICE – I get it, it can be fun. However, there is no rhyme or reason to the uneven storytelling and effects. In some scenes, the animation does not include mouth movement, and yet later, that same character CAN move their mouth. Some scenes have totally passable blue/green screen extraction, others have completely visible wires and it looks like the crudest animatic. And that’s very much what the film feels like: an animatic. An animatic is a pre-visualization version of a film that may or may not have effects, or rough acting shot to just show what is supposed to happen here – in some cases it’s literally just voices over a series of drawings. What should have been a modestly entertaining b-grade “Jumanji” (real people in a video-game world) instead comes across as Jack Black and friends improv brainstorming, then handing it off to someone’s 15 year old YouTuber nephew to assemble and do … something … with the effects.

NOT worth a watch. Not a “so bad it’s good”, but a “so bad, why am I watching this?”. DO NOT let your kids watch it and have it become their favorite film, because you will end up wanting to strangle them.

I stuck it out for you.

You’re welcome.
~Sarge

DEATH OF A UNICORN. Prime TV. Movie (6.1 IMDb) ***
Thank you, Alex Scharfman, for opening people’s eyes to the truth: unicorns were never sweet, cuddly ponies — they’re magical beasts; basically angry horses with a murder stick on their foreheads.

Paul Rudd and Jenna Ortega star as a father-daughter duo who find themselves in way over their heads after accidentally running over a unicorn. Between the vengeful parents of the mythical creature and the greedy interests of Rudd’s pharma overlords (played with relish by Richard E. Grant, Téa Leoni, and Will Poulter, as the Leopolds), chaos — and carnage — ensue.

A literal “eat the rich” horror/comedy, this film is sharp, absurd, and unapologetically dark. Rudd and Ortega have great chemistry, and the Leopolds are delightfully despicable.

Not for the squeamish, but absolutely worth a watch.
~Sarge

MINDHUNTER. Netflix. Series. (8.6 IMDb) ***-
Not a new one – just happened to watch it again, and thought it relevant for locals. Mindhunter, a docucrama based on the non-fiction account of FBI Special Agent John Douglas (renamed Holden Ford in the show) and his trials and tribulations to get the FBI to accept the concept of a “serial killer” back in ’77, and the idea that they could be profiled. Pursuant of this is a recreated serial killer fan-service list including Manson, Berkowitz, and particularly relevant for locals, Big Ed Kemper (for those tuning in late, Ed “The CoEd Killer” Kemper was the best known contributor to Santa Cruz being “affectionately” dubbed “Murder Capital of the World” back in the early ’70s). The show recreates the time and lifestyle of the time remarkably well, and the uneasy partnership of straight-laced Holt McCallany and earnest Jonathan Groff as the leads is well cast. Definitely worth a watch.
~Sarge

...

June 30, 2025

The Worst is Yet to Come

This is the developer’s rendition viewed from Branciforte Creek of the city council approved project at 530+ Ocean St. The eighty-foot-high structure will be six stories, providing 225 rental residential units plus commercial. It went to council on June 24, on appeal from its approval by the Planning Commission.

The story is now a familiar one: taking advantage of numerous state housing laws that overrule local height and density limits, that provide no more “affordable” units than already required by local law, developers line up like boxcars for their turn before the local hearing bodies. Neighbors turn out and plead for some relief from the project’s mass and height. Yimby’s and UCSC Student Housing Coalition turn out and urge project adoption. The Carpenters’ Union turns out and urges council to support local union labor or, in this case, cites problems with the developer’s low-road contractors. Planning director confirms the appellant’s case is not valid; words are expressed on how state laws have taken away local control leaving the council with no choice but to approve each project, the project is approved, and the meeting is over.

Is this really the best the city can do to respond to the local land use take-over by the state? In a charter city that has met and exceeded its state-required housing numbers in all categories? The evidence suggests an emphatic no. A review of the following Senate bill is instructive.

Senate Bill 79 is perhaps the most impactful state housing bill this year. It is being heard as I write. Either July 9 or 16 will be its last hearing in Sacramento at the Local Government Committee. Sponsored by Senator Scott Wiener, supported by John Laird, and labelled as Transit-oriented Housing Development, it will require approval of dense housing developments up to and exceeding 75 feet tall within a quarter mile radius of a bus stop or train station. The bill does not allow a city to object to heights up to 75 feet. The density is 120 housing units per acre. This brings dense high rises right into our neighborhoods. Up to a half mile radius from a bus stop or train station is part of the bill and allows only slightly lower heights and densities at this distance. Add a density bonus to the mix and you may see 140 feet high buildings in your neighborhood. Radius includes a far larger area than linear distance. This video gives a good visual of the likely impact.

As for the rail/trail, Senate Bill 79 if passed, guarantees a significant development impact for a functioning rail line between Davenport and Watsonville, should it ever be built. At every train stop, massive new development could be generated with no possible local opposition.

I read the list of current supporters of this Senate Bill as well as its opponents. Besides Senator John Laird, other supporters include various city’s YIMBYs and individual city council members, but no city councils. Alexander Pederson, who recently resigned from Capitola City Council was one name I recognized as an individual supporter.

Opponents of Senate Bill 79 include one hundred and four cities, including the city of Scotts Valley. The city of Santa Cruz is conspicuously absent. Other opponents include the League of CA Cities and the League of CA Counties, Public Interest Law Project, State Building and Construction Trades Council and Western Center on Law & Poverty.

Given the local, vehement community reaction against the impacts of high rise, dense development projects on long-established small-scale neighborhoods, the Santa Cruz City Council can do a lot more than handwringing and exhorting us as individuals to contact our state representatives. They can join the one hundred and four cities opposing Senate Bill 79. They can start representing our interests at the state level as many other cities are doing. That is, unless their interest and allegiance lie elsewhere.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
RTC SCHEDULES SMALL MEETINGS ABOUT THE PASSENGER RAIL PROJECT

The Santa Cruz County RTC has begun scheduling small meetings by appointment to discuss the proposed passenger train and trail project on 22 miles of the 32-mile-long Santa Cruz Branch Rail corridor between Watsonville and Santa Cruz.  You can sign up for either in-person 30-minute meetings shared with up to seven other people during the morning at the RTC Office in Santa Cruz, or virtual at another time in the afternoon. RTC Offering Summer Engagement Opportunities for the Zero Emission Passenger Rail and Trail Project! – SCCRTC

While some may argue that these private meetings may help people averse to crowds to participate, I think open public meetings are always best because everyone hears the questions posed, and everyone hears the answers provided. 

The RTC did hold one town hall meeting June 9.  You can view it here: ZEPRT M3 Informational Community Session #6

Public Comment on this phase of the Project will end August 15.

RTC Sharing Draft Project Concept for the Zero Emission Passenger Rail and Trail Project! – SCCRTC

POOR TURNOUT FOR MEASURE Q PUBLIC INPUT WORKSHOP
Last week, I attended the Measure Q Public Workshop held at the Live Oak Library Annex, aka Community Meeting Room.  There were more staff there than members of the public.

Measure Q

Hosted by Mr. David Reid, Director of the County’s Office of Response, Recovery and Resilience (OR3), with staff from Parks Dept, and the County Office of Administration, there was a brief introduction to review Measure Q and what is happening now with the Advisory Committee and consultant working out the parameters for types of projects that the anticipated annual $7.3 MILLION will fund.  This group wants the public’s input on priorities.   Applications could be rolling in soon and those that are “shovel-ready” could be funded as early as this fall.

Each of the five members of the public were given an envelope with stickers and pushpins and instructed to visit the 8-10 project area displays and vote for three items on each board, indicating out preferences.    The maps were not well-labelled with street names to help with orientation regarding parks.  I had questions about what “Access” to parks means; what would be a likely project on “working lands” and what does that mean, anyway?  One participant asked if there would be money dedicated to projects around the lagoons, stating that she had been led to believe there would be last fall when she voted.  Mr. Reid said “NO”, but that she could put a pin on the area she is concerned about.  

I wondered why one photo of deer standing in a creek was labeled as “wildlife on Highway 101”?  I asked if the Measure Q money could be spent in Santa Clara County, too?  Nope…that was a typo.  I mentioned that I had attempted to take the online survey for the Measure Q project priorities and saw that large areas of the unincorporated County was not listed as choices for priority, and that there was no “Wildfire” choice provided.  Staff informed me “Oh, we fixed that.”   Hmmmm…  Did they disregard all survey results made before changing the survey???   Hmmmm……. 

The Survey closes July 3 and is the only way now for you to weigh in with your thoughts, other than directly contacting Mr. Reid <david.reid@santacruzcountyca.gov>

Measure Q, Get Involved

NEW MANAGER FOR SANTA CRUZ COUNTY FAIRGROUNDS

Tuesday, in closed session the Santa Cruz County Fairgrounds Board interviewed someone named Dori Rose Inda, then hired her as a permanent full-time CEO, Secretary Manager III, with a salary “not to exceed $8,630/month” and a tentative start date of 8/1/25.  The vote was 5 yes, 1 no.

It looks like this is her:Dori Rose Inda – The James Irvine Foundation Leadership Awards

She’s a lawyer, and seems to have largely focused on farm workers.  She most recently was CEO of Salud Para La Gente, which provides health care to a primarily low-income community.

Stay tuned for how this works out.

NEWEST FAIRGROUNDS DIRECTOR UNCOVERS SUSPICIOUS FINANCIAL ISSUES
We are exceedingly lucky to have Ms. Jody Kolbach now serving on the Santa Cruz County Fairgrounds Board of Directors.  Thanks to her diligence and inquisitive persistence, it became public that she uncovered over $334,000 that the former CEO Zeke Fraser had “loaned” to the Junior Livestock Auction Committee last September, but that was never repaid.  Ostensibly, the “loan” was meant to enable the kids to get paid for their animals auctioned off on the last day of the Fair, and that the Junior Livestock Auction Committee would repay the Fairground when buyers paid for the animals.  

The problem is that the CEO never divulged this agreement to the Board for approval, and the Livestock Auction Committee never repaid the money.  Some wonder if this has been happening on an annual basis…and where the money has gone? 

Director Kolbach recommended this money be reimbursed in full to the Fairgrounds and be invested in a high-interest-earning account.  The Board approved this.

Director Kolbach also insisted that the Interim Fair CEO Ken Alstott, a retired annuitant who manages the Fairgrounds remotely from his home in Tennessee, compel the office staff to collect over $30,000 in “aged accounts”, some of which are from vendors still doing business with the Fairgrounds.  It is good news that office staff have been able to collect about $15,000 to date.  

Director Kolbach also recommended the Board write off an $8,000 loss from 2019 when a person submitted false documents to buy a large livestock animal during the Junior Livestock Auction at close of the Fair.  The payment and paperwork were all fraudulent, so no money was actually collected.  Apparently, this individual did this same thing at multiple fairs in the area, with no repercussion.   The Board agreed to write off the $8,000.

Thank goodness for Director Kolbach, who has been leading the Financial Standing Committee with regular meetings since her appointment to the Board a few months ago.  The public has been asking for these Financial Committee meetings for years, and the Board was tone-deaf and dismissive.  Take a look at who these folks are and ask why they have been so complacent, to the detriment of the Fairgrounds and the public they are supposed to serve? About the Board

SWENSON COMPLETES PAVING ON APTOS CREEK ROAD BUT MAY NOT FULFILL ALL CONDITIONS OF THE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT?
For most of this month, anyone needing to access Aptos Creek Road to Nisene Marks State Park or their homes along the way were met with one-lane closure and an automated portable traffic light. 

The paving work was completed by Swenson last week, but roadside parking remains prohibited, and likely will not return.  According to County staff, Swenson did pay for this paving (it had been the cause of earlier Performance Agreement negotiations between the County and Swenson regarding the Aptos Village Project, and lead to “written agreements and unwritten agreements” as the then-Public Works Traffic Engineer stated.  

County staff has also indicated that on-street parking along Aptos Creek Road will not return, in order to make room for dedicated bicycle lanes.

This is interesting because the County allowed Swenson to count those parking spaces in the total parking number to meet requirements for the permitting.  Hmmmm…..

Here is what it looks like now….

Also of interest is the new sign Swenson installed for the Nisene Marks State Park entrance:

However, State Parks staff did not seem to remember about the informational kiosk that Swenson is also supposed to provide as a Condition of Permit Approval for the Aptos Village Project.   Below is my question to State Parks Superintendent Mr. Chris Spohrer.  The response provided plans for the sign, but no mention of the informational kiosk also required.

“The Aptos Village Project is nearing completion, so I wonder if Swenson has submitted the plan for the Nisene Marks Park informational kiosk required  under the Subdivision Permit Condition 3(F)(11)(e) on page 13 of the document?  
 

e. Details for the design and construction of entry improvements for Nisene Marks State Park. 
These improvements shall consist of signage at the intersection of Aptos Creek Road and Soquel Drive, an informational kiosk, pavement widening, and associated roadside improvements, as depicted on the approved Exhibit “A” for this permit. 
 
     i. Design details shall be reviewed and approved by California State Parks prior to submittal of the improvement plans. Modifications to the approved design for the Nisene Marks entry improvements to satisfy the requirements of California State Parks is authorized by this permit.
 

As you recall, a group of local residents met with you and then-Parks Maintenance Supervisor Joe Walters a few years ago to determine whether this kiosk could include radio telemetry to provide visitors entering the Park an idea of parking space availability.  At the time, Parks had no information about the design or location of the informational kiosk that Swenson would provide. “

To date, no staff from State Parks has responded to the question about the kiosk.  Will Swenson be held to comply???

Please write to Chris Spohrer <chris.spohrer@parks.ca.gov> and Jordan Burgess <jordan.burgess@parks.ca.gov> and ask.

What also remains to be seen is how, or if, Swenson will comply with the Permit Requirement to construct an active recreational area in the Project to mitigate the huge loss of the world-famous Post Office Bike Jumps and pump track.  What will Swenson do with this hillside “park parcel” that garnered many financial favors (free drainage across Aptos Village Park to dump parking lot stormwater into Aptos Creek, and a complete waiver of developer park fees of $750/bedroom in the Project).

Recently, Parks Director Jeff Gaffney responded to my question about this….

“How is the Aptos Village Project Condition of Approval to provide active recreational space now going to be met?  Will Swenson Builder be required to provide active recreation in another area, perhaps developing land that the County already owns?

The only requirement is for the developer to offer the parcel to County but that does not require the Board of Supervisors to accept the parcel on behalf of the County. Furthermore, the developer’s offer satisfies the permit conditions and the County is not obligated to accept the OTD.  It would be nice to see the developer and/or HOA construct a nice recreational space for their residents on Parcel M and/or provide funds for additional improvements that could be done at Aptos Village County Park.”

Write Second District County Supervisor Kim DeSerpa and her newly-appointed Parks Commissioner about this.  Don’t the kids in the area deserve to have an active recreation area provided, in compliance with the County’s Conditions of Permit Approval of the Aptos Village Project?   

Supervisor Kim DeSerpa <kimberly.deserpa@santacruzcountyca.gov>   and   Nick De Sieyes <nrdesieyes@gmail.com>

READ THE SANTA CRUZ COUNTY GRAND JURY REPORTS NOW BEING RELEASED
Please take time to read these reports now being issued by the Santa Cruz County Civil Grand Jury.  They represent a tremendous amount of work and care by this group with the effort to improve local government for the public.  I have had the honor of serving on the Grand Jury this year, and hope that you will take time to read the work the group has done.  
2025 Grand Jury Reports and Responses

Do you have a suggestion for next year’s Grand Jury to investigate?   Send it in here.

WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  READ THE GRAND JURY REPORTS AND CONTACT THE RESPONDING AGENCIES WITH YOUR THOUGHTS.  LIGHT A CANDLE FOR PEACE IN THE WORLD.

MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY JUST DOING ONE THING.

Cheers, and Happy Summer,

Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...

Who do we Follow; What do we Want?

Whose rallying cry are we following to produce the positive outcomes we seek in our social contracts? Who do you follow as a leader? What are we seeking to do…in our neighborhoods, cities, counties, regions?

The Other Side – Nationally

Steve Bannon seems to be a very important figure in the USA. His strategies have been critical to the rise of the far right. As part of those strategies, his very public presence and rhetorical style seem to attract people and grow that movement. His thoughtful approach to attracting voting blocks of the populace that have felt otherwise disenfranchised by politics seems to have worked. The late Mike Rotkin taught many students that it would behoove them to track public media if they are to understand our society. As such, it is difficult to understand what is happening in the USA without checking in with Bannon’s War Room.

Who is the Steve Bannon for the whole US’s left wing? Is there anyone? Please let me know if you have any candidates. There certainly are a lot of bloggers, folks with podcasts and the like…but do any of them stand out or are any rising to the influence of a Steve Bannon?

The Other Side – Locally

Is there a parallel with Steve Bannon around the Monterey Bay? Many would agree that all politics is local and if we are to counter national strategies we must develop the capacity locally. The Bannon parallel is best seen relatively: with consideration of the overall political leanings of our area, which is much more left-leaning than the nation as a whole. With that in mind, is anyone countering left wing progressives with strategic political approaches pulling the population relatively more to the right? Elected officials might be culpable: who stands out to you in this role?

I nominate Fred Keeley, a brilliant strategist with wide-ranging connections. Would downtown Santa Cruz have ballooned into what we are seeing without Keeley? Would the region’s narrative welcoming huge numbers of tourists, devastating our natural areas and overwhelming our infrastructure, have been as strong without Keeley?

Local Organizers

Whose rallying cry are you following locally? Who do you follow as a leader? This periodical is a place for progressive ideas, but it seems we need community organizers and a structure that supports them. Looking at web searches for the Santa Cruz Action Network (SCAN) discovers a lot of obituaries of the founders. SCAN was a formidable organization, but there is no SCAN now.

Am I overlooking a local person or group that is effective at organizing for progressive principles? Again, please let me know.

Local Organizing Principles

I believe that there are enough popular organizing principles to bolster progressive politics locally:

  • Water – protected watersheds, well managed runoff, clean rivers/streams/ocean, resilient/available/affordable drinking water.
  • Parks – recreational open spaces meet locals needs, wildlife protected, clean water produced, fire safety assured, and impacts from visitors don’t overcome conservation priorities.
  • Economy – green union jobs prioritized, locally owned small businesses supported, the slow food movement strengthened, living wages assured
  • Housing – co-housing innovations, green building including passive solar design, second homes and short-term rental homes reduced to favor housing for locals, UCSC growth capped.

What Next?

We should identify the people who are pushing a unifying vision of progressive ideas, support them, and amplify their voices. Let’s make sure that those kinds of people succeed with whatever resources it takes. I’m hoping to hear those voices regularly, to hear and read their cogent organizing strategies, and to see the progressive citizens come together to improve things locally. This will be a big relief – focusing on what we want as the foundation for fighting against those would rob us of those things.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Monday, June 30, 2025

I have a lot of friends who are members of various “Book Clubs.” You can click that link if you’d like to consider starting a Book Club, or becoming a member of a Book Club yourself. The link will take you to a website that wants to make it easy!

In my past blog postings, I have suggested, and more than once, that we all need to “find some friends.” Even more specifically, I have urged anyone reading my blog postings to “Join a club. Start a club. Start swinging that club!

Finding a way to use our political and personal power to help change the world (to make it better) actually requires us to get involved with one or more “small groups,” as we follow the advice of Margaret Mead. If we want to change the world, we absolutely need to be a part of one or more small groups of people who share our ambition, and who will work at it! “Never doubt,” says Mead, that such small groups are effective in making change happen. In fact, she says, they are the only thing that has ever has.

Back in April, as I read The New York Times, I began to wonder if a book club focused on “horror stories” might be appropriate, as a base from which effective political action might be initiated. I wasn’t thinking, so much, about the kind of “haunted house” horror story that the illustration, above, might suggest. Instead, I was thinking about the “real life” horror stories that reflect our actual history, and that reveal just how horribly we have acted, and what the consequences have been.

My reading back in April led me to a story in The New York Times Magazine that told readers about survivors of the Holocaust. Click the following link to read, “This Is the Holocaust Story I Said I Wouldn’t Write.”

You might also want to check out, “Swiss Bank Account,” a book review that tells readers about the rise and fall of Credit Suisse, and of all the people who lost, essentially, everything they owned.

How about slavery? How about the decimation of Native peoples? How about asbestos? How global warming? How about toxic chemicals and microplastics polluting our environment? How about about the Vietnam War? How about any of the wars in which we have been, and now are, engaged?

You get the idea! There are lots of “horror stories” out there!

If we want to take Margaret Mead’s advice, we need to form ourselves into small groups to learn what has happened in the past, and then think about what we could do in the future, and then actually start doing something about it!

That’s how “self-government” works, by the way. I am speaking from personal experience, but Margaret Mead is probably a more persuasive voice. Small groups make it happen. Basically, the kind of change we need is not going to happen without them!

Never Doubt That A Small Group Of Thoughtful Committed Citizens Can Change The World: Indeed It’s The Only Thing That Ever Has. 

Margaret Mead

Monday, June 23, 2025

For what it’s worth, I think it’s time to find a way to discuss politics in terms that do not assume that we can understand our politics as being a choice between two antagonistic and different “directions.” The “Right” or “Left” dichotomy that is popularly assumed to provide us some good information on our political options is profoundly unhelpful.

We have LOTS of choices about what we can and/or should do – and this is true with respect to ALL of the MANY different and difficult problems we confront. Similarly, we have LOTS of choices between ALL of the MANY different possibilities we might choose to realize. Presenting our political options as a choice between a supposed “Left” solution, and a supposed “Right” solution provides us no worthwhile guidance whatsoever.

If we don’t like “polarized politics” – and I think that most people don’t – then we should stop trying to think that “Left” and “Right” directional assignments are the right way to outline or understand our choices, or to outline and understand our differences.

When we analyze our options in terms of a binary “Left” or “Right” choice, we are telling ourselves that there are, really, only two possible options.

Does anyone really believe that? Well, if you, the reader, believe that, can I persuade you to “think again”?

My father told me, and my experience has confirmed, that ANYTHING is possible. The worst thing you can think of is possible, so let’s see how this example grabs you. How about a nuclear attack on some major city in the United States, coming very soon, in retaliation for the completely unauthorized attack that our current president ordered (and was carried out) against Iran? If that’s not the worst thing that we might read about in tomorrow’s newspaper, feel free to suggest another. It’s a pretty bad thing, that’s for sure, and it IS POSSIBLE. Lots of bad things are possible.

And what about something good? What about the next Congress deployhing a national budget (balanced, of course) that funds health care for all, and free education for all, Pre-K through college, and a new type of housing, built by the government, that provides ownership opportunities for EVERY family in the United States, with the housing sold at prices that allow every family, from whatever their income level, to find housing that they can afford? However, the housing I am talking about will be sold with this catch. That housing, when resold in the future, would have to be sold for the same price for which it was purchased, increased only by inflation, not speculation.

Everyone can come up with their own “best” possibility. That one I just outlined has a lot of atttaction for me. Of course, we could only do that if we treated the wealth of the United States (which is prodigious) as if that wealth were appropriately mobilized to be helpful to EVERYONE.

Let’s be honest, our current politics, which is fighting to elect candidates who are defined by their partisan polarity (“Left” or “Right”) is dysfunctional in the extreme. If we don’t quickly reestablish a politics focused on “problems” and “opportunities,” and “possibilities,” above all, instead of being focused on suppposed political polarities, “Right” and “Left,” we are all going down with the ship.

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

This week:

ICE VICTIMS, COURTS, NO SECRET PLAN, JOBLESS

Several weeks ago following President Trump’s deportations of planeloads of ICE victims, Stephen Miller called on Congress to impose upon and abolish the Washington, DC federal court district after it blocked Trump’s actions of sending the “violent criminals” to El Salvador’s mega prison. Miller’s guest appearance on Fox News’ Life, Liberty and Levin, with host Mark Levin, Levin suggested the Republican Congress should scrap the DC court by eliminating the federal funding during the budget reconciliation process. Miller concurred with: “Congress has the authority to create the inferior courts. They have the authority to fund or not fund these courts. So yes, Congress has to step up here.” House Speaker Mike Johnson had previously threatened to eliminate entire district courts if judges issued rulings against the Trump administration, saying, “As you know, we can eliminate an entire district court. We have power over funding, over the courts, and all these other things. Desperate times call for desperate measures, and Congress is going to act.” Judges across the nation have issued temporary orders to block many of Trump’s 100+ executive orders, many of which are seen to exceed his presidential authority, and angering the GOP in the process. Trump’s justification to deport alleged members of the Venezuelan Tren de Aragua gang by using the Alien Enemies Act was temporarily blocked by Judge James Boasberg as he pointed out that our country is not at war. True to form, the administration ignored the ruling and sent more than 250 men to El Salvador without their required court hearings. A CBS ’60 Minutes’ investigation found at least one deportee had legal protective status, one had been granted refugee status, and several were all formally seeking asylum — and 75% did not have criminal records.

Stephen Miller is hoping that Republicans won’t need to fly in the face of court orders or eliminate any federal courts, as the administration sought relief from the Supreme Court to overturn any deportation bans, allowing it to send individuals to foreign prisons sans legal proceedings. “We would just implore the Supreme Court to do the right thing and protect our democracy. President Trump will not be bowed, will not be swayed, and will not be deterred,” he told Levin. Miller has taken much criticism for his past remarks — one notable one: “Children will be taught to love America. Children will be taught to be patriots. Children will be taught civic values for schools that want federal taxpayer funding. So as we close the Department of Education and provide funding to states, we’re going to make sure these funds are not being used to promote communist ideology.” Political analyst Jose Larky says, “Miller is afraid of a problem that doesn’t exist. America is the furthest thing from a communist society.” He cites the Gini Coefficient, the primary measure of wealth inequality within a population, which shows that the US has much more inequality than at least 22 other nations. Zaid Jilani writes, “Does Stephen Miller love America as it exists today? His goal seems to be to return it to 1925.”

Dr. David S Glosser writes in POLITICO Magazine, that Stephen Miller is an immigration hypocrite, and he should know since he is Miller’s uncle, being the brother of Miller’s mother. Glosser details the beginnings of the family’s migration account from Belarus at the turn of the 20th century, fleeing from anti-Jewish persecution, individuals arriving on these shores and sending for other family members as they were able to afford passage. Uncle David says he has “watched with dismay and increasing horror as my nephew, an educated man who is well aware of this heritage, has become the architect of immigration policies that repudiate the very foundation of our family’s life in this country. These facts are important not only for their grim historical irony but because vulnerable people are being hurt. They are real people, not the ghoulish caricatures portrayed by Trump. When confronted by the deaths and suffering of thousands, our senses are overwhelmed, and the victims become statistics rather than people. Immigration reform is a complex issue that will require compassion and wisdom to bring the nation to a just solution, but the politicians who have based their political and professional identity on ethnic demonization and exclusion cannot be trusted to do so. As free Americans, and descendants of immigrants and refugees, we have the obligation to exercise our conscience by voting for candidates who will stand up for our highest national values and not succumb to our lowest fears.”

“Miller is a man who is richly endowed with the capacity for hatred. He’s a world-class hater. You can see this just by looking at him, because you can see that his hatreds are his spiritual nourishment. He eats hate,” wrote Terry Moran, late of ABC News. Moran was dumped by ABC after tweeting those words, which prompted a pressure campaign by the White House despite Donald Trump’s campaign support for free speech. ABC was bullied by the president’s threatened media persecution encompassing frivolous lawsuits and threats of punitive regulation, so Moran’s contract was not renewed because the network felt their standards of objectivity and professionalism were violated. The administration was already steaming at Moran’s earlier exposé of Trump’s belief that the M-S-1-3 labels on a photo of Salvadoran migrant Kilmar Abrego Garcia’s fingers were actual tattoos, and not Photoshopped as was readily apparent. John Stoehr of The Editorial Board writes that Miller is, objectively, a hater. The mainstream media says so all the time. “Miller is extremely hostile to immigrants. He has always, as far back as high school, rejected the idea that immigration is a net positive for America, and he’s been very consistent in that,” says Jonathan Swan, a White House reporter for The New York Times“This is all I care about. I don’t have a family. I don’t have anything else. This is my life,” Miller said during Trump’s first term. Stoehr writes that Trump reportedly said that if Miller had his way, there’d only be 100 million Americans and they’d all look like Stephen. “It’s hard to think of a human being whose hateration is better documented than Miller’s. It’s a cornerstone of his public image. The MAGA loves his PeeWee German persona,” according to Stoehr. Stoehr maintains that the vast body of literature documenting Miller’s hatefulness being disallowed only reduces journalists to stenographers who merely transcribe what powerful people say; Moran’s only error was in taking down his tweet in the end.

Editor Michael Tomasky of The New Republic writes that “madness is everywhere” if the headlines of The New York Times or The Washington Post are read, and it barely scratches the surface. “Across human history, fascism has been imposed upon democracy mostly in one of two ways. First, by brute force — a military coup; second, a bit more stealthily, and legally — through legislation, executive decrees, and court decisions that hand more power to the leader. Donald Trump is inventing a new way. Call it chaos fascism. Destroy the institutions of democracy until they’re so disfigured or dysfunctional that a majority no longer cares about them. That’s exactly what’s happening with Social Security…wreck the agency so that its service becomes crap. Let public anger build. And in time, they can just dismantle it and privatize the greatest social insurance system ever devised by this government and put people’s financial fate in the hands of the rich cronies,” he writes. He says Trump probably doesn’t have some secret plan — he doesn’t think far enough ahead, as he and DOGE destroy the government. Trump has contempt for rules and procedures, so he appoints unqualified stooges who share his contempt, to run his government by thinking that being tough means showing the world that they can do anything they want with no consequences. “Again, ignore the law, trash the rules, establish that procedure is whatever you say it is. Chaos fascism. Trump will orchestrate no military coup. The Republican Congress will probably pass no law that makes Trump president for life. That would be too obvious. What they’ll do is make stealthier moves across the board that discredit and destroy our democratic institutions until he and his billionaire friends can strip them for parts. Chaos fascism is here to stay,” Tomasky concludes.

Last week the US Supreme Court issued a decision in Trump v. CASA that made nationwide injunctions illegal — the high court said such provisions amounted to judicial overreach should lower courts prevent a government entity from enforcing a law or policy. Of course, the ruling sparked outrage from legal experts and court watchers, with one analyst calling it a ‘trap’ that the court willingly walked through. Slate Senior Writer Mark Stern said, “There are some technical maneuvers lawyers can make to force the Supreme Court to reconsider the issue, like certifying a class action lawsuit. However, there are still some big issues left on the table for the court to sort through. Those issues range from the merits of the case they just decided and the practicality of President Donal d Trump’s order to end birthright citizenship altogether.” Stern continued: “This is a fundamental problem. No one can explain how Trump’s order would work in practice. No one. Because the only reason that the vast majority of us have citizenship is because we were born here. When a child is born in America, the doctor doesn’t demand the papers of their parents to ensure they are citizens or a green card holder.” He says that Trump’s order would create a situation where everyone’s citizenship is called into question, and that could have massive legal implications going forward. “This is going to destabilize the fundamental right of citizenship for everybody. It is going to have massive downstream consequences in a really horrible and unworkable way…It’s chaos all the way down,” Stern fears.

On MSNBC’s ‘The Weekend,’ Stern called Justice Amy Coney Barrett’s thin-skinned attack on Justice Ketanji Brown Jackson’s dissenting opinion “arrogant and out of bounds.” Barrett criticized Jackson for “decrying an imperial Executive while embracing an imperial Judiciary,” which Stern saw as “a far too personal retort that accuses Jackson of not really being smart enough to levy a strong criticism of her opinion. That’s totally out of bounds, it’s highly unusual, even when justices disagree, they usually do so respectfully.” He continued, “And here Barrett is going much further and I think the reason is really obvious, right? Justice Jackson’s dissent if one the sharpest, fiercest, most blunt dissents we’ve ever seen. She is taking on the Supreme Court as an institution and the conservative super majority. It’s one of several dissents she published this term where she accused the super majority on the right of bias toward the Trump administration, of surrendering the rule of law so that Trump can rule like a king. This is how the majority sees the country, that they really believe Trump should rule it with no limits and, you know, I think after this decision, it’s kind of hard to argue with that. The majority sees a policy that is so patently unconstitutional and rather than understand that that’s the emergency that courts need to address, it turns around and smacks down the lower courts and says, ‘You went too far.'”

Satirist Andy Borowitz weighed in on the high court’s decision in his ‘The Borowitz Report’“In a stunning case of unintended consequences, the six conservative Supreme Court justices inadvertently ruled that their jobs no longer exist, legal experts revealed on Monday. By virtually eliminating the role of the nation’s judicial branch last Friday, the Republican justices unwittingly downsized themselves, Constitutional scholars said. ‘I’m sure they’re having second thoughts now that they’re unemployed, but it’s too late for them to reverse their ruling,’ said Professor Davis Logsdon of the University of Minnesota Law School. ‘The Constitution explicitly says, ‘No backsies.’ On Monday morning, a shell-shocked Brett Kavanaugh was seen clearing out his office, lugging an unwieldy beer keg down the Supreme Court’s fabled front steps. Meanwhile, the sudden demise of the Court has alarmed ex-justices Thomas and Alito, who reportedly asked, ‘Will this affect our yacht cruises?'”

Robert Reich writes that the hardest part of his nights hit at about 3am when he starts obsessing about upsetting things, such as what Trump is doing to America. On a recent night he couldn’t ignore the distraction that Trump is intent on abolishing the two branches of government that historically constrain the executive office — no more checks and balances as established by the Constitution, as Trump and his henchmen/women continue to usurp congressional authority, and war against the judiciary. The president and his lackeys wish to have only one branch of government led by Executive Trump, which is coming to pass as the Congress has all but disappeared, being controlled by Republican zombies who will say and do whatever Trump wants, maintains Reich. One down, and one to go! The federal judiciary was faintly seen as the only remaining check on the president, as they paused about 80 of Trump’s executive orders to await arguments and presentation of evidence at full trials. “But even this is too much for the ‘Dictator-In-Chief,'” says Reich. So, a majority of the Supreme Court, urged by the Justice Department, ruled that federal judges could pause executive actions only for the specific plaintiffs that bring the case — not a nationwide injunction which would immediately halt government policies. Previously, the Trump Gang had filed a lawsuit against 15 federal judges in Maryland, seeking a court order that would block them from making any ruling that might “interfere” in “the president’s powers to enforce the nation’s immigration laws.” Trump has previously launched personal attacks against federal judges after they rule against him, calling them “monsters” who want America to “go to hell,” and “radical left lunatics,” demanding their impeachment.

Trump’s actions and verbal attacks have incited some of his more rabid followers to threaten the lives of judges and their families, threats which have seen an increase of late to include bomb threats and swatting incidents. All those who push back on the administration’s actions are seen as the “opposition,” which has prompted Attorney General Pam Bondi to accuse federal judges of “meddling in our government,” rather than viewing the federal judiciary as an inherent part of the government. Reich says that Trump and his followers failed to learn that lesson in school, or they have conveniently forgotten it as they sit in the seat of power. He says our pessimism is understandable, and warns against cynicism which dooms any positive outcome — exactly where MAGA wishes us to be. “It looks dark today, but it will not remain dark. The Caligula-on-the-Potomac is getting nowhere on tariffs. Inflation threatens. The vast majority of Americans oppose his plan to cut Medicaid and give the rich a huge tax cut. His popularity continues to plummet. He is facing mounting opposition from the rest of the world,” concludes Reich. The road to fascism is lined with people telling us to stop overreacting, so, we have to do our best to shove that 3am monster back under the bed — and remember Reich’s encouragement!

Last week:

INSANA, HISTORY IS OVER, ONLY WHEN WE WIN, SCARED ENOUGH

We’ve been hearing it since 1995 — ‘Iran is just two weeks away from having nuclear weapons!’ Then, last week President Trump announced that he could wait two weeks before deciding whether the US would get directly involved in the Israel-Iran hostilities. His statement spotlighted his favorite measure of time, with late-night hosts showing clips of his ten-years of kicking the can down the road as he promised a healthcare plan or a tariff plan —just  two weeks until decision time. As The Tonight Show’s Jimmy Fallon commented, “Today, the White House said Trump will make a decision on the US involvement in Iran within the next two weeks. All good, no rush, just take your time. If Trump thinks about his decision for two weeks, it’ll beat his previous thinking record by two weeks.” Stephen Colbert jumped on the bandwagon with, “America stands on the brink of the precipice of the edge of possibly finding out if Donald Trump is going to bomb Iran. We’ve all been desperately trying to read Trump’s tea leaves. His type of tea? Insana! ‘Two weeks notice’ is so important. Trump understands starting a war in the Middle East is a lot like quitting your sales job at Best Buy. It’s just polite.” Jimmy Kimmel, calling Trump “Two Week POTUS,” joked, “Obviously, a decision to attack Iran directly would have very serious implications that would put US troops in that region at risk and could ignite a bigger war. He enjoys making threats, and he loves attaching them to timelines. Two weeks. It’s always two weeks. For a guy whose catchphrase was “You’re fired,” no one has ever given more two weeks’ notices than Donald J. Trump.”

Following Trump’s statement, Steve Schmidt wrote on his The Warning blog, “It has been 22 years and 93 days since President George W. Bush addressed the American people, and announced the commencement of the Iraq war. Lest there be any historical revisionism the record shows that the war resolution was passed in Congress with 81 Democratic votes. The point of mentioning this is not to judge or recriminate, but rather to remind all of you that it is the nation — not the party — that goes to war, and that beginning a war is a different project than ending one.” He questions how an Iran conflict might end by saying, “The American military is powerful, but led by imbeciles starting with Trump, but including Hegseth. They are as unfit as two people can possibly be to lead this nation into conflict. Trump, full of bluster and threats, cannot be trusted to tell the truth, or hold the course when times get tough. He exists in a world of make-believe and pretend. The war that he commences will be real.” Schmidt then lays out the Iraq war casualties, which he says the Fox News field marshals like Sean Hannity and Mark Levin continue to cheerlead because they failed to learn a single lesson: 4,419 Americans killed; 31,993 Americans wounded; 30,000+ post-9/11 wars veteran suicides; $1.79 trillion to include future obligations for veterans’ care. As the war drums sounded, Schmidt asked, “What is the plan, when do we leave, what is winning, what is the strategy?” As a former GOP team member, Schmidt feels that President Bush is an honorable man who made a colossal mistake amid the profound misjudgments in an effort to defend the country from a follow-up attack after 9/11.

In the lead up to his decision, Trump sidestepped Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth, depending upon a couple of four-star generals for guidance on whether to join Israel in attacking Iran’s nuclear facilities. According to an unnamed White House official, “Nobody is talking to Hegseth. There is no interface operationally between Hegseth and the White House at all.” White House Deputy Press Secretary Anna Kelly said claims that Hegseth has been frozen out are “totally false.” CBS News reported that speculation indicated that Trump was willing to escalate the hostilities, having signed off on on attack plans which lacked only his final go-ahead for execution, with Trump’s response being, “I may do it. I may not do it. Nobody knows what I will do.” Truer words were never spoken! Hegseth isn’t the only senior official reported to have been snubbed by Trump during the Iran situation — he has also taken issue with Director of National Intelligence Tulsi Gabbard, over comments she had made, particularly her criticism of “political elite warmongers.” A spokesperson spoke in her defense, saying, “Gabbard remains focused on her mission: providing accurate and actionable intelligence to the President, cleaning up the Deep State, and keeping the American people safe, secure, and free.” Trump seemed to be closely involved with what was termed his ‘tier one’ advisory group, which included VP VanceSecretary of State RubioCIA Director Ratcliffe and Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Caine, which many see as a troubling level of internal discord and disunity, just a few short months into his second presidency.

Democratic strategist James Carville saw any Iran involvement from the self-proclaimed “peacemaker” president who vowed to end “forever wars,” could signal the “end of global stability and MAGA as we know it.” Carville, on The Daily Beast Podcast, commented that the rift within MAGA resulting from Israel’s June 12 incursion into Iran had become very public in nature. TrumpHegseth, and Fox News host Mark Levin were notable for favoring US intervention, while Tucker CarlsonSteve Bannon and Tulsi Gabbard wanted to stay out of the fray, though according to Carville, “This rift has always existed below the surface” in MAGA world. “Trump has no idea what he’s doing. I guarantee you that Tucker Carlson or Steve Bannon or any of these people believe that if you pointed to a globe and said, ‘Point to the Middle East,’ Trump would have no idea what it is. The president has never given an iota of thought to this. He knows not one piece of history about the region, about the adversaries, he’s just massively ignorant.” Tulsi Gabbard testified before a Senate Intelligence Committee in March that her agency felt Iran was not building nuclear weapons; yet, Trump was quick to dispel that notion before the press on Air Force One by saying, “I don’t care what she said. I think they were very close to having them.” Referring to this rift, Carville said, “And you know what I say? You’re not scared enough. If you knew more, you would be even more scared than you are.”

In a phone call between Xi Jinping and Vladimir PutinChina and Russia tried to position themselves as a voice of reason, calling for easing of tensions between Israel and Iran, and encouraging Trump to use his influence “to cool the situation, not the opposite.” Middle East expert, Liu Zhongmin of the Shanghai International Studies University, attributed the flareup to the uncertainty created by Trump’s return to the White House and his chaotic, opportunistic and transactional nature of Middle East policies. Beijing has viewed the US as being a source of instability and tensions in the Middle East, and now that point is being underscored by Chinese scholars, with an erosion of America’s leadership among its allies while weakening its ability to threaten and deter regional adversaries. Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei of Iran was favored by Beijing, being a formidable power in the region and an important counterweight to US influence, allowing China to expand its own diplomatic and economic footprint in the area. As China and Iran strengthened ties over the years, the two countries held joint naval exercises along with Russia, and both Beijing and Moscow have offered to mediate the Iran-Israel conflict as an alternative to the US. Whether or not the two countries wield any leverage in the situation, they stand to gain in the eyes of the world as the US continues to lose respect and influence under Trump.

Meidas Touch Podcast last week featured an interview with Congressman Seth Moulton –  a decorated Marine vet willing to speak bluntly about the authoritarian threat posed by Trump. Discussed was the president’s drop-in appearance at the G7 in Alberta where he bailed after just 12 hours to avoid meeting up with President Zelensky, and instead of coordinating with leaders about critical global issues, Trump became a full-blown Kremlin mouthpiece, rambling about how the G7 should “really be the G8,” praising Putin as he had been instructed to do. Moulton said, “Trump sounded like a Kremlin spokesman. He genuinely prefers the company of dictators to our allies.” Trump and Putin spoke on a call, after which the Russian strongman launched another attack on Ukraine’s energy grid, with Trump posting his unhinged “orders” telling the 9 million inhabitants of Tehran to evacuate as he played a wannabe general on Truth Social. Moulton discussed Trump’s embarrassing “dictator parade” in DC, which soaked taxpayers for $40+ million for his egotistical glorification, replete with bitcoin advertising, and ignoring the US Army’s 250th anniversary celebration. Moulton was outspoken in his criticism, saying, “The military hates parades. If one leader, one political party controls the military, then you don’t have a fair and equal democracy anymore.” He finds it alarming that many of his active-duty Marine acquaintances are quietly discussing their commissions because Trump’s latest actions are unconstitutional. He advises: “Remember your oath.” This isn’t a hypothetical anymore — Trump is using the military as a political weapon, threatening American cities, spreading conspiracy-laced nonsense, pushing the nation to the brink. One subject was the hope seen in the ‘No Kings’ protests consisting of millions across the country, a moment that demands all of us to have courage, to insist on clarity, and the need to speak out every single day.

John Stoehr of The Editorial Board quotes Will Stancil“Politics is a schoolyard. Dems gotta speak up.” Stancil points out that as Trump and the drum beaters of war against IranUS Senators Tim Kaine and Bernie Sanders were quite vocal about the need for Congress to be involved for any declaration of war — anything short of that would be illegal. Where were the party’s leaders, Chuck Schumer and Hakeem Jeffries, who did next to nothing? Stancil asks, “How did this happen?” Stancil’s opinion is that it’s about Schumer’s and Jeffries’ view of politics. “Iran shows what the mindset if really about — all the pretexts about distractions really break down when the thing under discussion is what could easily become a generation-defining war, bigger than Iraq. But Democrats can’t seem to shake themselves out of their policy-wonk stupor here either. And it shows how what really underlies the ‘distraction’ rhetoric is a desire to focus on issues where the stakes are low and conflict is muted. It’s an evidence mechanism.” He says, “Democrats don’t want to fight, not openly, because combat is risky, which is something to dodge. Ironically, dodging is what’s preventing the Democrats from earning public trust. Party leaders tend to believe that the Democrats can win back trust by compromising — by moving to the middle on things like trans right. But if they won’t fight for the authority of Congress, which is the only authority they have, why would anyone trust them to fight for them?”

Stancil continues: “Liberals have trained themselves to see the world through this very particular end-of-history lens, where the ‘stuff that matters’ is inevitably wonky policy questions, the day-to-day of taxes and government, who gets subsidies, what healthcare policy looks like. The stuff that feels bigger and traditionally historical — scandal, social movements, violence, power and authoritarianism — that’s all assumed to be silly TV drama. That stuff belongs to history, and history is over! But it’s ridiculous. History isn’t over, the future will contain events as dramatic and horrible as the events of the past, and this stuff is just what it looks like: an assault on the foundations of our government, with all the terrifying and weighty implications that it seems to have.” Stoehr says, “I would suggest that liberals have a reading of history in which certain things are inevitable, like justice for all. It whitewashes the fact that people made moral choices and that moral choices have consequences. I suppose we could blame Obama for some of that.” Stancil answers, “I don’t know if they think these things are inevitable, but  they certainly think these fights are over. I’m not sure I’d blame Obama, but I think people are used to living in a relatively stable era and have come to believe that stability is normal. You see it in news coverage, where dramatic pronouncements are treated as hysterical or hyperbolic. It’s a little better now, but for the most of Trump’s first term, the consensus was that he was functionally a normal Republican with an uncouth demeanor. This was, in my view, insane — you could tell the guy was corrupt and unbalanced in an unprecedented way, openly supportive of authoritarianism. But in the view of a lot of liberals, it was just a gloss on an underlying normality. When Joe Biden won, people scoffed at the idea that Trump might try to stay in power, even though you had to examine the guy for 10 seconds to realize he was capable of doing something dramatic. If you thought about why it seemed ridiculous, it was because they implicitly assumed that here are just some sort of guardrails on modern affairs — that we stay in the Normal Zone because the Danger Zone was something that happens in other countries and in history, not to us.”

Donald Trump is quoted on November 12, 2015, saying, “This is the Trump theory on war. But I’m good at war. I’ve had lots of wars of my own. I’m really good at war. I love war, in a certain way, but only when we win.” As Brad Harrison of Newsflanks.com says, “The genie is out of the bottle now. Like Iraq, it’s easy to get into war but hard to get out of it. Trump and Project 2025 have turned America into a far-right, nationalist, white Judeo-Christian theocracy, now officially a war with Islam. Didn’t the Book of Revelations predict this? Hey, you never know. We’re returning to religiosity of the Dark Ages. The Age of Enlightenment and the Age of Reason are distant dreams now. This has been in the cards since his first term, but during his first term he had some experienced and seasoned people in his cabinet who kept it from happening. But they allowed him to withdraw from the Iran Nuclear Agreement, which the rest of the world was solidly behind, and now we can see how horrible a mistake that was. That was the beginning of Iran’s return to enriching uranium for a bomb, and the precursor to this mess. Plus, now we have him taking war into space with the ‘Golden Dome’ and heavy funding for his Space Force and space tech like Musk’s. As he widens his wars, we’ll need a golden dome. But this dome is impractical from a physics point of view, and will just be a big waste of money, like Reagan’s Star Wars dome.” Harrison says Trump has only informed the House and Senate Republicans of his plans, which clearly shows he is in the process of a full-on domestic war on the Dems and is attempting to eliminate the party as a political force in America. He wants one MAGA party running everything, like the Nazis. He has already started this with his deployment of the National Guard and the military in LA. We know the same deployments are planned for at least 15 other Blue cities.

Harrison points out that Tulsi Gabbard testified before Congress that Iran was nowhere near a nuclear weapon, but Trump straight-up ignored her and the American national intelligence apparatus. He’s entirely out of control. He really does believe he is on some sort of mission from God. The military budget is going to a trillion dollars under the reconciliation bill, and we are currently paying nearly a trillion dollars per year in interest on the national debt, most of which was due to military overspending — especially during the Bush era, most of which didn’t even go through Congress. Harrison points to right-wingers blaming ‘entitlement programs,’ but Social Security now pays for itself, with Medicare being half funded from general tax revenues. The Feds give about $600 billion to the states for Medicaid, now looking at a trillion dollar cut over the next ten years with the reconciliation bill. If we had stuck with the pre-Reagan tax brackets and not spent so much on the military starting with Reagan, our debt would be tiny compared to what it is now. America is now just an over-militarized, debt-laden giant under total control of an out-of-control dictator. Harrison calls it correctly: “What a mess.”

Simon Rosenberg on his Substack blog, Hopium Chronicles says, “Trump’s presidency is failing and unpopular, and he had to do something. Elon attacked and emasculated him, and made him weak and stupid. Global leaders are not bending the knee, and there has been no ’90 trade deals in 90 days’ [as he predicted]. Putin is treating him like a coffee boy, and Zelensky has made him look like a clown. His economic policy is slowing the economy down in every country in the world including the US, has caused our credit to go through an unprecedented downgrade, and the American people have figured out this budget bill will make their lives worse (as it will). All across the country news organizations are reporting on how his cuts and plans will do harm to their communities. He keeps losing in court, badly. The Vatican elected an American cardinal who has been very critical of his Administration. He had to bring Kilmar Abrego Garcia home. No one showed up for his sad birthday parade. His ugliness has spawned what appears to be the biggest protest movement in American history. His immigration enforcement escalation has backfired. His intel community has called b.s. on his claims of Iran’s nuclear progress.” Other than that, how did you enjoy the play at the Lincoln CenterMrs. Trump?

On June 21, The Onion website reminded us that Trump’s campaign statement: “No new wars,” was eclipsed by his latest, “No, new wars.” As satirist Andy Borowitz wrote: “In a nationally televised address Saturday night, Donald J. Trump announced he had ordered his son Barron to visit a podiatrist. ‘My fellow Americans, earlier this evening, at my command, Barron saw a podiatrist,’ said Trump, flanked by JD Vance, Marco Rubio, and Pete Hegseth. ‘I am pleased to announce that he has returned home safely. Barron’s mission was to obtain a note from the doctor,’ Trump added. ‘Mission accomplished.’ Minutes after the speech, a new poll showed a majority of Americans favor dropping Donald Trump on Iran.” As we know, Trump actually compressed his “two weeks” on this Saturday to wag the dog, by unilaterally ordering strikes on Iran’s three key nuclear facilities, declaring the move a “spectacular military success,” with a warning that further action might follow if Tehran doesn’t come to the peace table. Khamenei will surely respond — anywhere, at any time, and in any form, with their options of missiles — already sent to a US base in Qatar, militias, oil supply disruption, or hostage-taking, only marking a new chapter in this history, rather than a conclusion. We must remember that the 9/11 plot was ten years in the making. As Trump made the televised announcement, standing behind him were his ill-suited, glum-looking hostages Pete HegsethJD Vance, and Marco Rubio — not necessarily proud of the sequence of events — with the notable absence of Tulsi Gabbard. Trump needed his yes-men to back him up, to share the blame for a situation that will likely get worse, as they look for another dog to wag.

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

Fireworks

“What was important wasn’t the fireworks, it was that we were together this evening, together in this place, looking up into the sky at the same time.”
~Banana Yoshimoto

“Because beautiful things never last. Not roses nor snow… And not fireworks, either”
~Jennifer Donnelly

“Laughter is the fireworks of the soul.”
~Josh Billings

“I always have the most fun on the Fourth of July. You don’t have to exchange any gifts. You just go to the beach and watch fireworks. It’s always fun.”
~James Lafferty

“You are like fireworks. You go out into your children, your friends, your society, and the whole world.”
~Nhat Hanh

...

GÖTEBORGS FYRVERKERIFABRIK is a company in my home town of Gothenburg, Sweden! They put on some beyond amazing shows… Tonight they are in Cannes at a fireworks festival, but since video from that doesn’t exist yet, I’m sharing a show from New Years 2023. It makes me slightly homesick 🙂 Enjoy!


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment